ISBN 978-0-626-27957-8

SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL STANDARD

Automatic sprinkler installations for

fire-fighting purposes

WARNING
This document references other
documents normatively.

Published by SABS Standards Division

1 Dr Lategan Road Groenkloof  Private Bag X191 Pretoria 0001
Tel: +27 12 428 7911 Fax: +27 12 344 1568
www.sabs.co.za
 SABS
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table of changes
Change No. Date Scope

Foreword
This South African standard was approved by National Committee SABS/TC 021/SC 01, Fire
safety – Fixed fire detection and extinguishing systems, in accordance with procedures of the
SABS Standards Division, in compliance with annex 3 of the WTO/TBT agreement.

This document was approved for publication in xxxxx 2018.

This document supersedes SABS 0287:2000 (edition 1).

Compliance with this document cannot confer immunity from legal obligations.

Introduction
An automatic sprinkler system is designed to detect a fire and extinguish it with water in its early
stages or hold the fire in check so that extinguishment can be completed by other means.

A sprinkler system consists of a water supply (or supplies) and one or more sprinkler installations.
Each installation consists of a set of installation main control valves and a pipe array fitted with
sprinkler heads. The sprinkler heads are fitted at specified locations at the roof or ceiling, and where
necessary between racks, below shelves, and any other location as recommended in this
document.

The sprinklers operate at predetermined temperatures to discharge water over the affected part of
the area below. The flow of water through the alarm valve initiates a fire alarm. The operating
temperature is generally selected to suit ambient temperature conditions.

Only sprinklers in the vicinity of the fire, i.e. those which become sufficiently heated, operate. The
sprinkler system is intended to extend throughout the premises with only limited exceptions.
It should also not be assumed that the provision of a sprinkler system entirely obviates the need for
other means of fighting fires and it is important to consider the fire precautions in the premises as a
whole.

Structural fire resistance, escape routes, fire alarm systems, particular hazards needing other fire
protection methods, provision of hose reels and fire hydrants and portable fire extinguishers, safe
working and goods handling methods, management supervision and good housekeeping all need
consideration.
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Introduction (concluded)
It is essential that sprinkler systems should be properly maintained to ensure operation when
required. This routine is liable to be overlooked or given insufficient attention by supervisors. It is,
however, neglected at peril to the lives of occupants of the premises and at the risk of crippling
financial loss. The importance of proper maintenance cannot be too highly emphasized.

When sprinkler systems are out of service extra attention should be paid to fire precautions and the
appropriate authority and insurer informed.

This document is intended for use by those concerned with purchasing, designing, installing,
testing, inspecting, approving, operating and maintaining automatic sprinkler systems, in order that
such equipment will function as intended throughout its life.

This document is intended only for fixed fire sprinkler systems in buildings and other premises on
land. Although the general principles may well apply to other uses (for example maritime use), for
these other uses additional considerations will almost certainly have to be taken into account.

It is a basic assumption that this document is for the use of companies employing personnel
competent in the field of application with which it deals. Only suitably trained and experienced
competent persons should undertake the design, installation and maintenance of sprinkler systems.
Similarly, only competent technicians Should be used in the installation and testing of the
equipment.

1
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents
Page

Foreword

Introduction

1 Scope ...................................................................................................................................... 9

2 Normative references .............................................................................................................. 10

3 Definitions and abbreviations ................................................................................................. 15

3.1 Definitions ......................................................................................................................... 15

3.2 Abbreviations ...................................................................................................................... 24

4 Classes of systems ................................................................................................................. 24

4.1 General .............................................................................................................................. 24

4.2 Draught curtains ................................................................................................................. 24
4.3 Design data ......................................................................................................................... 24
4.4 Stack height signs .............................................................................................................. 25

5 Storage limitations ................................................................................................................... 25

5.1 Ordinary hazard storage considerations .......................................................................... 25

5.2 Types of storage – High hazard ........................................................................................ 26

6 Protection by sprinklers at the roof or ceiling only ................................................................ 28

6.1 Free standing storage or block stacking ........................................................................... 28

6.2 Rack or post pallet storage ................................................................................................ 29
6.3 General requirements applicable to protection by sprinklers at the roof or ceiling ....... 30
6.4 Protection by sprinklers at the roof or ceiling in conjunction with intermediate
level protection in storage racks ....................................................................................... 30
6.5 Location of intermediate level shelf sprinklers in solid or slatted shelved
storage racks ...................................................................................................................... 35
6.6 Picking shelves ................................................................................................................... 36
6.7 Shelf and multiple row post pallet storage ....................................................................... 36
6.8 Roof or ceiling sprinkler design criteria with intermediate sprinklers .............................. 38
6.9 General requirements applicable to protection by sprinklers at the roof or ceiling in
conjunction with intermediate level protection in storage racks ...................................... 39
6.10 Location of sprinklers beneath storage mezzanine floors ............................................ 40
6.11 Multiple level mezzanine storage ................................................................................... 41
6.12 Intermediate sprinklers in ESFR occupancies .............................................................. 45
6.13 Water requirements where rack or shelf protection is installed ................................... 46
6.14 Number of rack and shelf sprinklers in simultaneous operation .................................. 46

7 Protection of special hazards ................................................................................................. 47

7.1 Bonded stores (spirit based liquors in wooden barrels) .................................................. 47

7.2 Aerosols .............................................................................................................................. 47
7.3 Protection of idle pallets ..................................................................................................... 51
7.4 Sprinkler protection of oil, flammable liquid stores and solvent based paint storage ... 53
7.5 Clothes in multiple garment hanging storage ................................................................... 55

2
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents (continued)
Page

7.6 Non-woven synthetic fabric ............................................................................................... 57

7.7 Polypropylene or polyethylene storage bins .................................................................... 58

7.8 Protection of rubber tyres .................................................................................................. 59

7.9 Categorization of goods in storage ................................................................................... 61

7.10 Methodology for categorizing goods ................................................................................. 62

8 Buildings to be protected ........................................................................................................ 100

8.1 General ............................................................................................................................... 100

8.2 Buildings communicating directly or indirectly with or adjoining the
sprinkler-protected building ............................................................................................... 100
8.3 Exposure hazard from nearby buildings ........................................................................... 100
8.4 Sprinkler-protected buildings ............................................................................................. 100
8.5 Sprinkler-protected buildings – Permitted exceptions ..................................................... 100
8.6 Partial protection ................................................................................................................ 102
8.7 Fire-resisting doors ............................................................................................................ 102

9 Provision of hand extinguishing appliances – General requirements .................................. 103

10 Water supplies ......................................................................................................................... 104

10.1 General requirements ..................................................................................................... 104

10.2 Connections to other services ........................................................................................ 104
10.3 Internal ring mains ........................................................................................................... 104
10.4 Required number of water supplies ............................................................................... 105

11 Acceptable sources of supply .............................................................................................. 106

11.1 Town main ........................................................................................................................ 106

11.2 Water meters ................................................................................................................... 107
11.3 Elevated private reservoirs ............................................................................................. 107
11.4 Gravity tanks .................................................................................................................... 108
11.5 Automatic pumps ............................................................................................................. 109
11.6 Minimum capacity of water supplies .............................................................................. 109
11.7 Pump suction tanks ......................................................................................................... 112
11.8 Pump suction tank sumps ............................................................................................... 114
11.9 Suction pits ...................................................................................................................... 116

12 Automatic pump .................................................................................................................... 121

12.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 121

12.2 Pump room ...................................................................................................................... 121
12.3 Pump set installation and fixing ...................................................................................... 125
12.4 Suction pipework and fittings .......................................................................................... 127
12.5 Pumps installed under positive head conditions ........................................................... 129
12.6 Pumps installed under suction lift conditions ................................................................. 129
12.7 Delivery pipework and fittings ......................................................................................... 131
12.8 Jockey or make-up pump ................................................................................................ 132

3
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents (continued)
Page

12.9 General requirements for pumps .................................................................................... 133

12.10 Pump approval ................................................................................................................. 138
12.11 Detailed endurance testing information ......................................................................... 138
12.12 Diesel engine driven pumps ........................................................................................... 140
12.13 Cooling system ................................................................................................................ 140
12.14 Air filtration ....................................................................................................................... 141
12.15 Exhaust system ............................................................................................................... 141
12.16 Engine shut down mechanism ........................................................................................ 142
12.17 Fuel ................................................................................................................................ 142
12.18 Fuel tank ......................................................................................................................... 143
12.19 Fuel feed pipes ................................................................................................................ 143
12.20 Fuel system auxiliary equipment .................................................................................... 143
12.21 Starting mechanism ......................................................................................................... 144
12.22 Batteries ......................................................................................................................... 144
12.23 Batteries chargers ........................................................................................................... 145
12.24 Tools .............................................................................................................................. 145
12.25 Spare parts ...................................................................................................................... 145
12.26 Engine service ................................................................................................................. 146
12.27 Deration factors ............................................................................................................... 146
12.28 Electric motor driven pumps ........................................................................................... 147

13 Electrical installations .............................................................................................................. 148

13.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 148

13.2 Power supplies ................................................................................................................ 149
13.3 Cables and wires ............................................................................................................. 149
13.4 Wires ................................................................................................................................ 150
13.5 Circuit breakers and switches ......................................................................................... 150
13.6 Fuses, fuse cartridges and fused switchgear ................................................................ 151
13.7 Busbars, contactors, fused switchgear and instruments .............................................. 151
13.8 Power supplies ................................................................................................................ 151

14 Pump drive controllers ........................................................................................................... 155

14.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 155

14.2 Labels ............................................................................................................................... 155
14.3 Starting and control ......................................................................................................... 156
14.4 Location of controller ....................................................................................................... 156
14.5 Construction ..................................................................................................................... 156
14.6 Electric motor drive controllers ....................................................................................... 157
14.7 Compression-ignition engine drive controllers .............................................................. 160
14.8 Electric motor driven jockey pump controllers ............................................................... 162
14.9 Annunciators for sprinkler pump room installations ...................................................... 163
14.10 Pressure switches, flow switches, patents or specialized valves and
components approval ...................................................................................................... 164
14.11 Pump house remote alarm notification and data logger module ................................. 164

15 Spacing and location of sprinklers ....................................................................................... 166

15.1 Spacing – General ........................................................................................................... 166

15.2 Ordinary hazard class ..................................................................................................... 166
15.3 High hazard class ............................................................................................................ 169

4
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents (continued)
Page

15.4 Staggered spacing .......................................................................................................... 169

15.5 Minimum distance between sprinklers ........................................................................... 170
15.6 Location of sprinklers ...................................................................................................... 171
15.7 Walls and partitions ......................................................................................................... 172
15.8 Ceilings and roofs ............................................................................................................ 172
15.9 Beams and joists ............................................................................................................. 174
15.10 Coffer, waffle or shofco slab constructions .................................................................... 174

16 Locations or conditions involving special consideration (supplementary protection) ...... 176

16.1 Concealed spaces ........................................................................................................... 176

16.2 Roof spaces ..................................................................................................................... 177
16.3 Floor spaces – Ceiling voids ........................................................................................... 177
16.4 Spaces under floors ........................................................................................................ 178
16.5 Ceiling void ventilation systems or air conditioning plenums ....................................... 178
16.6 Roof spaces that vary in depth ....................................................................................... 178
16.7 Ceiling voids protected with CPVC pipe ........................................................................ 178
16.8 Suspended ceilings under drawn ceilings ..................................................................... 179
16.9 Suspended open ceilings ................................................................................................ 179
16.10 Concealed wall cavities ................................................................................................... 180
16.11 Composite panels and roof or ceiling insulation materials ........................................... 180
16.12 Shopping malls and building atria .................................................................................. 181
16.13 Ventilation in sprinkler-protected premises .................................................................... 181
16.14 Machinery pits where waste may collect and the underside of production lines ........ 181
16.15 Hoists, lift shafts and enclosed chutes through floors .................................................. 181
16.16 Elevators, rope or strap races, gearing boxes and dust receivers .............................. 182
16.17 Corn, rice, provender and oil mills .................................................................................. 182
16.18 Bins and silos ................................................................................................................... 183
16.19 Escalators and lift shafts ................................................................................................. 183
16.20 Canopies ......................................................................................................................... 183
16.21 Exterior docks and platforms .......................................................................................... 183
16.22 Enclosed paint lines, drying ovens and drying enclosures ........................................... 184
16.23 Internal mezzanine floors, overhead platforms, heating panels, galleries
walkways, stagings, stairs, stairways and chutes ......................................................... 184
16.24 Ducts ................................................................................................................................ 184
16.25 Cooking hoods and extract equipment .......................................................................... 184
16.26 Work tables ...................................................................................................................... 185
16.27 Hoods over paper-making machines ............................................................................. 185
16.28 Film and television production studios ........................................................................... 185
16.29 Theatres and music halls ................................................................................................ 185
16.30 Computer areas and archive rooms ............................................................................... 186

17 Early suppression fast response sprinklers (ESFR) ........................................................... 186

17.1 Preliminary arrangements ............................................................................................... 186

17.2 Management systems ..................................................................................................... 187
17.3 Occupancies and fire hazards ........................................................................................ 187
17.4 Automatic smoke venting ................................................................................................ 188
17.5 Combustible roof insulation ............................................................................................ 188
17.6 Racked, shelved and post pallet storage ....................................................................... 188
17.7 Storage tables .................................................................................................................. 188
17.8 Roof or ceilings ................................................................................................................ 198

5
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents (continued)
Page

17.9 Ventilation ........................................................................................................................ 199

17.10 Powered ventilation ......................................................................................................... 199
17.11 Installation types .............................................................................................................. 200
17.12 ESFR sprinkler location relative to obstructions at or near the ceiling or roof ............ 201
17.13 Calculation parameters ................................................................................................... 202
17.14 Sprinklers beneath walkways and conveyors ................................................................ 204
17.15 Sprinkler spacing and location ........................................................................................ 204
17.16 Intermediate sprinklers in ESFR occupancies .............................................................. 205

18 Enhanced protection extended coverage (EPFR) sprinklers ............................................ 203

18.1 General .............................................................................................................................. 203

18.2 Design practice ................................................................................................................ 203
18.3 Occupancy and fire hazard ............................................................................................. 203
18.4 Sprinkler selection ........................................................................................................... 207
18.5 High and low flow conditions .......................................................................................... 208
18.6 Water supplies ................................................................................................................. 209
18.7 Spacing and location of sprinklers ................................................................................. 210
18.8 Protection of concealed spaces in EPEC protected buildings ..................................... 213

19 System components ............................................................................................................. 215

19.1 Sprinklers ......................................................................................................................... 215

19.2 Type of sprinklers ............................................................................................................ 216
19.3 Sprinkler orifice sizes ...................................................................................................... 221
19.4 Types of sprinklers .......................................................................................................... 222
19.5 Temperature rating .......................................................................................................... 223
19.6 Stock of replacement sprinklers ..................................................................................... 225
19.7 Anti-corrosion treatment of sprinklers ............................................................................ 226
19.8 Sprinkler guards .............................................................................................................. 226
19.9 Escutcheon plates ........................................................................................................... 226

20 Pipework .............................................................................................................................. 227

20.1 General care of materials and protection of pipework .................................................. 227

20.2 Pipework that feeds sprinklers and sprayers ................................................................. 228
20.3 Pipework that feeds upright or pendent conventional pattern or spray sprinklers ...... 228
20.4 Pipe and sprinkler fittings ................................................................................................ 229
20.5 CPVC plastic pipe ............................................................................................................ 230
20.6 CPVC-exposed pipework ................................................................................................ 231
20.7 Flexible connectors ......................................................................................................... 231
20.8 Flanges and bolting ......................................................................................................... 232
20.9 Protection of pipework ..................................................................................................... 234
20.10 Welded pipes ................................................................................................................... 235
20.11 Concealment of pipework ............................................................................................... 235
20.12 Feed pipes to high temperature sprinklers .................................................................... 235
20.13 Protection of pipework in non-sprinkler protected buildings ......................................... 236
20.14 Protection of pipework against mechanical damage .................................................... 236
20.15 Flushing of system pipework .......................................................................................... 236
20.16 Terminal drain valve ........................................................................................................ 236
20.17 Pipe sizes ......................................................................................................................... 236
20.18 Sprinklers in concealed spaces – Ordinary hazard ...................................................... 239

6
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents (continued)
Page

20.19 Sprinklers in concealed spaces – High hazard ............................................................. 239

20.20 Slope of pipes for drainage ............................................................................................. 239

21 Valves ................................................................................................................................... 240

21.1 Installation control valves ............................................................................................. 240

21.2 Fire brigade booster connection inlets ........................................................................... 242
21.3 Pressure gauges ............................................................................................................. 242
21.4 Signage ............................................................................................................................ 243
21.5 Prevention of false alarms .............................................................................................. 243
21.6 Water supply proving test assembly .............................................................................. 244
21.7 Identification of alarm valves and alarm gongs ............................................................. 244
21.8 Alarm devices – Water motor alarms ............................................................................. 244
21.9 Electrically operated alarms ............................................................................................ 245

22 Stop valves ............................................................................................................................ 247

22.1 General .............................................................................................................................. 247

22.2 Stop valves controlling water supplies ........................................................................... 247
22.3 Isolating screwed valve ................................................................................................... 248
22.4 Butterfly valves ................................................................................................................ 248
22.5 Main stop valves .............................................................................................................. 248
22.6 Subsidiary stop valves .................................................................................................... 248
22.7 Non-return valves ............................................................................................................ 249
22.8 Alarm valves .................................................................................................................... 249
22.9 Alarm (wet pipe) valves ................................................................................................... 249
22.10 Alarm (dry pipe) valves ................................................................................................... 249
22.11 Composite alarm valves .................................................................................................. 249
22.12 Accelerators or exhausters for alarm valves (dry system) ........................................... 250
22.13 Pressure reducing valves ................................................................................................ 250
22.14 Deluge and pre-action valves ......................................................................................... 250
22.15 Hazardous process and explosion hazard – Special precautions
concerning pipework and valves .................................................................................... 251

23 Support of pipework for sprinkler installations .................................................................... 251

23.1 General .............................................................................................................................. 251

23.2 Strength of pipe supports ................................................................................................ 252
23.3 CPVC pipe support .......................................................................................................... 254
23.4 Fasteners ......................................................................................................................... 255
23.5 Spacing and location of hangers .................................................................................... 257
23.6 Corrosion protection ........................................................................................................ 258
23.7 Brackets ........................................................................................................................... 258
23.8 Split-ring assemblies ....................................................................................................... 258
23.9 Toggle support ................................................................................................................. 258
23.10 Design and construction ................................................................................................. 258
23.11 Installation ........................................................................................................................ 259
23.12 Fastening to timber .......................................................................................................... 260
23.13 Fastenings to concrete, brickwork or block work .......................................................... 261

7
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents (continued)
Page

24 Types of systems .................................................................................................................. 261

24.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 261

24.2 Number of sprinklers controlled by valve sets ............................................................... 261
24.3 Wet pipe systems ............................................................................................................ 263
24.4 Alternate wet and dry pipe systems ............................................................................... 263
24.5 Dry pipe system ............................................................................................................... 264
24.6 Pre-action system ............................................................................................................ 264
24.7 Recycling pre-action system ........................................................................................... 265
24.8 Deluge systems ............................................................................................................... 265
24.9 Tail end alternate wet and dry pipe or tail end dry pipe systems ................................. 266

25 Cold room and freezer protection ........................................................................................ 266

25.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 266

25.2 Design performance ........................................................................................................ 267
25.3 Pipework .......................................................................................................................... 267
25.4 Pressurization of dry installation pipework .................................................................... 267
25.5 Pressurization of tail end installation on dry pipe systems ........................................... 268
25.6 Dry pendent or upright sprinkler pipe length ................................................................. 268
25.7 Dry pendent or upright calculation ................................................................................. 268
25.8 Dry pendent or upright sprinkler inspection ................................................................... 269

26 Antifreeze systems ............................................................................................................... 269

26.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 269

26.2 Antifreeze solutions ......................................................................................................... 270
26.3 Arrangement of supply piping and valves ...................................................................... 271
26.4 Antifreeze systems solution maintenance ..................................................................... 272
26.5 Antifreeze systems calculation requirements ................................................................ 273

27 High rise and life safety buildings ........................................................................................ 273

27.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 273

27.2 Ordinary hazard ............................................................................................................... 274
27.3 Control valve assemblies ................................................................................................ 274
27.4 Fire brigade booster connection inlets ........................................................................... 276
27.5 Non-return valves and control valve assemblies .......................................................... 276
27.6 Water flow alarm switches .............................................................................................. 276
27.7 Zoning of life safety installations .................................................................................... 277
27.8 Special considerations .................................................................................................... 279
27.9 Special considerations – Hotels and high rise buildings .............................................. 279
27.10 Multi-stage pumps for high rise buildings ...................................................................... 280
27.11 Centrifugal horizontal shaft design pumps .................................................................... 285

28 Installation calculation .......................................................................................................... 285

28.2 Calculation accuracy ....................................................................................................... 285

28.3 Assumed maximum area of operation ........................................................................... 286
28.4 Hydraulically unfavourable assumed maximum area of operation .............................. 286
28.5 Hydraulically most favourable position .......................................................................... 286

8
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents (continued)
Page

28.6 Shape of the hydraulically most unfavourable position ................................................ 287

28.7 Shape of the hydraulically most favourable position ..................................................... 289
28.8 Proof of correct position of assumed maximum area of operation .............................. 290
28.9 Density of discharge ........................................................................................................ 290
28.10 Actual spacing ................................................................................................................. 290
28.11 Nominal spacing .............................................................................................................. 291
28.12 Number of sprinklers in operation .................................................................................. 291
28.13 Minimum flow ................................................................................................................... 292
28.14 Minimum pressure ........................................................................................................... 292
28.15 Nominal K-Factor ............................................................................................................. 293
28.16 Calculation of static differences ...................................................................................... 293
28.17 Characteristic flow demand ............................................................................................ 293
28.18 Calculation of friction and pressure losses .................................................................... 294
28.19 Pressure loss through fittings and valves ...................................................................... 298
28.20 Minimum pipe diameters ................................................................................................. 299
28.21 Velocity ............................................................................................................................. 299
28.22 Orifice plates .................................................................................................................... 300

29 Sprinkler installation maintenance ....................................................................................... 304

29.1 Maintenance contracts ..................................................................................................... 304

29.2 Sprinkler system user personnel .................................................................................... 304
29.3 Documentation ................................................................................................................. 305
29.4 Equipment and components ........................................................................................... 306
29.5 Planned shutdown procedure ......................................................................................... 306
29.6 Notification of shutdown .................................................................................................. 308
29.7 Unplanned shutdown procedure .................................................................................... 308
29.8 Notification of shutdown .................................................................................................. 308
29.9 Precautions and procedures when a system is not operational .................................. 309
29.10 Additional precautions for zoned systems ..................................................................... 310
29.11 Installation control valves on life safety systems .......................................................... 310
29.12 Water availability ............................................................................................................. 310
29.13 Action following sprinkler operation ................................................................................ 310
29.14 Maintenance and repairs ................................................................................................ 311

30 Programme of inspection and checking .............................................................................. 311

30.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 311

30.2 Daily routine ..................................................................................................................... 311
30.3 Weekly routine ................................................................................................................. 312

31 Service maintenance and review schedule ........................................................................ 313

31.1 General procedures .......................................................................................................... 313

31.2 Records ............................................................................................................................ 313
31.3 Quarterly routine .............................................................................................................. 313
31.4 Review of hazard ............................................................................................................. 314
31.5 Sprinklers, multiple-jet-controls and sprayers ................................................................ 314
31.6 Pipework and hangers – Above ground .......................................................................... 314
31.7 Checks for electrical connections .................................................................................... 314

9
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Contents (concluded)

Page

31.8 Water supplies and their alarms ..................................................................................... 315

31.9 Electrical supplies ............................................................................................................ 315
31.10 Stop valves ...................................................................................................................... 315
31.11 Flow switches .................................................................................................................. 315
31.12 Replacement parts .......................................................................................................... 315
31.13 Half-yearly routine ........................................................................................................... 315
31.14 Dry alarm valves .............................................................................................................. 316
31.15 Fire authority and remote central station alarms ........................................................... 316
31.16 Yearly routine ................................................................................................................... 316
31.17 Automatic pump flow test ................................................................................................ 316
31.18 Diesel engine fail-to-start test – Abortive start routine .................................................. 316
31.19 Manual start test .............................................................................................................. 317
31.20 Float valves or automatic flow control valves on water storage ................................... 317
31.21 Three-yearly routine ........................................................................................................ 317
31.22 Suction and gravity tanks ................................................................................................ 317
32.23 Water supply stop valves, alarm and non-return valves ............................................... 317
31.24 Fifteen-yearly routine ...................................................................................................... 317
31.25 Twenty-yearly routine ...................................................................................................... 318

10
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Automatic sprinkler installations for fire-fighting purposes

1 Scope
1.1 This standard covers procedures for the evaluation of risk, design, installation, care and
maintenance of sprinkler systems to ensure that they are installed and remain fully operational and
that bi-annual assessments are carried out to verify that, inter-alia, protection is appropriate to the
hazards. Details of the necessary criteria for evaluation, design, installation, inspections, servicing
and maintenance work are identified.

1.2 This standard gives the minimum criteria for effective sprinkler protection.

1.3 It also covers the minimum installation design requirements of automatic sprinkler systems in
buildings where such systems are required in terms of SANS 10400-T.

2 Normative references
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For
dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced document (including any amendments) applies. Information on currently valid national
and international standards can be obtained from the SABS Standards Division.

2.1 Standards
BS 476-22, Fire tests on building materials and strictures – Part 22: Methods for determination of
the fire resistance of non-load bearing elements of construction.

BS 5000-99, Rotating electrical machines of particular types or for particular applications – Part 99:
Machines for miscellaneous applications.

ISO 3046-1, Reciprocating internal combustion engines – Performance – Part 1: Declarations of

power, fuel and lubricating oil consumptions, and test methods – Additional requirements for
engines for general use.

NFPA 11, Standard for low, medium, and high-expansion foam.

NFPA 15, Standard for water spray fixed systems for fire protection.

NFPA 16, Standard for the installation of foam-water sprinkler and foam-water spray systems.

NFPA 25, Standard for the inspection, testing and maintenance of water-based fire protection
systems.
NFPA 30B, Code for the manufacture and storage of aerosol products.

NFPA 255, Standard method of test of surface burning characteristics of building materials.

SANS 14/ISO 49, Malleable cast iron fittings threaded to ISO 7-1.

SANS 62-1, Steel pipes – Part 1: Pipes suitable for threading and of nominal size not exceeding
150 mm.

SANS 121 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles - Specifications and test
methods

11
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

SANS 156, Moulded-case circuit-breakers.

SANS 529, Heat-resisting wiring cables.
SANS 543, Fire hose reels.
SANS 676, Reinforced concrete pressure pipes.

SANS 767-1 (SABS 767-1), Earth leakage protection units – Part 1: Fixed earth leakage protection
circuit-breakers. Put in alphanumeric order.

SANS 719, Electric welded low carbon steel pipes for aqueous fluids (large bore).

SANS 815-1, Shoulder-ended and groove-ended piping systems – Part 1: Shoulder-ended steel
pipes, fittings and couplings.

SANS 815-2, Shoulder-ended and groove-ended pipe systems – Part 2: Groove-ended steel pipes,
fittings and couplings.

SANS 950, Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride rigid conduit and fittings for use in electrical installations.

SANS 966-1, Components of pressure pipe systems – Part 1: Unplastized poly (vinyl chloride)
(PVC-U) pressure pipe systems.

SANS 966-2, Components of pressure pipe systems – Part 2: Modified poly(vinyl chloride)(PVC-M)
pressure pipe systems.

SANS 975, Prestressed concrete pipes.

SANS 1019, Standard voltages, currents and insulation levels for electricity supply.
SANS 1123, Pipe flanges.
SANS 1128-1 Firefighting equipment Part 1: Components of underground and above-ground
hydrant systems
SANS 1143, Mushroom- and countersunk-head bolts and nuts.
SANS 1195, Busbars.

SANS 1223, Fibre-cement pressure pipes and couplings.

SANS 1253, Fire-doors and fire-shutters.

SANS 1306-1/ISO 228-1, Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are not made on the threads –
Part 1: Dimensions, tolerances and designation.
SANS 1339, Electric cables – Cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulated cables for voltages from
3,8/6,6 kV to 19/33 kV.

SANS 1433-1, Electrical terminals and connectors – Part 1: Terminal blocks having screw and
screwless terminals.

SANS 1433-2, Electrical terminals and connectors – Part 2: Flat push-on connectors.
SANS 1476, Fabricated flanged steel pipework.

SANS 1507-1, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations
(300/500 V to 1 900/3 300 V) – Part 1: General.
SANS 1574-3, Electric flexible cables with solid extruded dielectric insulation – Part 3:
PVC-insulated cables for industrial use.

SANS 1700 (all parts), Fasteners.

SANS 1804-2, Induction motors – Part 2: Low-voltage, three-phase standard motors.

SANS 10064, The preparation of steel surfaces for coating.

12
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

SANS 10100-1(SABS 0100-1), The structural use of concrete – Part 1: Design.

SANS 10100-2 (SABS 0100-2), The structural use of concrete – Part 2: Materials and execution of
work.

SANS 10108, The classification of hazardous locations and the selection of apparatus for use in
such locations.
SANS 10139, Fire detection and alarm systems for buildings – System design, installation and
servicing.

SANS 10140-3, Identification colour markings – Part 3: Contents of pipelines.

SANS 10142-1, The wiring of premises. – Part: Low-voltage installations.

SANS 10198-2, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV – Part 2: Selection of cable type and methods of installation.

SANS 10198-4, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV – Part 4: Current ratings.

SANS 10198-8, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV – Part 8: Cable laying and installation.

SANS 10252-1, Water supply and drainage for buildings – Part 1: Water supply installations for
buildings.

SANS 10329, The design and construction of sectional steel tanks for storage of liquids at or above
ground level.

SANS 10400-T, The application of the National Building Regulations – Part T: Fire protection.

SANS 15614-1/ISO 15614-1, Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic
materials – Welding procedure test – Part 1: Arc and gas welding of steels and arc welding of nickel
and nickel alloys.

SANS 62271-103/IEC 62271-103, High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 103: Switches for
rated voltages above 1 kV up to and including 52 Kv.

SANS 62271-104/IEC 62271-104, High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 104: Alternating
current switches for rated voltages higher than 52 kV.
SANS 62271-200/IEC 62271-200, High-voltage switchgear and control gear – Part 200: AC metal
enclosed switchgear and controlgear for rated voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV.

3 Definitions and abbreviations

3.1 Definitions
For the purpose of this document, the following definitions apply.

3.1.1
"A" gauge
pressure gauge connected to a town main connection, between the supply stop valve and the
non-return valve

13
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

3.1.2
accelerator
device that reduces the delay in operation of a dry alarm valve, or composite alarm valve in dry
mode, by early detection of the drop in air or inert gas pressure on sprinkler operation

3.1.3
aerosol
non-reusable container or dispenser made of metal, glass or plastic containing a compressed gas,
liquefied or dissolved under pressure, with a liquid, paste or powder, and fitted with a release device
allowing the contents to be expelled as solid or liquid particles in suspension in a gas, as a foam,
paste or powder, or in a liquefied state

NOTE The term aerosol should refer to an aerosol dispenser, aerosol cap and its contents.

3.1.4
aerosol cap
device fitted to an aerosol dispenser to release its contents

3.1.5
alarm valve
approved check or non-return valve of either the wet, dry or composite type that also initiates the
water motor fire alarm when the sprinkler system operates

3.1.6
approved and listed equipment
means Factory Mutual, Loss Prevention Council Certification Board or any other international
accepted standards which is suitable for sprinkler use and sprinkler equipment where harmonised
standards exist and have been approved and certified in accordance with specified criteria which
has been tested and approved for use by an internationally accredited, independent approvals
organisation

3.1.7
area of operation
maximum area, over which it is assumed for design purposes, that sprinklers will operate in a fire

3.1.8
area of operation, hydraulically most favourable
location in a sprinkler array of specified shape at which the water flow is the maximum for a specific
pressure measured at the control valve set

3.1.9
area of operation, hydraulically most unfavourable
location in a sprinkler array of an area of operation of specified shape at which the water supply
pressure measured at the control valve set is the maximum needed to give the specified design
density

3.1.10
arm pipe
pipe less than 0,3 m long other than the last section of a range pipe, feeding a single sprinkler

3.1.11
authorities
organizations, statutory or otherwise, shown to have, through experience, the expertise and
competency related to the application under consideration

3.1.12

14
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

"B" gauge
pressure gauge connected to and on the same level as an alarm valve, indicating the pressure on
the upstream side of the valve

3.1.13
base product
product concentrate and all contents of the aerosol container other than the propellant

3.1.14
branch line
pipe that is used on a grid system to connect the supply side main (also known as the near side
main) with either a centre main or tie-in side main (also known as the far side main)

3.1.15
"C" gauge
pressure gauge connected to and on the same level as an alarm valve, indicating the pressure on
the downstream side of the valve

3.1.16
cavity barrier
separating element that will resist the passage of flame, heat and fire gases for a period of 30 min
when evaluated to BS 476-22

3.1.17
central alarm station
central alarm station for transmission of fire signals to the fire authority responsible for the area
within which the sprinkler protected property is situated

3.1.18
centre main
main distribution pipe that connects branch lines either from adjacent centre mains or the supply
side feed main or to the tie-in side main

3.1.19
competent person
person who
a) Is registered in terms of the Engineering Profession Act, 2000 (Act No. 46 of 2000), as
either a Professional Engineering Technologist, and

b) Is generally recognized as having the necessary experience and training to

undertake rational assessments or rational designs in the field of fire engineering.

3.1.20
control valve set
installation control valve
sprinkler control valve assembly
valve set comprising an alarm valve, a stop valve and all the associated valves and accessories for
the control of one sprinkler installation

3.1.21
cut-off sprinkler
pendent or upright spray pattern head or heads in the non-sprinkler protected building or in the
non-sprinkler protected portion of a sprinkler protected building fitted immediately over the lintel of a
door or window opening in either case to provide full protection to the opening

3.1.22

15
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

design density of discharge

design density of discharge
minimum quantity of water expressed in millimetres per minute or litres per minute per square
metre( of floor area delivered over the assumed maximum area of operation
3.1.27
design point
entry point on a distribution pipe to an area of operation Comment [sabs1]: To be used in the
body of the document
3.1.23
distribution pipes
pipes directly feeding range pipes or single sprinklers on a non-terminal range pipe more than
300 mm long

3.1.24
drencher
purpose made sprayer used to distribute water over a surface to provide protection against an
exposure fire

3.1.25
early suppression fast response sprinkler
ESFR
fast response sprinkler that has the capability to provide fire suppression

3.1.26
elevated private reservoirs
ground reservoir situated at a higher level than the sprinkler installation, which is under the sole
control of the owner of the premises

3.1.27
encapsulation
plastic packaging that completely encloses the product being stored inclusive of the sides and tops
and excludes banding which is where plastic film is wrapped around the sides of the product being
stored and is deemed to be for pallet stability

3.1.28
end-centre arrangement
where there are range pipes on both sides of distribution pipes

3.1.29
end-side arrangement
where there are range pipes on one side only of the distribution pipes

3.1.30
escutcheon plates
rosettes
plates that cover the gap between the shank or body of a sprinkler projecting through a suspended
ceiling

3.1.36
exhauster
device that can rapidly expel the air or inert gas to atmosphere on sprinkler operation from a dry or
alternate installation

3.1.31
favourable area of operation

16
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

flow and pressure calculation for the favourable area of operation of the sprinkler system, regarded
as the point of lowest pressure and highest flow

3.1.32
fireproof
construction or materials that resist the passage of flame for a defined period as per SANS 10400-T
(integrity, stability and insulation)
Fire retardant
A fire retardant is a substance that is used to slow or stop the spread of fire or reduce its intensity.
This is commonly accomplished by chemical reactions that reduce the flammability of fuels or delay
their combustion.

3.1.33
fire safety official
employee or agent of the owner or user of the sprinkler system(s) designated to undertake specified
tasks relating to the upkeep of the sprinkler protection

3.1.34
gravity tanks
purpose-built water container, erected on the site of the protected premises at such an elevation as
to provide the required pressure to flow conditions at the installation valves

3.1.35
grid system
system where the water flows by more than one route to an operating sprinkler

NOTE Usually where a supply side main distribution pipe and a tie-in side main distribution pipe, (front and
back main), are interconnected with branch lines. This does not preclude the use of either one or several
central mains. A grid system is defined as follows:

a) the sprinkler heads are uniform in respect of operating temperature, response time index (RTI), K-Factors
and distribution patterns;

b) the branch lines are uniform in diameter and length and do not change in any instance throughout the grid
under consideration;

c) the distance between the sprinklers on the branch lines is uniform throughout the grid;

d) the supply side main pipe diameter should not differ from the tie in feed main diameter by more than two
pipe diameter sizes; and

e) the total number of outriggers fitted to either the supply side or tie in side mains may not exceed the integer
of 40 % of the total number of sprinklers deemed to be in simultaneous operation on a single branch line.

f) Grid systems should not be installed for example, in risks where flammable liquids are used or where
racks/shelves run parallel with the branch lines.

3.1.36
hanger
approved assembly for suspending pipework from elements of building structure

3.1.37
heat collection plate

17
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

metal plate not less than 1,5 mm thick and 500 mm square, secured with a minimum of two
securing points in order to prevent any movement and located directly above a sprinkler. The use of
heat collection plates has been found to delay the operation of sprinklers and their use is to be
deprecated.

3.1.38
high hazard buildings
occupancies normally commercial and industrial occupancies having abnormal or high fire loads

NOTE Examples of high hazard buildings are as follows:

a) where the materials handled or processed are of a combustible nature likely to develop rapid and intensely
burning fires (High hazard – Process risks); and

b) where they involve high piling of combustible goods (High hazard – High piled storage risks).

3.1.39
high rise building
building measured from the lowest natural ground level, which is more than 30 m in height or a lesser
height whereby the local authority cannot effect evacuation

3.1.40
hydraulically designed
installation in which the pipework is sized by hydraulic calculation

3.1.41
inspection
visual inspection and testing of a sprinkler system or portion thereof, to verify that it appears to be in
operating condition, and is free from physical damage or non-compliance with this standard
NOTE These inspections are to be undertaken by competent persons with experience in sprinklers
and may not be carried out by installing companies or contractors.
3.1.42
installing company
company with proven experience in the interpretation and application of sprinkler rules, codes and
standards as well as design and erection of all types and hazard classes of sprinkler systems

3.1.43
intermediate level/rack sprinklers
supplementary sprinkler protection required within racks or shelves, also referred to as in-rack
sprinkler protection

3.1.44
K-factor
sprinklers coefficient of discharge where K is equal to the flow from the sprinkler in litres per minute
divided by the square root of the pressure in kPa

3.1.45
life safety system
sprinkler system forming an integral part of measures required for the protection of life

3.1.5146
looped mains
compound loop
array where there is more than one distribution pipe which form several interconnected loops or
rings along which water may flow to a range pipe

3.1.47

18
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

main distribution feed pipes

feed mains
main pipes feeding distribution pipework

3.1.50
mechanical pipe joint
pipe fittings other than threaded tubulars, screwed fittings, spigots and socket and flanged joint,
used to connect pipes and components

3.1.51
mezzanine floor
partial or full intermediate floor or series of floors between two main floors or the floor and a roof of a
building

3.1.52
multi-storey building
building comprising two or more storeys, above or below ground

3.1.59
node
point in pipework at which pressure and flow(s) are calculated; each node is a datum point for the
purposes of hydraulic calculations in the installation

3.1.53
net positive suction head
NPSH
difference between the suction head and the liquids vapour head

3.1.54
normal water level
water level at the water supply and in a storage facility needed to give the required effective
capacity in relation to the low water level, including any necessary margins

3.1.55
outriggers
range pipe or series of range pipes feeding outboard sprinkler heads connected directly to either the
supply side feed main or the tie-in side feed main of gridded system

3.1.56
ordinary hazard
light non-commercial, commercial and industrial occupancies involving the handling, processing and
limited storage of mainly ordinary combustible materials unlikely to develop intensely burning fires in
the initial stages

3.1.57
picking shelf
picking shelf is a component of a manual picking system where goods are hand packed or
selectively removed

3.1.58
pipe array
pipes feeding a group of sprinklers

NOTE Pipe arrays can be looped, gridded or branched.

3.1.59

19
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

plenum
unoccupied space, typically a ceiling void, throughout which air is circulated or moved at above or
below atmospheric pressure, for heating, ventilation or air conditioning purposes

3.1.60
Pmax
intersect of the calculated pressure and flow of the remote area of operation against the pump
pressure and flow curve. Deemed to be the area of operation representing the lowest flow and
highest pressure against the intercept of the pump and system curve.
3.1.61
pressure maintenance pump
jockey pump
small automatic electric motor driven pump set used to replenish minor water loss and maintain
system pressure

3.1.62
pump duty point
maximum usable flow and pressure to which the pump is endurance tested and verified via the
proving test arrangement within the pump house excluding the run out

3.1.63
Qmax
intersect of the calculated pressure and flow of the favourable area of operation against the pump
pressure and flow curve. Deemed to be the area of operation representing highest flow and lowest
pressure against the intercept of the pump and system curve.
3.1.64
range pipes
series of pipes of restricted length connected to each other and fed from a distribution pipe or main
distribution pipe on which sprinklers are attached either directly or through arm, drop or rise pipes
that do not exceed 300 mm in combination length

NOTE Where an arm, drop, rise pipe or combination of these exceeds 300 mm in length, (excluding fittings),
the pipe feeding this array is classed as a distribution pipe.

3.1.65
response time index
RTI
speed by which the operating element of a sprinkler reacts to the velocity of fire gasses measured in
metres per second (m/s)

3.1.66
ring main
where the main feed pipe is interconnected forming a closed loop

3.1.67
risers or drops and main distribution pipe risers and drops
main vertical pipes rising, (or dropping), from the installation valves and for linking the pipe network
between floors and for linking distribution pipes with ranges, (or single sprinklers if the rise or drop
exceeds 300 mm in length)

NOTE Should a riser, dropper or arm pipe, or combination thereof exceed an effective length of 300 mm, then
the pipe feeding should be classed as a distribution pipe.

3.1.75
run out
flow at 110 % of the pump duty point

20
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

3.1.76
sprinkler system
entire means of providing sprinkler protection in the premises comprising one or more sprinkler
installations, the pipework to the installations and the water supply or supplies in accordance with
the requirements of this standard

3.1.77
sprinkler protection user
persons responsible for or having effective control over the sprinkler system provision and its
upkeep

3.1.78
spirituous liquor
liquid that contains equal to or more than 20 % alcohol

3.1.79
sub-circuit
circuit connected to a switch supplied directly from the low or medium voltage busbars on the fire
pump room distribution board

3.1.80
suitable for sprinkler use
approved equipment or components accepted as suitable for a particular application in a sprinkler
system by conforming to the approved product standard

3.1.81
supply feed main
near side main distribution pipe
main distribution pipe or feed main immediately downstream of the installation control valve
assembly on a grid system into which branch lines are connected

3.1.82
storage
warehousing or the temporary depositing of goods or materials whilst undergoing process or
relocation

3.1.83
terminal main feed
where the main feed pipe terminates at the end of the system

3.1.84
tie side or far side main distribution pipe
main distribution pipe or feed main on a grid system into which branch lines are connected on the
opposing side of the supply side feed main

3.1.85
trunk mains
connecting pipe either from the delivery of a pump or town main connecting to the underside of the
control valve assembly

3.1.86
datum point
point on the installation pipework at which the water supply pressure and flow characteristics are
specified and measured

21
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

3.1.87
weekly test card
record card(s), giving both specific advice and space for recording of weekly testing of sprinkler
system alarms and water supplies

3.1.88
zone
subdivision of an installation with a specific flow alarm and fitted with a monitored subsidiary stop
valve

3.2 Abbreviations
3.2.1
CPVC chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride)

NOTE The term "CPVC pipe" refers to both CPVC plastic pipe and approved CPVC plastic pipe fittings.

4 Classes of systems
4.1 General
4.1.1 Pipework for two or more different classes of hazard systems installed to the same standard
may be connected to a common set of control valves provided the total number of sprinklers does
not exceed the maximum allowed.

4.1.2 The building shall be sprinkler protected throughout except where the omission of sprinklers is
specifically allowed as indicated in this standard. A building which is not so protected will not be
classified as a sprinkler protected building.

4.1.3 Differing equipment, standards, rules or codes cannot be intermixed and it is the installation of
origin that generally dictates the standard to which any extension or alteration is carried out.

4.2 Draft curtains

4.2.1 A draft curtain or smoke and draught curtain generally assists in restricting the spread of the
products of combustion at roof level and can accelerate the operation of the desired sprinklers
above the fire area. Factory Mutual Data Sheet 1-10 (3.3) may be used to calculate the depth of
draft curtains.

4.2.2 Non-combustible draft curtains shall extend down a minimum of 0,6 m from the ceiling. The
bottom edge of the curtain shall be kept level and at a uniform height above the floor.

4.2.3 Draft curtains shall be installed at the interface between differing temperature ratings of
sprinklers or adjoining areas, differing hazards categories or design densities of discharge.

4.2.4 The sprinklers on either side of the smoke or draft curtain shall be equal in distance to within
200 mm.

4.3 Design data

4.3.1 The design density is the minimum density of discharge expressed in millimetres of water per
square metre of floor area for which a sprinkler installation is designed, determined from the
discharge of a specific group of sprinklers.

22
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

4.3.2 Each system shall be hydraulically designed to provide an appropriate density of discharge
over an assumed maximum area of operation (AMAO) in the most hydraulically unfavourable and
favourable parts of a protected building.

4.3.3 The design densities of discharge and the assumed maximum area of operation for the two
classes of sprinkler systems are given in table 1.

Table 1— Classes of sprinkler systems

1 2
Ordinary hazard systems High hazard systems
Density: 5,0 mm/min Process risks:
a) Density of discharge: 7,5 mm/min to
12,5 mm/min
b) Assumed maximum area of operation:
2 2
260 m to 450 m ; and
c) Deluge operation: Zoned area of operation.
Assumed maximum area of operation: High piled storage risks:
2 2
130 m to 360 m a) Design density of discharge: 7,5 mm/min
to 30,0 mm/min; and
b) Assumed maximum area of operation:
2 2
260 m to 300 m .

4.3.4 Special consideration is given to the area density method of protection as in early
suppression fast response sprinklers (ESFR) systems where the area of operation is determined by
the number of sprinklers deemed to be in simultaneous operation at a predetermined pressure and
2
not an area of operation expressed in square metres (m ).

4.3.5 The protection of high piled storage risks depends on the method of storage, the combustible
nature of the stock and the height of storage.

4.3.6 Provision is made for protection where sprinklers are only provided at the roof or ceiling and
also where additional sprinklers are provided at intermediate levels within storage racks.

4.3.7 Risks have been subdivided into four categories according to the severity of hazards of the
stock.

4.4 Stack height signs

4.4.1 Stack height signs not less than 500 mm by 500 mm in size shall be prominently displayed at
the maximum level of the allowable storage height in all storage and process risk areas.

4.4.2 It shall be clearly stated on each stack height sign in lettering of not less than 35 mm in
height for what type of storage risk the limitation relates to as well as the design density of
discharge specific to that area.

5 Storage limitations
5.1 Ordinary hazard storage considerations
5.1.1 It is considered that overall storage heights not exceeding those stated in table 2 in the
various categories are suitable for ordinary hazard systems and need not be regarded as high-piled
storage.

5.1.2 For shelf or rack widths in excess of 1,0 m within ordinary hazard occupancies intermediate
sprinkler protection in accordance with this standard shall be installed without necessarily increasing

23
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

the design density of discharge at roof level. When reinforced polypropylene or high density
polyethylene plastic pallets are used for storage of goods other than plastic commodities, the
category of storage shall be increased by one category. For example, category II becomes
category III and category IV may require special consideration.

5.1.3 The maximum storage heights as shown in table 2 shall not be exceeded.

5.1.4 The maximum storage area of any single block of storage shall be limited to:
2
a) 100 m for category I and II products; and
2
b) 50 m for category III and IV products.

5.1.5 In order to assist in limiting the spread of fire, any single block of storage shall be surrounded
by aisles of not less than 2,4 m.

5.1.6 Where these limitations cannot be complied with, the sprinkler protection shall be assessed
and installed in accordance with the requirements of high hazard systems.

Table 2 — Ordinary hazard storage limitations

1 2 3 4
Single or double row post pallets,
Block stacking or free palletized rack storage, (beam pallet
standing storage racking), and solid or slatted shelf Assumed
storage maximum area
Category of operation
m m
Stack height
2
m m
I 4,0 3,5 216
II 3,0 2,6 216
III 2,1 1,7 216
IV 1,2 1,2 216

For shelf or rack widths in excess of 1,0 metre within Ordinary Hazard occupancies intermediate
level sprinkler protection in accordance with this standard shall be installed without necessarily
increasing the design density of discharge at roof level providing that the maximum allowable
storage heights of Table 101 are not exceeded.

The maximum storage area of any single block of storage shall be limited to:
2
100 m for Category I and II products, and
2
50 m for Category III and IV products.

In order to assist in limiting the spread of fire, any single block of storage shall be surrounded by
aisles of not less than 2,4 metres.

Where these limitations cannot be complied with, the sprinkler protection shall be assessed and
installed in accordance with the requirements of High Hazard.

24
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

5.2 Types of storage — High hazard

5.2.1 Stock pile or loose storage

5.2.1.1 Stock pile storage includes but is not limited to products such as coal, raw chemicals,
sugar, wood chips, grain and bagasse and is usually delivered into the storage area by conveyor
and deposited on the floor forming a pyramid shape.

5.2.1.2 For the purpose of determining the height of storage and providing the storage forms a
reasonable equilateral triangle, half the height of the triangle may be taken to determine the
required density of discharge over an extended maximum assumed area of operation of not less
2 2
than 360 m for ordinary hazard applications and not more than 450 m where the storage falls into
high hazard.

5.2.2 Free standing and block stacking storage

5.2.2.1 Protection shall be provided by sprinklers at the roof or ceiling in accordance with table 3
where the storage heights exceed those stated in table 2.
2
5.2.2.2 The maximum storage areas shall not exceed 150 m in plan area for any single block of
storage and shall be surrounded by aisles of not less than 2,4 m where table 3 is used.

5.2.3 Storage in post or box pallets

5.2.3.1 Where single row post pallet storage stack heights exceed that stated in table 2, the roof or
ceiling protection shall be in accordance with table 4.

5.2.3.2 The aisle width between single row post pallets shall not be less than 2,4 m wide.

5.2.3.3 When post or box pallets have solid bottoms, the storage is classed as solid shelves and
Table 5 shall be used.

5.2.3.4 Where the storage has more than two pallets in more than one direction in the horizontal
plane, sprinkler protection at the roof or ceiling shall be used in accordance with table 5.

5.2.4 Storage on solid or slatted shelves

5.2.4.1 Within high hazard occupancies, intermediate level sprinklers shall be fitted under all solid
or slatted shelves which exceed 1,0 m in width.

5.2.4.2 Where shelves are positioned back to back and the total width exceeds 1,0 metre, a clear
longitudinal flue space of 150 mm between shelves shall be maintained. Should the storage height
exceed that stated in table 5 for roof or ceiling protection only, intermediate level protection at every
tier level with the sprinklers staggered in relation to adjacent tier levels will be required.

5.2.4.3 Where storage heights exceed that given in table 2, protection in accordance with table 5
shall be used for roof or ceiling level. Should the storage heights given in table 5 be exceeded,
intermediate sprinklers are required.

5.2.4.4 If it is impossible to install intermediate sprinklers, the plan area of any block of shelved
2
storage shall not exceed 150 m with each block of storage being surrounded by aisles of not less
than 2,4 m wide.

25
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

5.2.4.6 In order to limit the horizontal spread of fire within a shelf, continuous non-combustible
vertical bulkheads will be required to be installed within a shelving configuration where it is
impossible to install intermediate sprinklers.

5.2.4.7 Where such bulkheads are installed and the stored goods extend into the aisles beyond the
face of the rack, the bulkheads shall also extend beyond the rack at least as far as the storage.

5.2.4.8 Where the aisle widths between any two adjacent shelves are less than 1,2 m, intermediate
sprinkler protection shall be installed.

5.2.5 Storage in multiple row, drive through, push back and live racks

5.2.5.1 The provision of intermediate sprinklers is mandatory where the storage has more than two
pallets in more than one direction in the horizontal plane.

5.2.6 Palletized rack storage (beam pallet racking)

5.2.6.1 Table 4 indicates the appropriate density of discharge and assumed maximum area of
operation according to the category and stack height where beam pallet racking can be protected by
roof or ceiling protection only.

5.2.6.2 Intermediate level protection is strongly recommended for heights below those indicated
above, but where this cannot be achieved, storage configurations shall be provided in accordance
with this standard.

5.2.6.3 Rack storage with aisles less than 1,2 m in width or where storage takes place within the
aisles shall be treated as multiple row racks due to the ease in which a fire can be radiated from
rack to rack and shall have intermediate sprinkler protection installed in accordance with this
standard.

6 Protection by sprinklers at the roof or ceiling only

6.1 Free standing storage or block stacking
6.1.1 Table 3 indicates the appropriate density of discharge and assumed maximum area of
operation according to the category and stack height where free standing or block storage is to be
protected by roof or ceiling protection only.

6.1.2 It is considered to be good practice for the actual or assumed height of storage to provide for
any future requirements which normally shall not be less than eaves height or to a height 1,0 m
below any flat ceiling or roof.

6.1.3 The storage heights of 7,6 m, 7,5 m, 7,2 m and 4,4 m for categories I, II, III and IV
respectively indicated in table 3 are deemed to be the maximum for efficient sprinkler protection
where sprinklers are provided at the roof or ceiling level only. The design densities of discharge
cannot be interpolated.

6.1.4 When reinforced polypropylene or high density polyethylene plastic pallets are used for Field Code Changed
storage of goods the category of storage shall be classed as Category III. Category IV may require Field Code Changed
special consideration.

26
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 3 — Free standing and block storage

1 2 3 4 5 6
Category I Category II Category III Category IV
Design density of Assumed maximum
Stack height discharge required area of operation
2
m mm/min m
5,3 4,1 2,9 1,6 7,5 260
6,5 5,0 3,5 2,0 10,0 260
7,6 5,9 4,1 2,3 12,5 260
6,7 4,7 2,7 15,0 260
7,5 5,2 3,0 17,5 260
5,7 3,3 20,0 300
6,3 3,6 22,5 300
6,7 3,8 25,0 300
7,2 4,1 27,5 300
4,4 30,0 300

6.2 Rack or post pallet storage

6.2.1 Table 4 indicates the appropriate density of discharge and assumed maximum area of
operation according to the category and storage height where single or double row post pallets or
palletized rack storage (beam pallet racking), is to be protected.

6.2.2 It is considered to be good practice for the actual or assumed height of storage to provide for
any future requirements which normally shall not be less than eaves height or to a height 1,0 m
below any flat ceiling or roof.

Table 4 — Rack and single row post pallet storage

1 2 3 4 5 6
Category I Category II Category III Category IV Design density
Assumed maximum
of discharge
Stack height area of operation
required
2
m mm/min m
4,7 3,4 2,2 1,6 7,5 260
5,7 4,2 2,6 2,0 10,0 260
6,8 5,0 3,2 2,3 12,5 260
5,6 3,7 2,7 15,0 260
6,0 4,1 3,0 17,5 260
4,4 3,3 20,0 300
4,8 3,6 22,5 300
5,3 3,8 25,0 300
5,6 4,1 27,5 300
6,0 4,4 30,0 300

27
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.2.3 The storage heights of 6,8 m, 6,0 m, 6,0 m and 4,4 m for categories I, II, III and IV
respectively indicated in table 4 are deemed to be the maximum for efficient sprinkler protection
where sprinklers are provided at the roof or ceiling level only. The design densities of discharge
cannot be interpolated.

6.2.4 When reinforced polypropylene or high density polyethylene plastic pallets are used for
storage of goods the category of storage shall be classed as Category III. Category IV may require
special consideration.

6.3 General requirements applicable to protection by sprinklers at the

roof or ceiling

6.3.2 Standard response sprinklers having a nominal temperature rating of 93 °C shall be used at
the roof or ceiling for all high hazard protection unless otherwise noted.

6.3.3 Lower operating temperature sprinklers shall be used for products that produce an initial low
heat output such as baled cotton or protection low temperature structures such as cold rooms and
freezers.

6.3.4 Where table 4 is used and in order to provide structural integrity and stability, all building
columns located within the racks, if not protected by non-combustible materials having a minimum
fire resistance of 2 h shall be wetted for cooling purposes by additional sprinklers at the rate of
10,0 mm per minute per square metre over one side of the surface area of the structural member.

6.3.5 Sprinklers shall be positioned at 4,5 m vertical intervals in order to provide uninterrupted
rundown below the level of the roof or ceiling level sprinklers.

6.3.6 The discharge from these sprinklers within the assumed maximum area of operation shall be
included in the water supply and hydraulic calculation considerations.

6.3.7 Whenever possible sprinkler systems shall be installed on the wet pipe system. In unheated
buildings alternate wet and dry pipe systems will be allowed provided that the design area of
sprinkler operation is increased by 25 %. Dry pipe systems shall not be intermixed with wet pipe
systems, for example, a dry pipe system within racks and wet pipe installation at roof or ceiling
level.

6.4 Protection by sprinklers at the roof or ceiling in conjunction

with intermediate level protection in storage racks

6.4.1 Location of intermediate level sprinklers in palletized rack storage

The design density for the roof or ceiling sprinklers shall be a minimum of 7,5 mm per minute over
2
an assumed maximum area of operation of 260 m .

Where the building is classed as a rack clad where the racks or shelves support the roof or ceiling
structure the design density for the roof or ceiling sprinklers shall be a minimum of 10,0 mm per
2
minute over an assumed maximum area of operation of 260 m .

If goods are stored above the highest level of intermediate protection, the design criteria for the roof
or ceiling sprinklers shall be taken from Table 6.

28
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.4.1.1 Relative movement can occur between the sprinkler pipework within storage racking that is
not fixed to the structure and the distribution pipework that is attached to the building structure.
Where movement can be reasonably expected, a flexible swivel joint shall be fitted to the
distribution mains at the point of connection.

6.4.1.2 Pipe couplings may not be used in place of or replace flexible couplings to take up any mild
misalignment that may occur due to normal movement.

6.4.1.3 Flexible pipes and swivel joint shall

a) be capable of withstanding a test pressure four times the maximum working pressure,
or 4000 kPa, whichever is the greater, and shall not include parts that might impair either the
integrity or the performance of sprinkler installations when subjected to fire,

b) not be used to compensate for misalignment between the distribution main and the feed pipe to
intermediate sprinklers,

c) contain a continuous pressure retaining inner tube of stainless steel or non-ferrous metal, and

d) not be fitted in the fully extended condition.

6.4.1.4 Longitudinal and transverse flues are critical in respect of channelling the passage of heat
and water penetration by the sprinklers and shall be continuous for the full height of each block of
storage, vertically aligned, free of stored goods, and regularly spaced. (See figure 1.)

6.4.1.5 Sprinkler protection of racks positioned back to back shall be installed within the longitudinal
flue spaces at the intersections of the transverse flue.

6.4.1.6 For single racks the sprinklers shall be positioned on the opposing side of the access aisle.

6.4.1.7 It shall be ensured that the water distribution pattern from a sprinkler will penetrate the
goods stored.

6.4.1.8 Wherever any rack or structural steelwork is likely to interfere with the sprinkler distribution
pattern, additional sprinkler protection shall be provided and taken into account in the hydraulic
calculations.

6.4.1.9 Where columns are placed between racks positioned back to back and these disrupt the
regular spacing of the intermediate sprinklers in relation to the transverse flues or will significantly
interfere with the water distribution pattern, a sprinkler shall be placed within 75 mm of either side of
the column. The sprinkler range is to be positioned centrally in relation to the column and the rear
face of each side of the storage.

6.4.1.10 Where the sprinkler exceeds 250 mm from the face of storage, two rows of sprinklers shall
be installed within the longitudinal flue space staggered in relation to the opposing level of
protection.

6.4.1.11 The distance between goods stored in racks positioned back to back, (longitudinal flue),
and between adjacent pallets, (transverse flue), shall not be less than 150 mm and, if required,
stops shall be fitted in order to maintain the minimum distances.

6.4.1.12 Where pallets touch in back-to-back racking, the storage configuration will be regarded as
solid shelving, and the protection shall be adjusted in accordance with this standard.

6.4.1.13 The minimum vertical clearance between the spray pattern sprinkler deflector and the
stored goods shall not be less than 100 mm and shall be maintained.

29
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.4.2 Maximum vertical distance between sprinklers

6.4.2.1 For category I, II and III goods the vertical distance from the floor and between tier levels of
intermediate protection shall not exceed 3,5 m or every second tier level, whichever is the lesser.

6.4.2.2 For category IV goods the vertical distance from the floor and between tier levels of
intermediate protection shall not exceed 2,3 m and shall be positioned at every tier level.

6.4.2.3 An intermediate level of protection shall be installed above the top of storage except where
the top of storage is within 4,0 m of the roof or ceiling level protection.

6.4.2.4 In no case shall the highest level of intermediate sprinkler protection be installed lower than
one tier below the top of the storage.

6.4.2.5 Where the highest level of intermediate sprinkler protection is one tier below the top of
storage, the design density of discharge at roof or ceiling level shall be in accordance with table 6.

6.4.3 Maximum horizontal distance between sprinklers

6.4.3.1 In the case of category I and II goods the sprinklers shall be positioned within the
longitudinal flue and at the intersection of every second pallet transverse flue or a maximum of
3,75 m, whichever is the lesser (see figure 2).

6.4.3.2 The sprinklers shall be staggered in relation to the next highest row and the product of the
horizontal and vertical distances between the sprinklers for category I and II goods shall not exceed
2
9,8 m (see figure 2).

6.4.3.3 In the case of category III goods the sprinklers shall be positioned within the longitudinal
flue and at the intersection of every pallet transverse flue or a maximum of 1,9 m, whichever is the
lesser (see figure 3).

6.4.3.4 In the case of category IV goods the sprinklers shall be positioned at every tier level within
the longitudinal flue and at the intersection of every second pallet transverse flue or a maximum of
2,8 m, whichever is the lesser (see figure 4a).

6.4.3.5 For category III and IV goods the sprinklers shall be staggered in relation to the next highest
row and the product of the horizontal and vertical distances between the sprinklers shall not exceed
2
4,9 m (see figure 3 and figure 4a).

6.4.4 Rack widths

6.4.4.1 The number of rows of sprinklers is determined by the rack width in accordance with
6.4.4.3.

6.4.4.2 Where racks are positioned back to back, the total width is calculated by adding together
the width of each pallet and the distance between them.

6.4.4.3 The maximum width of back to back beam pallet racking shall not exceed 3,2 m which
allows a maximum ingress of 1,6 m from centre of the longitudinal flue to the outside face of the
pallet.

6.4.4.4 Multiple row racks require special consideration in that sprinkler protection is required within
every alternate longitudinal flue space staggered between adjacent tier levels and at least every

30
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

alternate transverse flue space staggered in relation to the adjacent tier levels. (See Figure 4b,
Figure 4c and Figure 4d

6.4.4.5 The front, side and rear faces of multiple or single row racks shall be protected in a manner
so that the sprinklers per tier level or alternate tier level shall be positioned in the front of the racks
first pallet or behind the last pallet load and side faces.

6.4.5 Positioning of the sprinkler deflector

6.4.5.1 Where possible the pipework and sprinkler shall be installed in a position that will obviate
damage when pallets or goods are being loaded or unloaded into shelves or beam pallet racks.

6.4.5.2 Unless the manufacturer’s requirements differ in respect of the minimum distance that a
deflector may be beneath the escutcheon plate of a semi-concealed sprinkler, the minimum
distance a sprinkler deflector shall be beneath the framework of a beam pallet rack or longitudinal
flue where shelves are positioned back-to-back shall not be less than 25 mm. This measurement is
to be taken after beam deflection to account for storage loading.

6.4.6 Excessive clearance

6.4.6.1 The values from tables 2, 3, 4, 5 and table 6 where applicable shall be used to determine
the clearance.

6.4.6.2 Where, in any instance, the clearance distance between the storage height and the ceiling
sprinkler deflector, exceeds 4,0 metres in excess of that allowable when applying the relevant
tables, the following can be applied for control mode sprinkler protection:

Intermediate levels of in-rack sprinklers shall be provided in accordance with this standard above
6.4.6.3 the top of storage, or

6.4.6.4 Where, in any instance, the clearance distance between the storage height and the ceiling
sprinkler deflector, exceeds 4,0 metres in excess of that allowable when applying the relevant tables
but not more than 10,0 metres, the following can be applied for control mode sprinkler protection:

a. The roof or ceiling level design density of discharge shall be in accordance with table 102,
103, 104 as applicable but shall not be less than 12,5 mm per minute;

b. The assumed maximum area of operation shall be increased by 25% in accordance with
the table under consideration, and
o
c. The roof level sprinklers operating temperature shall not exceed 93 C and a K-Factor of
minimum 11,5 shall be used, or

6.4.6.5 Where, in any instance, the clearance distance between the storage height and the ceiling
sprinkler deflector, exceeds 4,0 metres in excess of that allowable when applying the relevant
tables, the following can be applied for control mode sprinkler protection:

a. Increase the roof level design density of discharge for the first excessive metre or part
thereof by 2,5 mm per minute;

b. For each additional metre or part thereof, increase the design density of discharge by 1,0
mm per minute, and
o
c. The roof level sprinklers operating temperature shall not exceed 93 C and a K-Factor of
minimum 11,5 shall be used;

31
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 1 — Typical rack terminology

32
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

V ≤ 3,5 metres
H ≤ 3,75 metres
H H H
H  V  9,8m 2

H H

Figure 2 — Location of intermediate protection sprinklers for category I or II

V ≤ 3,5 metres
H ≤ 1,9 metres
H H H H H H
H  V  4,9m2

Figure 3 — Location of intermediate protection sprinklers for category I or III

33
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 4a — Location of intermediate protection sprinklers for category IV

V ≤ 3,5 metres or
every second tier level
whichever is the lesser
(Staggered in relation
to adjacent tier levels)

H ≤ 3,75 metres or
every second pallet
whichever is the lesser
(Staggered in relation
H H H H
to the adjacent rows)

H V ≤ 9,8 m2 H H H H

Figure 4b Location of intermediate in-rack protection sprinklers for Category I or II

goods stored in live, drive-in, drive-through, flow, push-back, mobile or mole
beam pallet racking

34
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

V Every second tier

level or 3,5 metres
whichever is the lesser
(Staggered in relation
to the adjacent tier
levels)

H ≤ 1,9 metres or
every pallet load
whichever is the lesser
H H H H H H H H H
H V ≤ 4,9 m2

Figure 4c Location of intermediate in-rack protection sprinklers for Category III goods stored
in live, drive-in, drive-through, flow, push-back, mobile or mole beam pallet
racking

V Every tier level or

2,3 metres whichever
is the lesser
(Staggered in relation
to the adjacent tier
levels)

H ≤ 2,8 metres or
every second pallet
load whichever is the
lesser
(Staggered in relation
H H H H
to the adjacent rows)

H V ≤ 4,9 m2 H H H H

Figure 4d Location of intermediate in-rack protection sprinklers for Category IV goods

stored in live, drive-in, drive-through, flow, push-back, mobile or mole beam
pallet racking

35
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.5 Location of intermediate level shelf sprinkler in solid or slatted

shelved storage racks

6.5.1 Where intermediate sprinklers are required they shall be installed at every tier level of the
shelf and above the top of stored goods on the uppermost shelf level if the roof or ceiling sprinklers
are more than 4,0 m above the goods or water access to the goods is restricted.

6.5.2 Sprinklers in storage racks with solid or slatted shelves shall be located centrally beneath
each shelf or shelves not exceeding 3,0 m in width. See figure 6.

6.5.3 Where the shelves exceed 3,0 m but are less than 6,0 m in width, two rows of sprinklers will
be required. Where shelf widths exceed 6,0 m, special consideration is required.

6.5.4 The horizontal spacing of sprinklers within the tier levels shall not exceed 2,8 m irrespective
of the category of goods (see figure 6).

6.5.5 The distance from the end of the shelf perpendicular to the range pipelines within a shelf to
the nearest sprinkler shall not exceed half the sprinkler spacing or 1,4 m, whichever is the lesser
(see figure 6).

6.5.6 The distance from the end of the shelf parallel to the range pipelines within a shelf to the
nearest sprinkler shall not exceed 1,5 m.

6.5.7 Where shelves are positioned back to back and a longitudinal flue space is used to protect
the tier levels, the sprinklers shall be staggered in relation to the next tier level (see figure 6).

Figure 5 — Location of intermediate sprinklers in relation to columns and rear face of

storage

36
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.6 Picking shelves

6.6.1 The vertical distance between sprinklers in rows of picking shelves shall not exceed 2,0 m or
every second level, whichever is the lesser (see figure 7 and figure 8).

6.6.2 The maximum allowable horizontal spacing shall not exceed 1,4 metres and where possible
coincident with the vertical support structure.

6.6.3 Where picking shelves are positioned between beam pallet racking tier levels, the uppermost
level of protection shall be directly above the top of the storage on the uppermost picking shelf level.

6.7 Shelf and multiple row post pallet storage

6.7.1 Table 5 gives the required design density of discharge and assumed maximum area of
operation for high piled storage risks comprising storage in double or multiple row post pallets and
shelf storage under 1,0 m wide where roof or ceiling protection only is provided.

6.7.2 The storage heights of 5,7 m, 5,0 m, 3,2 m and 3,0 m for categories I, II, III and IV,
respectively indicated in table 5, are deemed to be the maximum for efficient sprinkler protection
where sprinklers are provided at the roof or ceiling level only. The design densities of discharge
cannot be interpolated.

6.7.3 Where the roof or ceiling level sprinklers are situated more than 4,0 m above the top of
storage, protection at every tier level of the shelves or as required shall be provided in accordance
with this standard.

Table 5 — Shelf and multiple row post pallet storage

1 2 3 4 5 6
Category Category Category Category
I II III IV Design density of Assumed maximum
discharge required area of operation
Stack height
2
m mm/min m
4,7 3,4 2,2 1,6 7,5 260
5,7 4,2 2,6 2,0 10,0 260
5,0 3,2 2,3 12,5 260
2,7 15,0 260
3,0 17,5 260

37
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 6 — Location of intermediate level shelf sprinkler for all categories of goods

Sprinkler located at top of storage

If omitted, roof level protection shall be adjusted If the protection at the top of storage is omitted
in accordance with the excessive clearance Roof level protection shall be adjusted in
guidance accordance with the excessive clearance
guidance

A
Dimension ―A‖
A
Dimension ―A‖
≤ 2,0 metres or
every second A
≤ 2,0 metres or
tier level every second
Picking shelf A Picking shelf tier level
tier levels Sprinkler tier tier levels
levels are A
Sprinkler tier
staggered levels are
A
staggered
A

Floor Floor

Shelf Shelf Shelf Shelf

width width width width
≤ 1500 mm ≤ 1500 mm ≤ 1500 mm ≤ 1500 mm
Longitudinal Longitudinal
flue flue
≥ 150 mm ≥ 150 mm

Figure 7 — Location of intermediate sprinklers in picking shelves

38
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.8 Roof or ceiling sprinkler design criteria with intermediate sprinklers

6.8.1 Table 6 permits a maximum vertical distance of not more than 4,0 m between the top of the
stored goods and the roof or ceiling level protection.

6.8.2 Where the distance between roof or ceiling level protection is less than 4,0 m, a clear vertical
distance of not less than 1,0 m shall be maintained between sprinkler deflector and stored goods
subject to the limitations of table 6.

6.8.3 Dry and alternate systems shall be avoided but where necessary, the assumed maximum
area of operation shall be increased by 25 % using standard response sprinklers.

Table 6 — Roof or ceiling sprinkler design criteria with intermediate sprinklers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Maximum permitted storage height above the top level of Assumed
intermediate protection Design maximum
Storage density area of
configuration m operation
2
Category I Category II Category III Category IV mm/min m
3,5 3,4 2,2 1,6 7,5 260
2,2 1,6 7,5 260
Palletized
2,6 2,0 10,0 260
racks
3,2 2,3 12,5 260
3,5 2,7 15,0 260
3,5 3,4 2,2 1,6 7,5 260
Solid or 2,6 2,0 10,0 260
slatted
shelves 3,2 2,3 12,5 260
2,7 15,0 260

39
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Sprinkler located at top of storage

If omitted, roof level protection shall be within 4,0 metres of top of storage or the
protection shall be adjusted in accordance with the excessive clearance guidance

Beam pallet racking

Beam pallet racking

―A‖

≤ 2,0 metres or A
every second
tier level

Sprinkler at tier
A
levels are
staggered

Beam pallet racking

Beam pallet racking

Beam pallet racking

Floor

Shelf Shelf
width width
≤ 1500 mm ≤ 1500 mm
Longitudinal
flue
≥ 150 mm

Figure 8 — Typical location of intermediate sprinklers when

shelves are intermixed with beam pallet racking

6.9 General requirements applicable to protection by sprinklers at the roof or

ceiling in conjunction with intermediate level protection in storage racks

6.9.1 High temperature rated standard response sprinklers having a nominal temperature rating of
93 °C or as otherwise noted in this standard shall be used at the roof or ceiling whereas:

a) K8,0, 68 °C nominal operating temperature pendent spray pattern fast response sprinklers with a
response time index of less than 50 shall be used at intermediate levels in the racks or
shelves; or

b) K11,5, 68 °C nominal temperature pendent spray pattern fast response sprinklers with a
response time index of less than 50 shall be used at intermediate levels in picking shelves.

6.9.2 If the roof or ceiling protection is more than 4,0 m above the top of storage, the row of
intermediate sprinklers that would normally be located above the top of the storage may be omitted
if the roof or ceiling level protection sprinklers are at 93 °C operating temperature with a fast
response rating.

40
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.9.3 Each intermediate level sprinkler in palletized rack storage and storage on slatted shelves
shall be fitted with an approved and listed metal water shield 75 mm in diameter. This precaution
will not normally be necessary for sprinklers beneath solid shelves or where the sprinkler is shielded
by horizontal barriers. In the case of upright sprinklers, the assembly supporting the shield shall
cause minimum obstruction to the water distribution.

6.9.4 Consideration shall be given to the protection of pipework and sprinklers against mechanical
damage.

6.9.5 Listed and approved sprinkler guards shall be fitted to intermediate sprinkler protection for
palletized rack protection, solid or slatted shelves.

6.9.6 Sprinkler tiers are to be calculated from the top of the storage.

6.9.7 Sprinkler protection is required in every longitudinal flue space regardless of configuration.

6.10 Location of sprinklers beneath storage mezzanine floors

6.10.1 Where storage in shelving not exceeding the heights in table 5 or beam pallet racking and
single row post pallet storage with storage heights not exceeding those stated in table 4 takes place
beneath a mezzanine floor, special consideration shall be given to the sprinkler protection as
indicated in 6.9.

6.10.2 Aisle protection alone without longitudinal flue protection for mezzanine levels shall not
exceed the storage heights of table 4 or table 5 regardless of the method of storage employed.

6.10.3 Preference shall be given to the positioning of the sprinklers centrally within the aisles over
other services. Where this cannot be achieved, additional rows of protection may be required and
the inclusion of baffles in order to prevent wetting of adjacent sprinklers.

6.10.4 The aisle width shall determine the positioning and location of the sprinklers where shelves
or pallets are positioned back to back and a clear 150 mm longitudinal flue space is maintained.

6.10.5 Where half the aisle width and half the shelf or pallet width do not exceed 1,5 metres, 1 row
of sprinklers centrally located in the aisle will be required. The sprinklers are to be staggered in
relation to the sprinklers in the adjacent aisle.

6.10.6 Where half the aisle width and half the shelf or pallet width exceeds 1,5 metres but does
not exceed 3,0 metres, two rows of sprinklers will be required within the aisle. The sprinklers within
the aisles shall be staggered in relation to the opposing row of sprinklers and those in the adjacent
aisle.

6.10.7 Where half the aisle width and half the shelf or pallet width exceeds 3,0 metres sprinkler
protection will be required within the aisle and centrally located at every shelf level or in the
longitudinal flue space of beam pallet racks.

6.10.8 Where it is not possible to protect within the shelf due to, for example, limited tier level
heights, two rows of sprinkler protection will be required within the aisles positioned directly above
the storage face and staggered in relation to the opposing row of sprinklers.

6.10.9 The sprinklers installed within the aisle, shelf or rack shall be stagger spaced in the
horizontal plane, at horizontal intervals of not more than 2,8 metres along the length of the aisle,
shelf or rack.

41
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.10.10 The installation of longitudinal and transverse non-combustible vertical bulkheads

2
compartmentalising the shelving or racking into areas not exceeding 150 m in floor area is
mandatory.

6.10.11 If an aisle requiring two rows of sprinklers is of a width where the sprinklers will be closer
than 2,0 metres apart, and the maximum allowable shelf ingress of 1,5 metres is exceeded,
intermediate level shelf protection is mandatory.

6.10.12 In all cases, means must be provided to prevent the vertical spread of fire to above the
mezzanine floor.

6.10.13 The sprinklers shall not be positioned closer than 250 mm from the face of the shelf which
allows for a maximum allowable ingress of 1,25 metres.

6.10.14 A clear space of not less than 150 mm shall be maintained between sprinkler deflector and
top of stored goods at each mezzanine level and 1,0 metre between top of stored goods and roof or
ceiling protection subject to the design density of discharge and storage heights being in
accordance with table 3, table 4 or table 5.

6.10.15 Fast response, spray pattern sprinklers shall be used for aisle protection whether or not
exposed steel is present and the underside of solid mezzanine floors or mezzanine floors with
combustible content located beneath them.

6.10.16 Fast response upright flat spray pattern sprinklers with a response time index of less than
o
50 rated at an operating temperature of 68 C with a K-Factor of not less than 8,0 shall be used for
the protection of mezzanine levels. The sprinklers shall be fitted with approved sprinkler guards.

6.10.17 Fast response conventional pattern sprinklers with a response time index of less than 50
o
and an operating temperature of 93 C with a K-Factor of not less than 8,0 shall be used for the
protection of the roof or ceiling level.

6.10.18 Where sprinklers are located in the longitudinal flue space or centrally located beneath
o
shelf tier levels as well as within the aisles, 68 C operating temperature, fast response spray
pattern sprinklers shall be used.

6.10.19 If the mezzanine floor is not solid in construction, water shields shall be fitted to the
sprinklers.

6.10.20 In order to minimise damage to the sprinklers, upright spray pattern sprinklers shall be used
where possible. Mezzanine sprinklers are deemed to be subject to damage and, regardless of the
orientation of the sprinkler, they shall be fitted with approved sprinkler guards.

6.11 Multiple level mezzanine storage

6.11.1 The requirements of 6.10 shall apply where applicable.

6.11.2 Where beam pallet storage takes place and the pallets are positioned back to back,
consideration can be given to increased storage heights where protection is positioned within the
longitudinal flue of the tier levels and aisles in accordance with this standard.

6.11.3 The sprinklers installed within the aisles, shelf or rack shall be stagger spaced in the
horizontal and vertical plane, at horizontal intervals of not more than 2,8 metres along the length of
the aisle, shelf or rack.

6.11.4 The area of operation at roof level shall be increased by 25%. The actual design density of
discharge at roof level shall be determined by the type of goods stored, the method and height of

42
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

storage subject to a minimum of 12,5 mm per minute over an assumed maximum area of operation
2
of not less than 325 m .

6.11.5 The area of operation at each mezzanine level shall be increased by 25%. The design
density of discharge at each mezzanine level shall be determined by the type of goods stored, the
method and height of storage subject to a minimum of 10,0 mm per minute over an assumed
2
maximum area of operation of not less than 325 m .

6.11.6 Proving of the system where not more than two mezzanine levels are installed shall
encompass, at the required design density of discharge for each area:

6.11.7 The operation of four adjacent sprinklers on three adjacent rows encompassing two
mezzanine levels.

6.11.8 The balance of protection making up the full design area of operation taken from the roof or
ceiling protection.

6.11.9 Proving of the system where three or more mezzanine levels are installed shall encompass,
at the required design density of discharge for each area:

6.11.10 The operation of three adjacent sprinklers on three adjacent rows encompassing three
mezzanine levels.

6.11.11 The balance of protection, but not less than 9 sprinklers, making up the full design area of
operation taken from the roof or ceiling protection.

6.11.12 Where ESFR sprinklers are installed at roof or ceiling level 6 sprinklers only need to be
taken into simultaneous operation with the mezzanine floors.

6.11.13 In order to limit the horizontal and vertical spread of fire within a shelf, continuous non-
combustible vertical and horizontal bulkheads will be required to be installed within a shelving
configuration where it is impossible to install intermediate level sprinklers in risks such as document
warehousing.

6.12 Document storage

The requirements of 6.10 and 6.11 shall apply where applicable.

Additionally, sprinkler protection shall be located centrally over the shelf storage at each tier or
walkway level within the longitudinal flue.

The maximum allowable single shelf width shall not exceed 3,0 metres and shall have a clear
longitudinal flue space of not less than 150 mm centrally located into which no goods may protrude.

The sprinkler protection shall be staggered relative to each tier or walkway level.

43
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 9 — Typical location of sprinklers beneath a mezzanine floor ≤ 1 500 mm wide

Figure 10 — Typical location of sprinklers beneath a mezzanine floor ≤ 1 500 mm

but ≤ 3 000 mm wide

44
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 11 — Typical location of sprinklers beneath a mezzanine floor ≥ 3 000 mm wide

Figure 12 — Typical location of sprinklers beneath a mezzanine floor

45
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 13 — Typical gridded layout of sprinklers beneath a mezzanine floor

centre of aisle to centre of shelf or racks ≤ 1 500 mm

46
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 14 — Typical gridded layout of sprinklers beneath a mezzanine

floor centre of aisle to centre of shelf or racks ≤ 3000 mm

47
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6.13 Water requirements where rack or shelf protection is installed

6.13.1 Unless otherwise noted, the pressure and flow requirements of intermediate level sprinklers
shall be calculated on the assumption that the hydraulically most unfavourable sprinkler operates at
a pressure of not less than 200 kPa when using K8,0 sprinklers and 100 kPa when using K11,5
sprinklers for racks, (subject to 200 kPa discharge pressure in picking shelves using K11,5
sprinklers), when the number of sprinklers in table 7 are in simultaneous operation in the
hydraulically most unfavourable or favourable location.

6.13.2 It is strongly recommended that K-11,5 sprinklers be used for intermediate level protection.

6.14 Number of intermediate sprinklers in simultaneous operation

6.14.1 Intermediate level sprinklers shall be fed from a separate set of installation control valves.

6.14.2 Where not more than 50 intermediate level sprinklers are installed, they may be fed directly
from the ceiling sprinkler distribution pipework, subject to the control valve not being less
than 150 mm nominal diameter.

Table 7 — Number of rack and shelf sprinklers in simultaneous operation

1 2 3 4 5
Aisle Number of sprinklers in simultaneous operation
width Number of sprinklers
Number of tier levels Number of racks Total
m per level
< 1,2 3 3 3 27
≥ 1,2 ≤ 2,4 3 3 2 18
> 2,4 3 3 1 9

6.14.3 The water supply characteristic shall be adequate to supply the simultaneous flow to the
ceiling sprinklers and intermediate level sprinklers in the most unfavourable and most favourable
areas of operation.

6.14.4 The amount of water available shall be capable of supplying the simultaneous flow to the
ceiling sprinklers and intermediate level sprinklers, derived from the intercept of the pump curve and
the demand curve for the hydraulically most unfavourable and favourable area for 90 min.

7 Protection of special hazards

7.1 Bonded stores (spirit based liquors in wooden barrels)

7.1.1 Barrels of spirit based liquor with an alcohol content greater than 20 % may be stored to a
height not exceeding 4,6 m with ceiling sprinklers only.

For storage heights in excess of this, NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, can be
referenced for guidance.

7.1.2 For greater storage heights intermediate sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with the
requirements for racks or shelves in accordance with category III and category IV.

7.1.3 In both cases the ceiling sprinklers shall be installed to provide a design density of discharge
2
of not less than 15 mm per minute over an assumed maximum area of operation of 360 m .

48
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.1.4 Drainage or a bund shall be provided to limit the spread of liquid spills. If it proves to be
impracticable to provide drainage or a bund, the automatic sprinkler system shall be equipped for
the injection of suitable foam. Such systems shall be designed in accordance with the following:

a) NFPA 11; or

b) NFPA 16.

7.2 Aerosols

7.2.1 General

7.2.1.1 Notwithstanding the requirements relating to occupational health and safety in terms of this
standard, it is recommended that NFPA 30B be used. Alternatively, the requirements in accordance
with this standard shall be applied.

7.2.1.2 The protection of storage of aerosols is a particular challenge to sprinkler systems. Under
fire conditions, failure of an aerosol may occur due to increasing internal pressures caused by the
container being subjected to heat. Any failure of a stored aerosol is likely to cause subsequent
failure or ejection from the fire site to adjacent aerosols. Tests have shown that under fire conditions
unrestrained aerosol containers can travel distances of up to 30,0 m and aerosol caps can travel up
to 20,0 m whilst ignited creating a possible secondary ignition source.

7.2.1.3 Aerosol storage is a category IV risk.

7.2.1.4 The base product is product concentrate and all contents of the aerosol container other
than the propellant.

7.2.1.5 The term "aerosol" shall refer to an aerosol dispenser, aerosol cap and its contents.

7.2.1.6 An aerosol will be deemed to have flammable contents if it contains either:

a) more than 45 % by weight of flammable substances; or

b)more than 250 g of flammable substances.

7.2.1.7 Flammable substances mean highly flammable gases or flammable liquids having closed
cup flash points equal to or less than 100 °C.

7.2.2 Segregation of aerosols

7.2.2.1 Aerosols shall be segregated and isolated from other stock, preferably in a separate
building or fireproof enclosure with a fire resistance of not less than 120 min.

7.2.2.2 Ideally, the area of the compartments shall be no greater than the appropriate assumed
maximum area of operation as provided by the installation design protecting the aerosol storage.

7.2.2.3 Where this is impracticable, the aerosols shall be totally enclosed within a stout steel mesh
cage of appropriate size and strength, including self-closing doors, to prevent rocket ejection of
exploding aerosols and parts of aerosols.

49
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

2
7.2.2.4 The plan area of any storage cage shall not exceed 125 m . Expanded metal or wire mesh
may be used providing the metal is:

a) at least 2 mm thick and the mesh size does not exceed 25 mm by 25 mm, or

b) not lighter than 2,9 mm (9 gauge) steel wire woven into a maximum 50 mm diamond mesh.

7.2.2.5 Small quantities of aerosols may be stored in mesh bins of similar construction.

7.2.2.6 Other than the aerosol packaging, containers and pallets on which aerosols stand, no
combustible material shall be stored inside or within 2,5 m of any protective cage.

7.2.2.7 Aerosols shall be stored in a cool, dry, well ventilated area, free from the risk of freezing,
and where the ambient temperature cannot exceed 40 °C.

7.2.2.8 To prevent the possible accumulation of flammable vapours, aerosols shall not be stored in
basements or similar sunken areas.

7.2.2.9 Low and high level ventilation direct to the open shall be provided in the storage building or
compartment to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapour. This may be achieved by the use of
ventilation grills or equivalent. The vent area shall comprise at least 2,5 % of the combined area of
the roof (ceiling) and walls.

7.2.2.10 Alternatively, mechanical ventilation may be used, providing at least 6 air changes per
hour. Extract shall be at low-level, inlet at high-level, positioned so as to provide cross-flow. Duct
openings shall not allow fire spread. Fan motors shall not be positioned within the duct work, and
shall be suitable for the hazard zone.

7.2.2.11 Care shall be taken to prevent obstruction of the openings.

7.2.3 Protection of aerosol storage areas

7.2.3.1 Systems shall be of the wet-pipe type only.

7.2.3.2 Conventional or spray pattern sprinklers with a K-Factor of not less than 16,0 shall be used
for roof or ceiling protection (See table 9).

7.2.3.3 Where spray pattern sprinklers are used, the ceiling insulation shall be non-combustible and
fire ventilation systems shall be manually operated.

7.2.3.4 Intermediate rack sprinkler protection is mandatory. Fast response spray pattern sprinklers
with a response time index of less than 50 rated at an operating temperature of 68 °C with a
K-Factor of not less than 11,5 shall be used for intermediate protection. The discharge pressure of
any operating intermediate sprinkler shall not be less than be 200 kPa.

7.2.3.5 Aerosols stored in free standing or block stacking shall be in accordance with table 8.

7.2.3.6 Aerosols having a container made of metal shall have a capacity of 1,000 mL or less and if
made of glass or plastic 220 mL or less.

7.2.3.7 Aerosol contents shall be classified as either alcohol or hydrocarbon based, with the base
product and not the propellant as the basis for the classification.

7.2.3.8 The following are examples of both types of aerosols:

a) alcohol based: hair spray, antiseptics and anaesthetics; and

50
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) hydrocarbon based: paints, lubricants and oil based antiperspirants.

7.2.3.9 Fire tests have shown that the base product of an aerosol makes the major fire load
contribution, and it is therefore the base product that forms the basis for any hazard assessment.

7.2.4 Draught curtains

7.2.4.1 Non-combustible draught curtains shall extend down to a minimum of 0,6 m from the ceiling
the underside of the curtain shall run parallel to the floor and be installed at the interface between
ordinary and high temperature sprinklers or segregated areas within aerosol storage areas.

7.2.1.2 Smoke and draft curtains fitted at ceiling level within sprinkler arrays to separate differing
levels of protection, the sprinklers on either side of the smoke or draft curtain shall be equal in
distance to within 200 mm. The distance of sprinklers from the smoke or draft curtain may vary
along the length of the curtain if there are changes in the sprinkler spacing.
o
7.2.4.2 The roof slope shall not exceed 5 for ESFR protection.
The area of the design for the required ceiling sprinkler system shall extend 6,0 metres beyond any
area where the aerosols be stored within a caged off area.

7.2.4.3 The roof or ceiling level design requirements for aerosols stored in racks shall not be less
than that stated in given in table 8.

Table 8 — Free standing and block storage of cartooned or uncartoned aerosol

1 2 3 4 5 6
Ceiling Sprinkler Protection Criteria
Design density of
Maximum Maximum discharge and assumed
ceiling storage maximum area of Water Supply
height height Sprinkler type operation or Duration
Response
(metres) (metres) K-Factor number of ESFR (Minutes)
sprinklers in operation
and minimum discharge
pressure (kPa)
Spray Pattern 12,5 mm/min
1,5 Standard 2 120
K ≥ 11,5 260 m
6,1
Large Drop
3,0 Standard 15 @ 520 120
K = 16,1
ESFR
Fast 12 @ 340 60
K = 20,0
ESFR
Fast 12 @ 240 60
K = 24,2
7,6 4,6
ESFR
Fast 12 @ 170 60
K = 32,0
ESFR
Fast 12 @ 170 60
K = 36,0
Spray Pattern 25,0 mm/min
9,1 1,5 Standard 2 120
K ≥ 16,1 260 m

51
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

ESFR
Fast 12 @ 520 60
K = 20,0
ESFR
Fast 12 @ 360 60
K = 24,2
4,6
ESFR
Fast 12 @ 310 60
K = 32,0
ESFR
Fast 12 @ 170 60
K = 36,0

52
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 9 — Criteria for aerosol storage

1 2 3 4 5 6
Storage height Assumed
Sprinkler maximum
m Ceiling sprinkler
temperature area of
Storage type density
rating operation
Alcohol Hydrocarbon (AMAO)
a
based based 2
°C mm/min m
b
Tiers ≤ 1,8 - 93 12,5 260
Palletized rack b
- Tiers ≤ 1,8 93 15,0 260
a
Other than alcohol
b
Plus intermediate sprinklers

7.2.4.4 Any intermediate sprinklers shall be installed at every tier level of storage at a maximum
horizontal spacing of 1,4 m or every pallet.

7.2.4.5 There shall be a minimum vertical clearance of 150 mm between any sprinkler deflector and
the storage immediately below.

7.2.4.6 Face sprinklers shall be provided at every alternate tier level or 3,6 m, whichever is the
lesser and at the top of storage. These sprinklers shall be spaced at no more than 2,8 m intervals or
every second pallet, whichever is the lesser and shall be staggered in relation to the adjacent tier
levels

7.2.4.7 Nine sprinklers are deemed to be in simultaneous operation where one tier level of
intermediate protection is installed.

7.2.4.8 Eighteen sprinklers, six sprinklers on two adjacent tier levels, are deemed to be in
simultaneous operation where two tier levels of intermediate protection are provided.

7.2.4.9 Twenty-seven sprinklers, six sprinklers on three adjacent tier levels, are deemed to be in
simultaneous operation where more than three tier levels of intermediate protection are provided.

7.2.4.10 Minimum aisle widths of not less than 2,4 m shall be maintained.

7.3 Protection of idle pallets

7.3.1 Pallets shall be classified as

a) group I: Wood and cellulose material pallets, or

b) group II: Plastic pallets.

7.3.2 Sprinkler systems protecting idle pallet storage shall be of the wet-pipe system only.

7.3.3 Free standing or block storage of idle pallets shall be protected in accordance with table 10.

7.3.4 Idle pallets stored in racks shall be protected at roof or ceiling level in accordance with
table 11 with tier heights not exceeding 1,8 m.

53
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 10 — Free standing or block storage of idle pallets

1 2 3 4 5 6
Ceiling sprinklers
Maximum
height Design Assumed
Pallet Temperature Special
of storage density of maximum area of
group rating requirements
discharge operation
2
m mm/min m °C
3,8 25,0 300 93
I 60 min fire-resistant
4,4 30,0 300 93
compartment
60 min fire-resistant
II 3,3 25,0 300 93
compartment

Table 11 — Idle pallets stored in racks

7.3.5 When reinforced polypropylene or high density polyethylene plastic pallets are used for
storage of goods other than plastic commodities, the category of storage shall be increased by one
category. For example, category II becomes category III and category IV will require special
consideration.

7.3.6 Where ESFR protection is installed for both classes of idle pallet it shall comply with the
requirements of this standard and the following criteria:
a) 7,5 m maximum storage height;
b) 9,0 m maximum ceiling height; and
b) a sprinkler operating pressure of 350 kPa.

1 2 3 4 5 6
Ceiling sprinklers
Assumed
Pallet Intermediate Design density of maximum Temperature Special
group sprinklers discharge area of rating requirements
operation
2
mm/min m °C
60 min
fire-resistant
Category IV
I (see table 4) (see table 4) 93 compartment
storage
when storage is
> 3,8 m
As for category IV
storage with one
row of K11,5
sprinklers above
60 min
the top level of
II 25,0 300 93 fire-resistant
storage and a
compartment
minimum
operating
pressure of
300 kPa

54
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.4 Sprinkler protection of oil, flammable liquid stores and solvent

based paint storage

7.4.1 General

7.4.1.1 This subclause covers solvent based paint storage whether or not they are intermixed with
water based paints and non-pressurized flammable liquids in metal drums. Full cognisance shall be
taken of the requirements relating to occupational health and safety, related standards and any local
authority by-laws.

7.4.1.2 For the purposes of this standard for sprinkler protection, oil is defined as a liquid with a
flash point below 300 °C.

7.4.1.3 For the purposes of this standard for sprinkler protection, flammable liquids shall be divided
into four (4) classes according to their flash point, (FP), and boiling point, (BP), as shown in the
tables 12 to 14 (inclusive).

7.4.1.4 Roof or ceiling level sprinklers shall be standard response with a nominal operating
temperature rating of 93 °C.

7.4.1.5 Intermediate sprinklers shall be fast response with a response time index of less than 50
and a nominal operating temperature rating of 68 °C with a K-Factor of not less than 8,0.

7.4.1.6 All installations shall be installed on the wet pipe system. If a pre-action system be used,
2
this shall be limited to a compartment size not exceeding 450 m .

Table 12 — Free standing or block storage of flammable liquids in metal

1 2 3 4 5 6
Roof or ceiling sprinklers
Properties Assumed
Drum Permitted Design density of
Class a maximum area of
orientation storage discharge
operation
2
°C mm/min m
On side ≤ 12 drums high
1 FP > 100 10,0 450
On end ≤ 6 drums high
On side ≤ 6 drums high
2 FP ≤ 100 25,0 450
On end ≤ 2 drums high
a On side ≤ 3 drums high
3 FP ≤ 35 25,0 450
On end 1 drum high
FP ≤ 21 and On side or Deluge
4 1 drum high Zoned
BP ≤ 35 On end 25,0
a
Includes liquids where is FP ≤ 23 °C and BP is ≤ 38 °C.

Table 13 — Beam pallet racking storage of flammable liquids in

metal drums > 20 L and ≤ 208 L

55
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

1 2 3 4 5 6

Roof or ceiling sprinklers

Permitted
Properties storage
Drum Design density of Assumed maximum
Class a configuration
orientation discharge area of operation
in rack
requirements 2
°C mm/min m
th
On side every 12 tier 10,0 450
1 FP > 100 th
On end every 6 tier 10,0 450
th
On side every 6 tier 25,0 450
2 FP ≤ 100
On end each tier 10,0 450
rd
b On side every 3 tier 25,0 450
3 FP ≤ 35
On end each tier 10,0 450

FP ≤ 21 and On side or Deluge

4
BP ≤ 35 On end each tier 25,0 Zoned
a
Drums shall be stored at a height of one drum per tier.
b
Includes liquids where FP is ≤ 23 °C and BP is ≤ 38 °C.

Table 14 — Free standing, block storage, solid slatted shelf storage less than
or equal to 1,0 m in width or solid and slatted shelves over 1,0 m
but less than 6,0 m in width flammable liquids in metal drums with a capacity of 20 L
1 2 3 4 5 6
Permitted Roof or ceiling sprinklers
Properties Drum storage Design density of Assumed maximum
Class height
orientationa discharge area of operation
2
°C m mm/min m
Free standing 5,5 7,5 450
1 FP > 100 Block storage 5,5 7,5 450
Shelving 4,5 10,0 450
Free standing 4,0 12,5 450
2 FP ≤ 100 Block storage 4,0 12,5 450
Shelving 4,6 12,5 450
Free standing 1,5 12,5 450
a
3 FP ≤ 35 Block storage 1,5 12,5 450
Shelving 2,1 12,5 450
Free standing 1,5 - Deluge 12,5 Zoned
FP ≤ 21 and
4 Block storage 1,5 - Deluge 12,5 Zoned
BP ≤ 35
Shelving 1,5 - Deluge 12,5 Zoned
a
Includes liquids where FP ≤ 23 °C and BP ≤ 38 °C.

7.4.2 Intermediate sprinkler protection

Sprinklers for intermediate protection and the maximum number deemed to be in simultaneous
operation shall be designed in accordance with category IV requirements in accordance with this
standard.

7.4.3 Foam additive

56
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

An aqueous film forming foam shall be added to the sprinkler water in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations. The duration of the supply shall not be less than 10 min flow
equivalent to 0,5 Qmax.

7.4.4 Control of fire water run-off

7.4.4.1 Consideration shall be given to the control of fire water run-off where the release of such
water may result in the damage to the environment.

7.4.4.2 In all cases an assessment of the possible environmental impact of a fire shall be carried
out.

7.4.5 Zoned deluge protection

The following latest editions shall be used for zoned deluge systems as appropriate:

a) NFPA 15;

b) NFPA 11; or

c) NFPA 16.

7.5 Clothes in multiple garment hanging storage

7.5.1 General

7.5.1.1 This subclause contains special requirements for the protection of intensive hanging
garment stores having multiple rows or garment racks at two or more levels. They may have
automatic or semi-automatic garment delivery, picking or transportation systems.

7.5.1.2 Access to elevated garment storage levels within the warehouse is usually by walkways
and ramps. A common feature of hanging garment storage is that there is no fire separation
between the decks. Walkways, aisles, ramps and garment racks create a significant obstruction to
ceiling level sprinkler protection.

7.5.1.3 Protection of hanging garments stored in carousels or vertical blocks without aisles is
beyond the scope of this standard.

7.5.1.4 The requirements of this standard shall be applied to all types of garments, irrespective of
their storage category.

7.5.2 Sprinkler protection other than at ceiling

7.5.2.1 Sprinkler protection shall be in accordance with the requirements for intermediate sprinklers
on the wet-pipe system.

7.5.2.2 Each garment rack shall be limited to two rows of hanging garments, (side by side), and a
storage height of 3,5 m between intermediate levels of sprinklers.
7.5.2.3 Each rack shall be separated by an aisle of at least 0,8 m width.

7.5.2.4 The garment racks shall be protected by a single row of sprinklers.

7.5.2.5 The spacing between the sprinkler rows shall not exceed 3,0 m.

57
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.5.2.6 The sprinklers installed directly above the garment racks shall be stagger spaced in the
vertical plane, at horizontal intervals of not more than 2,8 m along the length of the rack.

7.5.2.7 There shall be a sprinkler not more than 1,4 m from the rack end. The clearance between
the top of the garments and the sprinkler deflector shall be at least 150 mm (see figure 15).

7.5.2.8 Except as modified below, each sprinkler row protecting garment storage racks shall be
capped by a continuous solid horizontal baffle of at least the length and width of the garment row.
The baffle shall be of non-combustible construction.

7.5.2.9 The upper level of sprinkler rack protection and baffle may be omitted providing the
clearance between the top of the garments and the deflectors of the ceiling sprinklers does not
exceed 3,0 m height.

7.5.2.10 Sprinklers shall be installed below all access ramps, main aisles, walkways and
transportation routes, with the exception of aisles, not exceeding 1,2 m wide, between sprinkler
protected garment storage rows.

Figure 15 — Typical sprinkler protection of garment racks

58
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.5.3 Sprinklers in operation

7.5.3.1 The number of rack sprinklers assumed to be in operation shall be as shown in table 15.

Table 15 — Sprinklers in operation in multiple garment hanging storage

1 2
Layout Number of sprinklers
Rows 3
Levels ≤3
Sprinklers per row 3

7.5.3.2 Where there are more than 3 levels of sprinkler protection, 3 rows of 3 sprinklers on 3
protected levels shall be assumed to operate. Where there are 3 levels or less, 3 rows of 3
sprinklers shall be assumed to operate on all protected levels. Only approved and listed
intermediate level/rack sprinklers shall be used for intermediate level protection.

7.5.4 Ceiling sprinklers

7.5.4.1 Ceiling sprinklers shall be designed on the wet pipe system to provide a density of
2
7,5 mm/min over an assumed maximum area of operation of 260 m , providing the uppermost level
of racks is capped and protected by rack sprinklers.

7.5.4.2 If the uppermost level or the capping is omitted, the ceiling sprinklers shall be designed on
the basis of at least category III goods. The stack height shall be measured from above the
uppermost intermediate level sprinklers to the top of the hanging garments.

7.5.5 Automatic shutdown

Operation of the sprinkler system shall automatically stop all automated distribution systems within
the warehouse.

7.6 Non-woven synthetic fabric

7.6.1 General

7.6.1.1 Non-woven synthetic fabric is a manufactured sheet of directionally or randomly orientated

fibres bonded by friction or cohesion (or both) or by cohesion or adhesion (or both).

7.6.1.2 Roof or ceiling protection shall be in accordance with table 16.

7.6.1.3 For storage heights in excess of those stated in table 16, consideration shall be given to the
use of ESFR or large drop sprinkler protection.

7.6.2 Rack storage

7.6.2.1 Intermediate sprinkler protection in accordance with category IV shall be used.

7.6.2.2 Roof or ceiling sprinkler protection shall have a minimum design density of discharge of
2
12,5 mm per minute over an assumed maximum area of operation of 260 m .

59
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.7 Polypropylene or polyethylene storage bins

7.7.1 General

7.7.1.1 Unless alternative approved and appropriate sprinkler testing is shown to be valid, the
following requirements shall be met.

7.7.1.2 Polypropylene and polyethylene storage containers shall be classed as category IV.

Table 16 — Non-woven synthetic fabric storage heights

1 2 3 4
Maximum permitted Assumed maximum area of
Design density of
Storage storage height operation
discharge
configuration (see note 1) (see note 2)
2
m mm/min m
1,6 10,0 260
2,0 12,5 260
2,3 15,0 260

Free standing 2,7 17,5 260

or 3,0 20,0 300
Block storage 3,3 22,5 300
3,6 25,0 300
3,8 27,5 300
4,1 30,0 300
NOTE 1 The vertical distance from the floor to the sprinkler deflectors, minus 1,0 m, or the highest value
shown in the table, whichever is the lower.

NOTE 2 Dry and alternate installations are not permitted.

7.7.2 Plastic packaging recycling plants

The different areas of plastic packaging recycling plants shall be protected by sprinkler or deluge
systems according to the amount of combustible loading available. Pneumatic conveyor equipment
may require additional protection by spark extinguishing systems. As the fire extinguishing of bulk
and bale storage requires additional clearing and follow-up extinguishing measures, it is necessary
to have direct alarm transmission to a permanently manned station.

The protection concept shall be agreed during the planning stage.

7.7.3 Design data of sprinkler systems for recycling plants

7.7.4.1 A sprinkler system shall be used for:

a. Free standing or block storage;

b. Bale storage (compressed plastic), and

60
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

c. Sorting area.

7.7.3.2 The following equipment should be protected by an additional water extinguishing system
(sprinkler or deluge system):

a. Material storage bunker;

b. Comminuting systems (e.g. shredders, mills);

c. Drying systems, and

d. Silo systems.

7.7.3.3 The maximum storage heights for bulk storage and bale storage are given in table 116 and
the design data in table 117.

Table 117 Maximum bulk and bale storage heights

1 2 3
Maximum storage height Maximum room height
Storage Configuration
(Metres) (Metres)
Bulk storage 5,0 9,0
Baled storage 4,0 9,0

Table 116 Design data for sprinkler systems for bulk and bale storage

1 2
Design density of discharge (mm per minute) 17,5
2 260 (wet system)
Assumed maximum area of operation (m )
325 (dry system)
Sprinkler sensitivity Fast response
o
Sprinkler temperature rating ( C) 93
Extinguishing agent Water with film forming foam
Water supply (minutes) 90
Foam supply (minutes) 60

7.7.3.4 For local protection of the equipment present in the sorting area a density of discharge of 7,5
mm/min is required. Special or quick response sprinklers shall be used.

7.7.3.5 If dry pipe systems are required for the protection of bulk and bale storage, it shall be
ensured that an opening of the test fitting at the end of the pipework induces the discharge of water
after 20 seconds at the latest.

7.7.4 Design data of deluge systems in recycling plants

A deluge system shall be used for enclosed mechanical conveyor equipment such as long belt,
chain and spiral or vibratory conveyors with a density of discharge of 7,5 mm/min.

An alternative to sprinkler protection for bulk and bale storage is that these areas may be protected
by a deluge system with a density of discharge of 17,5 mm/min and a proportioning of film-forming
foam, provided that the storage heights are in accordance with table 116.

61
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.7.5 Area of operation for deluge systems

2
The area protected by one deluge installation shall be not less than 100 m except in rooms with an
2
area of less than 200 m . The water supply shall be capable of supplying the total area of operation.
The total area of operation shall be found by assuming a fire at the borderline between adjacent
areas protected by different deluge installations. All areas are to be supplied at the same time which
are touched by a radius of 7,0 metres from the most unfavourable possible location of a fire.

Upon triggering of the deluge system, the conveyor and screening equipment of the appropriate
area shall be disabled automatically.

The water demand for the local protection equipment in the operating areas shall be hydraulically
taken into account.

Total area of operation would be deluge system 2 and deluge system 3

Area protected by Area protected by Area protected by Area protected by

deluge system 1 deluge system 2 deluge system 3 deluge system 4

Location
of
fire

≥ 7,0 metres 7,0 metres ≥ 7,0 metres

Example 1 – Area of operation of deluge systems

62
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Total area of operation would be deluge system 1, deluge system 2, deluge system 3 and deluge system 4
≥ 7,0 metres

Area protected by Area protected by

deluge system 1 deluge system 2
7,0 metres

Location
of
fire

Area protected by Area protected by

≥ 7,0 metres

deluge system 3 deluge system 4

≥ 7,0 metres 7,0 metres ≥ 7,0 metres

Example 2 – Area of operation of deluge systems

7.7.6 Monitoring of sprinkler or deluge system

The sprinkler deluge systems shall be monitored for operational availability.

7.7.7 Spark extinguishing systems in recycling plants

A spark extinguishing system (CEA 4033) shall be used for pneumatic conveyor equipment for
waste material and dust (e.g. baling presses, filter systems, air separators and press waste
container station).

7.7.8 Beam pallet racking for polypropylene or polyethylene storage bins

7.7.8.1 Intermediate sprinkler protection shall have a maximum horizontal spacing not exceeding
1,5 m.

7.7.8.2 The vertical spacing shall not exceed 2,0 m.

7.7.8.3 The roof or ceiling level sprinklers shall be of the fast response type with a response time
index of less than 50 and shall have a nominal operating temperature rating of 93 °C.

7.7.8.4 The intermediate sprinklers shall have a K-factor of not less than 8,0 and shall be of the
spray pattern type, fast response with a response time index of less than 50 with a nominal
operating temperature rating of 68 °C.

63
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.7.9 All other storage of polypropylene or polyethylene storage bins

7.7.9.1 The maximum storage height shall not exceed 3,0 m.

7.7.9.2 Only non-combustible pallets, for example steel pallets shall be used.

7.7.9.3 The stack height per pallet shall not exceed 1,0 m and the uppermost storage container on
each pallet shall be closed with a lid.

7.7.9.4 The roof or ceiling level sprinklers shall be of the fast response type with a response time
index of less than 50 and shall have a nominal operating temperature rating of 93 °C.

7.10 Protection of rubber tyres

7.10.1 Storage methods
This section covers tyres stored horizontally, storage of tyres vertically is not covered

The following are the different methods for tyre storage (see also figure 16):

a) banded tyre storage: A number of tyres are strapped together;

b) beam pallet racking: Storage of tyres are on pallets that are stored within a typical rack
framework;

c) block storage: The tyres are stored in a self-supporting pile either with vertical sides or in a
pyramid fashion for stability;

d) laced tyre storage: The sides of the tyres are stored in an overlapping pattern creating a laced
appearance;

e) on side storage: The tyres are stored flat or horizontally;

f) on tread tyre storage: The tyres are stored on their treads or vertically; and

g) post pallet storage: Pallets are stored within post pallets or stillages with either open or solid
bottoms. Tyres can be stored in the laced pattern, on side or on end within the post pallet.

7.10.2 Types of sprinkler for tyre storage

7.10.2.1 For design densities of discharge from 7,5 mm up to 12,5 mm per minute over an
2
assumed maximum area of operation of 260 m , standard response sprinklers with a K-factor of not
less than 11,5 shall be used for the roof or ceiling level protection.

7.10.2.2 For design densities of discharge from 12,5 mm to 17,5 mm per minute over an assumed
2
maximum area of operation of 260 m and from 20,0 mm up to 30,0 mm per minute over an
2
assumed maximum area of operation of 300 m , standard response sprinklers with a K-factor of not
less than 16,0 shall be used for the roof or ceiling level protection.

7.10.3 Columns within tyre storage areas

7.10.1.1 All building columns, if not protected by non-combustible materials having a minimum fire
resistance of 2 h, shall be wetted for cooling purposes by additional sprinklers at the rate of
10,0 mm per minute per square metre over one side of the surface area of the structural member.

7.10.3.2 Sprinklers shall be positioned at 4,5 m vertical intervals in order to provide uninterrupted
rundown below the level of the roof or ceiling level sprinklers.

64
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.8.3.3 The discharge from these sprinklers within the assumed maximum area of operation shall
be included in water supply and hydraulic calculation considerations.

Figure 16 — Typical tyre storage methods

7.10.3.4 Column protection may be omitted where ESFR protection is installed.

65
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.10.4 Intermediate sprinkler water demand

7.10.4.1 The pressure and flow requirements of intermediate level sprinklers shall be calculated on
the assumption that the hydraulically most unfavourable sprinkler with a K-factor of not less than 8,0
operates at a pressure of not less than 200 kPa for racks and shelves when the following number of
sprinklers are in simultaneous operation in the hydraulically most unfavourable location (see table
17).

Table 17 — Number rack sprinklers in operation for rubber tyre storage

1 2 3 4
Aisle Number of sprinklers
width in simultaneous operation
Number of racks or
m Number of sprinklers per tier level Number of tier levels
shelves
< 1,2 4 3 3
≥ 1,2 ≤ 2,4 4 3 2
> 2,4 4 3 1

7.10.4.2 Where only one rack is deemed to be in operation, the minimum number of sprinklers
deemed to be in operation shall be 12 regardless of the number of tier levels.

7.11 Categorization of goods in storage

7.11.1 The fire hazard of stored goods is influenced by many factors such as the rate of heat
release, the rate of burning and accessibility to water discharge.

7.11.2 The packaging materials and storage configuration play a major role in determining the
level of sprinkler protection required.

7.11.3 To establish the level of protection required the procedure shown in the flow chart for
determining the category of goods stored (see figure 17), shall be followed.

7.12 Methodology for categorizing goods

7.12.1 General
7.12.1.1 To categorize goods containing plastic or rubber requires an analysis of the materials
used, including any packaging. The result of this analysis will yield a material factor.

7.12.1.2 The storage configuration of the goods is then considered. The material factor combined
with the storage configuration will determine the category of the stored goods.

7.12.1.3 In some instances the material factor number and category will be the same, but where
plastics are involved the category may be higher than the material factor.

7.12.2 Material factor

7.12.2.1 A material factor of 1 to 4 shall be determined for all goods. The material factor shall take
into account the product and packaging and pallet materials.

7.12.2.2 Typical materials factors are given in 7.12.3 to 7.12.6 (inclusive) and modifying influences
are shown pictorially in the figure 18 for material factors with plastic content.

66
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.12.3 Material factor 1

Non-combustible materials either without packaging or packaging with a low energy content and
having

a) an unexpanded plastic or rubber content less than 5 % by weight, and

b) an expanded plastic or rubber content less than 5 % by volume.

EXAMPLE 1 Metal parts or tools with or without cardboard packaging on wooden pallets.

EXAMPLE 2 Powdered foods in sacks.

EXAMPLE 3 Tinned or bottled foods.

EXAMPLE 4 Cloth or fabric made wholly of natural fibres.

EXAMPLE 5 Leather goods.

EXAMPLE 6 Wood products.

EXAMPLE 7 Ceramics in cardboard or wooden packing cases.

EXAMPLE 8 Non-flammable liquids in plastic, glass or waxed paper containers.

EXAMPLE 9 Large electrical appliances with little packaging.

7.12.4 Material factor 2

Goods which are potentially more difficult to sprinkler protect, having a higher energy content than
in material factor 1.

EXAMPLE 1 Wood or metal furniture with plastic furnishings within the allowable limits.

EXAMPLE 2 Electrical equipment with plastic parts and packaging within the allowable limits.

EXAMPLE 3 Electrical cable on reels or in cartons excluding PVC.

EXAMPLE 4 Cloth or fabric with a synthetic fibre content.

7.12.5 Material factor 3

Goods that are made predominantly of unexpanded plastic or less than 40 % expanded plastic or
that have a similar energy content.

EXAMPLE 1 Empty car batteries.

EXAMPLE 2 Plastic brief cases.

EXAMPLE 3 Personal computers.

EXAMPLE 4 Unexpanded plastic utensils.

7.12.6 Material factor 4

Goods with an expanded plastic or rubber content greater than 40 % by volume or materials with
similar burning characteristics.

EXAMPLE 1 Foam rubber mattresses.

EXAMPLE 2 Expanded polystyrene packaging.

67
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

EXAMPLE 3 Foam upholstery.

Are the goods listed as a special Yes Consult the list of goods and
hazard their categories

No

Are the goods within the Yes Yes

Are the goods listed
limitations set by Use specified category
as a known category
SANS 10287

No
No

Yes Are the goods plus packaging Yes

Do the goods plus packaging Use categorisation
covered by the categorisation
contain plastic or rubber methodology
methodology

No
No

Consult with recognised

sprinkler expertise

Figure 17 — Flow chart for determining the category of goods stored

7.12.7 Determining the category of stored goods using the material factor

7.10.7.1 The category of the stored goods is determined by assessing the influence of storage
configuration once the material factor is known. Consult table 18 and identify the most appropriate
goods storage configuration description listed in columns 1 and 2.

7.10.7.2 The category is given at the intersection with the appropriate material factor given in
columns 3 to 6.

7.12.7.3 If the goods are also listed in table 27 and table 28 and the category is different to that
determined using the methodology, the higher of the two categories shall be used.

Table 18 — Category determination table

68
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

1 2 3 4 5 6
1
Storage configuration details Material factor
Exposed Stored
1 2 3 4
surface goods
Non-combustible solids
Unexpanded plastic and liquids which are in 2
II II
container intimate contact with
container
Unexpanded plastic Non-combustible solids 2
II III
container forming air gaps
Unexpanded plastic
Combustible solid content II III IV
container Apply
Unexpanded plastic Table 128 2 2 2
Non-combustible solids or
film
Table 129
Unexpanded plastic
Combustible solid content II III IV
film
Combustible or
Expanded plastic IV IV IV
non-combustible
Unexpanded plastic or
Solid blocks II III IV
rubber
Paper or cardboard Plastic content II III IV
1
: The storage configuration details are described in greater detail within this standard
2
: Material factor not appropriate to description of storage configuration details see shrink wrapping

Figure 18 — Material factor plastic content

69
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.12.8 Exposed unexpanded plastic container with non-combustible solids

and liquids which are in intimate contact with the containers

7.12.8.1 This description applies to containers which hold non-flammable liquids or solids which are
in direct contact with a high proportion of the internal container surfaces. It does not include metal
components in storage bins or boxes. Exposed unexpanded plastic container with non-combustible
solids and liquids which are in intimate contact with the containers shall be classified as follows:

a) containers with non-combustible liquids: category I;

b) small containers (≤ 50 L) with non-combustible solids: category II; and

c) large containers (> 50 L) with non-combustible solids: category III.

EXAMPLE Plastic bottles of soft drinks or liquids with less than 20 % alcohol and plastic drums containing
inert powder such as talcum.

7.12.8.2 Non-combustible materials in plastic containers provide a heat sink and modify the rate of
burning of the containers. Liquids usually have a greater effect than solids due to their greater
thermal conductivity.

7.12.9 Exposed unexpanded plastic container with non-combustible solids

with air gaps

This applies to plastic containers in which the contents have little or no heat sink effect. If the
contact area between the container and the contents is small, (≤ 25 % of the potential storage
envelope), category III ratings shall be increased to category IV.

EXAMPLE Metal parts in plastic storage bins.

7.12.10 Unexpanded plastic film covering non-combustible solids

7.12.10.1 These commodities only have a small proportion of plastic by weight (in the plastic
wrapping, usually < 5 %) and hence no categories are given for material factors 2, 3 and 4.

EXAMPLE Shrink wrapped tinned foods.

7.12.10.2 In a fire, the plastic film is likely to burn rapidly and accelerate the fire spread. Where the
packaging and the stored goods are combustible and shrink wrapped or wrapped in plastic film, the
category of storage shall be increased by 1.

7.12.10.3 Where shrink wrap is used for the sides of pallet loads leaving the top of the goods
stored exposed in order to provide stability the category of product need not be adjusted.

7.12.11 Unexpanded plastic film covering combustible solids

7.12.11.1 Combustible solids may contain plastic and are hence given categories for material
factors 1 to 4.

7.12.11.2 In a fire the plastic film is likely to burn rapidly and accelerates the fire spread.

7.12.12 Exposed expanded plastic

Exposed expanded plastics are more challenging than expanded plastic in non-plastic containers
and are classified as category IV.

70
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.12.13 Exposed unexpanded rubber, vinyl or plastic in solid blocks

Unexpanded materials in solid blocks burn at a slower rate than the same materials with higher
surface area to volume and mass ratios.

EXAMPLE Vinyl floor tiles.

7.12.14 Exposed paper or cardboard in solid blocks

EXAMPLE Cardboard flats.

7.12.15 Paper or cardboard packaging with an open structure

Materials with an open internal structure which present a high surface area to mass to flames and
allow access to air and will therefore promote rapid spread of flame and a high rate of heat release.

EXAMPLE 1 Empty cardboard boxes having a low structural strength: category II.

EXAMPLE 2 Empty cardboard boxes having a high structural strength: category III.

EXAMPLE 3 Paper rolls stored vertically (see also special risks): category III.

7.12.16 Exposed paper or cardboard containing unexpanded granular or

powdered materials

EXAMPLE Plastic granules for plastics moulding stored in cardboard boxes or paper sacks.

7.12.17 Limitations of packaging

The listed categories in table 27 and 28 are applicable where the goods packaging is no more
hazardous than a cardboard box or single layer of corrugated cardboard wrapping. This limitation
applies to the packaging only and is applied whether or not the goods are stored on pallets.

7.12.18 Classification of special hazards

7.12.18.1 Tables 19 to 26 give the minimum classifications for specific hazard process risks. They
can also be used as a guide for occupancies not specifically mentioned.

7.12.18.2 Storage shall not exceed that stated in table 2.

Table 19 — Ordinary hazard process risks and occupancies

1 2 3
Assumed maximum
Ordinary hazard Design density of discharge
area of operation
category I 2
mm/min m
Car parks 5,0 144
Through flow ventilation does not negate the requirement for sprinkler protection of
parking garages when SABS 10287 is applied.

71
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 20 — Ordinary hazard process risks and occupancies

1 2 3
Process risk Design density of Assumed maximum
ordinary hazard discharge area of operation
category III mm/min m
2

Alcohol distilleries
Amusement arcades (life safety)
Casinos (life safety)
Cinemas (life safety)
Convention centres
Cotton mills
Exhibition halls (life safety)
Film and television production studios
5,0 360
Flax preparation plants
Hemp preparation plants
Paint application shops (not solvent based)
Plywood factories
Saw mills
Theatres (life safety)
Tobacco factories
Waste paper processing

Table 21 — High hazard category I process risks

1
Process risk
high hazard
category I

7,5 mm per minute design density of discharge

2
260 m assumed maximum area of operation
Boots black and polish manufacturers
Carpet manufacturers (including unexpanded plastic)
Electrical cable manufacturers
Floor cloth manufacturers
Footwear manufacturers (including plastic and rubber)
Glue works and adhesives
Lamp black manufacturers
Linoleum manufacturers
Match manufacturers
Oil skin manufacturers
Paint application shops (solvent based)
Piers – includes all buildings, bridges and landing stages
Printing works
Refrigerator manufacturers
Resin manufacturers
Rope manufacturers
Rubber substitute manufacturers
Synthetic fibre manufacturers (excluding acrylic)
Turpentine manufacturers
Wood wool manufacturers

72
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 22 — High hazard category II process risks

1
Process risk
high hazard
category II

10,0 mm per minute design density of discharge

2
260 m assumed maximum area of operation
Brake and clutch lining manufacturers
Candle manufacturers (wax and paraffin wax)
Carpet manufacturers (including foam rubber and expanded plastics)
Chipboard manufacturers (additional protection may be required for machinery)
Cocoa nut fibre and goods stores
Depots for buses, unloaded lorries and railway carriages
Firelighter manufacturers
Paint, colour, pigment and varnish manufacturers
Paper manufacturers (paper mills and machine halls)
Tar distilling
Timber milling and manufacturers

Table 23 — High hazard category III process risks

1
Process risk
high hazard
Category III

12,5 mm per minute design density of discharge

2
260 m assumed maximum area of operation
Cellulose nitrate manufacturers
Celluloid goods manufacturers
Esparto, half a or needle grass processing and manufacturers
Manufacturers of foamed plastics and foam rubber and goods
Plastic recycling plant
Steel wool manufacture
Vehicle manufacturer paint shop – excluding areas using solvents and solvent based paints
Vehicle tyre manufacturers

Table 24 — High hazard category IV process risks

1
Process risk
high hazard
category IV
zoned deluge protection

Minimum design density of discharge 30,0 mm per minute

Aircraft hangers
Bitumen : solid, semisolid, liquid
Calcium hypochlorite manufacture and storage: 2 h separation required
Firework manufacturers
Foam making machines: polyester, polyethylene, polyurethane
Gunpowder
Oil mills: crushing and solvent extraction

73
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 25 — High hazard process risk special considerations

1
Process risk
high hazard
2
Expanded polyethylene using butane requires a 30,0 mm per minute over 300 m

Table 26 — High hazard plastic process risk

1 2 3
Assumed maximum
Design density of
area of operation
Plastic process risk discharge
2
mm/min m
Ordinary hazard
category IV:

a) Blown film extrusion;

b) Calendaring;
c) Extrusion;
d) Extrusion coating; 5,0 360
e) Pressing and press laminating of
thermoplastics;
f) Rotational moulding;
g) Slush moulding;
h) Spreading compounding; and
i) Vacuum metallization.
High hazard
category II:

a) Blow moulding;
b) Coating of metal articles by dip or spray
compression and transfer moulding;
7,5 260
c) Film conversion;
d) Hot press moulding of reinforced plastics;
e) Injection moulding;
f) Laminated material fabrication;
g) Press lamination of thermosets; and
h) Thermoforming, including vacuum forming.
High hazard
category III:

a) Contact moulding of reinforced plastics; 10,0 260

b) Filament winding;
c) Pultrusion of reinforced plastics; and
d) Resin casting (including manometer casting).
High hazard
zoned deluge protection:
12,5 260
Fabrication of cellulose nitrate – celluloid or
xylonite
NOTE If solvents are used in any category I or II process, these should be reclassified to category III.

74
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 — Product categorization

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Abrasive wheel and powder manufacturers I –
Accumulator manufacturers (Battery) II –
Adhesives with flammable solvents III Special protection required
warehouses
Adhesives without flammable solvents I –
warehouses
Aeroplane instrument manufacturers I –
Aerosols contents and expellant flammable IV See special hazards section
Aerosols contents flammable IV See special hazards section
Aerosols contents and expellant non- I –
flammable
Aircraft engine works I –
Aircraft factories I –
Alcoholic beverages ≤ 20 % proof by volume II In metal or glass containers
Alcoholic beverages > 20 % proof by volume II Cartoned glass bottles
Ammunition – small arms IV Packaged or cartoned
Amusement grounds I Excludes amusement arcades
Appliances – for example stoves, refrigerators I Not packaged – no appreciable plastic trim
Appliances – for example stoves, refrigerators II Cartoned corrugated – no appreciable
plastic trim
Appliances – for example stoves, refrigerators III No exposed expanded plastic – packaging
in cardboard
Appliances – for example stoves, refrigerators III Appreciable plastic trim – no packaging
Appliances – for example stoves, refrigerators IV Exposed expanded plastic packaging and
plastic trim
Artificial manure manufacturers I –
Artificial silk manufacturers II –
Artificial stone manufacturers I –
Asbestos and asbestos millboard I –
manufacturers
Asphalt paper stored horizontally II –
Asphalt paper stored vertically III –
Assayers I Gold and silver
Astronomical instruments manufacturers I –
Athletic clubs and race courses, etc. I –
Athletic goods manufacturers I Excludes clothing and wearing apparel
Automobile spare parts warehouses III and IV –

Bacon curers I –
Bakers and biscuit manufacturers I –
Baked goods II Frozen, packaged in cartons
Baked goods III Packaged in cartons
Bakelite goods manufacturers I –
Baking powder manufacturers II –
Balata belting manufacturers II –
Ballast and sand warehouses I –
Barometer manufacturers I –

75
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Barrel stores II –
Basket warehouses II –
Bass stores II –
Bass and fibre dressers II –
Batteries III Automobile, empty
Batteries I Automobile, filled
Batteries III Lithium-ion
Batteries II Dry cell non-lithium blister pack
Beans – Dried III Packaged, cartoned
Bead makers I Gold, etc.
Bedding manufacturers II Excluding foam rubber and plastics
Plastic crate covering less than one-third of
Beer II
the bottle height
Plastic crate covering more than one-third of
Beer III
the bottle height
Beer II Wooden crates
Beer I Cardboard cartons or shrink wrapped
Bitumen bonded products II –
Bleach and dye works I –
Bottles – Jars I Empty – glass – cartoned
Bottles – Plastic – Pre-formed III PET – polyethylene terephthalate
Bottles – Plastic – Fully formed (Expanded) IV PET – polyethylene terephthalate
Boat houses I –
Boiler composition manufacturers I –
Boiler makers, rolling mills, tube makers, I Foundries
Bonded stores II Spirituous liquors – palletized storage
Bone warehouses II –
Book warehouse II –
Boot and shoe factories and warehouses II No appreciable synthetic or plastic content
Boot and shoe factories and warehouses III Synthetic rubber and plastic content
Breweries bottling section (Wet process) I No storage of pallets or plastic crates
Breweries bottling section III Storage of pallets or plastic crates
Brewers I –
Brewers grain dryers II –
Briquette and patent fuel manufacturers III –
Broadcasting studios and transmitters I –
Brush factories III Includes plastic and synthetic fibre content
Bread wrapped II Cartoned
Builders merchants and builders stores II, III and –
IV
Butchers slaughter houses and abattoirs I –
Butter III Whipped spread

76
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Cable and telephone companies stores III Includes plastic content and PVC content
Cake mixture manufacturers I –
Camping equipment II No appreciable synthetic or plastic content
Candles III and IV Treat on a case by case basis
Canvas – tar impregnated III –
Carborundum manufacturers I –
Carbon black III –
Carbon paper manufacturers III –
Cardboard – All types II Stored flat
Cardboard – Except corrugated II Rolls stored horizontally
Cardboard – Except corrugated III Rolls stored vertically
Cardboard – Corrugated III Rolls stored horizontally
Cardboard – Corrugated IV Rolls stored vertically
Cardboard cartons II Empty light weight made up boxes
Cardboard cartons III Empty heavy weight made up boxes
Card clothing manufacturers I –
Carob crushing I –
Carpet beaters and cleaners I –
Carpet tiles III –
Carpets without foam backing II Intermediate rack sprinkler protection
required
Carpets with foam backing III Intermediate rack sprinkler protection
required
Carpets with synthetic fibre mix III Intermediate rack sprinkler protection
required
Carriers and transit warehouses II, III and Dependent on goods stored
IV
Cartons – Waxed made up III –
Cartons – Waxed flat II –
Cattle food manufacturers I –
Carvers (Stone) I –
Cellulose – Not cellulose nitrate or cellulose II Baled
acetate
Cellulose pulp II –
Cement works I Includes bagged cement
Ceramics I –
Cereals boxed II –
Charcoal manufacturers II –
Cheese II Packaged and cartoned
Chemical warehouses II, III and May require special consideration
IV
Chemists (Analytical) I –
Chemists (Manufacturers and wholesale) II Assumes no appreciable plastic content
Chemical works II Ordinary – excluding flammable liquids
Chewing gum II Packaged and cartoned

77
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
China merchants I Wholesale and warehouses
Chipboard II Not pegged
Christmas cracker manufacturers II –
Chrome platers I –
Chutney I –
Cigar and cigarette importers warehouses II –
Cloth wool or cotton II –
Cloth synthetic III –
Clothes without linings II Stored flat – assumes no synthetic fibres
Clothes foamed plastic or rubberized linings III Stored flat
Cocoa products II Packaged and cartoned
Coconut matting II –
Cod liver oil manufacturers II –
Coffee hullers and roasters II –
Coffee – Canned Beans bagged II Packaged and cartoned
Coir II Curled hair used in mattresses
Cold storage warehouses II and III Excludes EPS fabric
Colour and paint warehouses II Excludes solvent based product
Compact disks II –
Condensed milk manufacturers I –
Confectionery II –
Combustible containers and content treat as
Containers – Contents unknown III - IV
Category IV
Copper plate engravers I –
Copra kilns (coconut dried meat or kernel) II –
Cordials and minerals I In glass bottles
For ordinary hazard – increase area of
Cork factories cutters and dealers II
operation
For ordinary hazard – increase area of
Cork baled II
operation
Corn merchants warehouses I –
Corn, flour and provender mills I –
Corset manufacturers I –
Cotton baled II Increased area of operation required
Cotton mills I Excluding preparatory processes
Cotton warehouses II –
Cotton waste dealers warehouses III –
Creamery and wholesale dairies I –
Crockery without packaging I –
Curled hair manufacturers II –
Custard powder manufacturers I –
Creamery and wholesale dairies I –
Crockery without packaging I –

78
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Curled hair manufacturers II –
Custard powder manufacturers I –

Dental material and manufacturers I –

Dental material warehouses I –
Departmental stores II and III Assessment of goods stored is required
Departmental stores III Wooden furniture and foam upholstery
Diapers II Cotton or linen
Diapers – disposable III –
Drapers warehouses II Wholesale
Dried foods II Packaged and cartoned
Drysalters warehouses I –

Earthenware warehouses I –
Elastomers IV –
Electric cable warehouses II Excludes plastic insulation material
Stored in racks requires intermediate
Electric cable or wire on reels III
sprinklers
Electric lamp and neon light manufacturers I –
Electric wire coverers III –
Plastic content less than or equal to 5 % by
Electrical dealers, wholesale, warehouses I
volume
Plastic content more than 5 % by mass or
Electrical dealers, wholesale, warehouses III
volume
Electro platers I –
Electronic equipment with or without Plastic content – includes computers and
III
packaging spares
Emery grinders I –
Emery paper cloth manufacturers I –
Empty bottles in cardboard boxes (Glass) II –
Empty bottles in cardboard boxes (Plastic) III and IV PET or similar material
Enamellers I –
Engineering Works I –
Engravers (Metal) I –
Esparto, Halfa or needle grass loose or baled III –

Fancy goods warehouses I Assumes no appreciable plastic content

Feather merchants warehouses II –
Felt manufacturers II –
Fent dealers warehouses I –
Fertilizer – Solid II May require special measures
Fertilizer – Solid II Bagged nitrates and phosphates

79
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Fibreboard II –
Fibreglass insulation III Paper backed rolls, bagged or unbagged
Fibre goods manufacturers and stores II –
Fibrous plaster, etc. Modellers I –
Film (Photographic) manufacturers I –
Firelighters warehouses III –
Firewood cutter and dealers II –
Fish curers I –
Fishing gear store I –
Fishing net manufacturers II –
Fish meal manufacturers II –
Fish oil manufacturers II –
Flag manufacturers I –
Flax, jute and hemp mills II Excluding preparatory processes
Flax and linen warehouses II –
Flock merchants warehouses II –
Flour in sacks or paper bags II –
Floor tiles (vinyl) IV –
Foodstuffs in sacks II –
Food – Tinned in cardboard boxes or rays I With or without plastic film wrapping
Fountain pen manufacturers II –
French polishers I –
Frozen foods: fish, meat, chicken I Non-waxed, non-plastic packaging
Frozen foods: fish, meat, chicken II Waxed paper containers – cartoned
Frozen foods: fish, meat, chicken III Plastic trays or boxes – cartoned
Fruit and vegetable I Wholesale
Fruit – dried I –
Furniture unexpanded or expanded micro –
II
cellular plastic
Furniture upholstered excluding plastics II –
Furniture upholstered with foam rubber or –
III
foam plastics
Furniture wooden II –
Furriers and furs II Stored flat in boxes

Galvanizers I –
Glass bevellers, cutters I –
Glass factories and warehouses I –
Glass fibre unfabricated I –
Glass manufacturers warehouses I Empty
Glass merchants I Empty
Glass paper and sand paper manufacturers I –
Glucose manufacturers I –

80
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Gold and silver smelters I –
Gramophone record manufacturers III Treat as plastic manufacturers
Grain II In sacks
Granaries II –
Granaries merchants warehouses II –
Grease works II –
Greasy cloth, etc. washers II –
Grindstone manufacturers I –
II, III and
Grocery and provisions Wholesale
IV

Haberdashery II –
Handloom weavers I –
Hat manufacturers I –
Hay and straw dealers II –
Heald and reed heddle makers I –
For ordinary hazard - increase area of
Hemp warehouses II
operation
Hide warehouses I –
Hops warehouses II –
Horn and ivory merchants I –
Hose and motor belts on rhino racks II –
Hosiery factories and warehouses II –

Ice factories I –
Ironmongers warehouses (Wholesale) I –
Ivory turners I –

Jewellers warehouses I –
Jewellery factories I –
Jute warehouses II –

Keg stores I –
Knitwear – (see clothes) II, III –

Lace bleachers and dyers I –

Lace factories I –
Lace warehouses I –

81
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Laminated board II –
Lamp shade manufacturers I –
Lard and fat refineries II –
Laundries I –
Lead light manufacturers I –
Leather goods factories II –
Leather substitute manufacturers II –
Leather warehouses II –
Lens manufacturers and optics manufacturers I –
IV Blister packs otherwise treat as
Lighters – Butane
aerosols
Lime, Warehouses I –
Linen II –
Linoleum III –
Logistics warehouses III and IV –
Looking glass manufacturers I –
Luggage IV –

Magnetic tapes III –

Manchester (linen) warehouses II –
Manganese powder in drums II –
Manure merchants warehouses I –
Marble and slate works I –
Margarine works and warehouses – excludes
III Up to 50 % oil – any packaging
extraction
Margarine works and warehouses – excludes
IV Between 50 % and 80 % oil any packaging
extraction
Marine store dealers warehouses I –
Market gardeners I –
For ordinary hazard – increase area of
Matches III
operation
Mattresses II With no foam rubber or expanded plastic
Limited or full foam rubber or expanded
Mattresses IV
plastics
Meat II Chilled or frozen
Metal cans II Plastic shrouded or corrugated cardboard
Metal cans not shrouded I –
Margarine works and warehouses - excludes
III Up to 50 % oil – any packaging
extraction
Metal goods I –
Metal workers I –
Milk powder II Bags or sacks
Mirror manufacturers I –

82
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Mohair I –
Monument masons I –
Motor garages I Excludes flammable liquid stores
Motor vehicle manufacturers and assembly III Special consideration required
plants
Mustard, pepper and chicory mills I –

Nail polish IV –
Natural rubber III If expanded
Nickel plating works I –
Nitrate storage II –
Nuts II Canned, cartoned or bagged

Office material and stationary suppliers III –

Oil seeds II Includes sunflower and seed husks
Oil warehouses II Flash point ≥ 300 °C excludes plastic
packaging
Oil warehouses III Flash point ≥ 300 °C includes plastic
packaging
Ore grinders I –

Paints water based I –

Paints (oil based) – Flash point < 32 °C IV Foam induction required – Flammable
liquids
Paints (solvent-based) IV Foam induction required – Flammable
liquids
Paper I Sheets stored horizontally
Paper II Sheets stored vertically
Paper weight ≤ 5 kg/100m
2
III For example, Tissue paper stored
horizontally
2
Paper weight ≤ 5 kg/100m IV For example, Tissue paper stored vertically
Paper weight > 5 kg/100m
2
III For example, Newspaper rolls stored
vertically
Paper weight > 5 kg/100m
2
II For example, Newspaper rolls stored
horizontally
Paper bitumen coated III –
Paper pulp II Rolled or baled
Paper waste III For ordinary hazard – increase area of
operation
Paper wax coated III –
Parking basements I Special considerations in area of operation
Particle board II –
Patent flour manufacturers II –
Pea warehouses II Packaged and cartoned
Pharmaceuticals III Plastic bottles cartoned
Photographic supplies manufacturers II 35 mm in metal film cartridges and bulk film
rolls

83
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Photographic supplies manufacturers III In plastic containers excluding PET
Pillows feathers and down II –
Pillows feathers and down II –
Pillows with foam rubber or plastics III –
Plastic (Non-expanded) III –
Plastic (Expanded or foamed blocks and –
III
sheets)
Plastic (Expanded or foamed) IV Off cuts and small packaging pieces
Plastic (Glass Reinforced) (GRP) II –
Plastic crates IV Empty
Plastic crates and pallets IV –
Plastic for recycling or recycled plastic pieces IV Scrap, waste or ground plastic
Plumbers, painters and decorators III Workshops and stores
Plywood stored flat II –
Polyethylene empty bottles or containers IV –
Pillows feathers and down II –
Pillows with foam rubber or plastics III –

Polyethylene rolls vertical or horizontal IV –

Potteries I –
Poultry grit and food manufacturers I –
Precious stone cutters I –
Printers and allied trades (see nitrate storage) II –
Printer cartridges III Polystyrene or cardboard packaging
PVA IV Polyvinyl alcohol resins
PVC III Poly(vinyl chloride)
PVC resins III Bagged

Quarry buildings I –

Radio, television, etc. manufacturing and

I Excludes plastic rigid or foamed
assembly
Rag carbonizers I –
Rag warehouses loose or baled III Natural and synthetic fibres
Restaurants and cafes I –
Resins excluding flammable liquids II Metal containers
Resins in conjunction with fibre glass III –
II, III and
Retail shops and departmental stores Limited storage
IV
Rice husking mills I –

84
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Roofing felt III –
Rope natural fibres II –
Rope synthetic fibres III –
Rubber III Natural expanded
Rubber IV Natural not expanded
Rubber and rubber goods manufacturers III Excluding foam rubber and tyres
Rubber goods warehouses III Excluding foam rubber and tyres
Rubber foamed in blocks and sheets stored III –
flat
Rubber foamed other than in blocks and IV –
sheets

Sack and bag manufacturers II –

Salt manufacturers I –
Salt warehouses II Packaged and cartoned
Sauce, pickle and preserved food I –
manufacturers
Saw mills and timber yards II and III For ordinary hazard – increase area of
operation
Scenery (Theatrical) stores II and III –
Scientific instrument and thermometer I –
manufacturers
Seed and shale oil refineries I –
Seedsmen warehouses I –
Ship breakers I –
Shipbuilders I –
Shirt factories I –
Shock absorbers II Plastic dust covers
Shoes leather II Less than 5 % plastic by mass
Shoes synthetic III Includes rubber or plastic components
Shopping centres and mall I to IV –
Silk spinners I Not artificial silk
Silversmiths manufacturing I –
Sisal I –
Skin rug manufacturers I –
Skin warehouses I –
Small wares manufacturers I Kitchen and bar appliances, flatware
Soap manufacturers or warehouses II –
Soft drinks, concentrates and mineral water II and III Assess on plastic content and
encapsulation
Soft goods warehouses III Stuffed toys
Spice grinders and warehousing II Process and storage
Spirituous liquors cased bottles or on pallets II Alcohol content ≥ 20 %
Stored in barrels or with an alcohol content
Spirituous liquors bulk III
≤ 20 %

85
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Sports goods warehousing III Including sports clothing
Stables I –
Stained glass manufacturers I –
Starch works I –
Stationery and office supplies III –
Steel wool III -
Stone masons I –
Straw plait and straw hat manufacturers II –
String natural materials I –
String synthetic materials II –
Stucco manufacturers I –
Suet manufacturers I –
Sugar warehouses factories and refineries II –

Tailors' wadding manufacturers I –

Tallow warehouses II Beef or mutton fat
Tanneries I –
Tanners' warehouses and dried skins II –
Tarpaulin and tent manufacturers and –
III
warehousing
Tar products roofing and bitumen products III –
Tea factories I –
Telegraph and telephone wire coverers III –
Timber un-sawn II –
Timber (sawn not in ventilated stacks) II –
Timber (sawn in ventilated stacks) III –
Tobacco bonds II –
Tobacco manufacturers II –
Tobacco warehouses II –
Tortoiseshell works II –
Toys metal I –
Toys expanded plastic III –
Toy warehouses III –
Toys wooden II –
Tripe boilers I –
Twine warehouses II –
Typewriter ribbon manufacturers II –
Stored horizontally – vertically is not
Tyre warehouse IV
covered

Umbrella manufacturers I –
Uralite manufacturers I –
Upholstery II Excluding foam rubber and plastics

86
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 27 (concluded)

1 2 3
Product or occupancy Category Comments
Vegetable fibres II Hay, straw, hemp, cotton, flax, etc.
Vinyl coated fabric IV –
Vinyl floor coverings IV Tiles in cartons
Vinyl – rolled IV –
Vinyl – rolled IV –

Wallpaper manufacturers I –
Waste paper dealers' warehouses III –
Waterproof cloth manufacturers I –
Wax figure manufacturers III –
Waxed paper and carton manufacturers III –
Wax (paraffin) IV –
Wet areas (Production) I Assumes no storage or combustible walling
Whiting manufacturers I –
Wicker works III –
Wine packaged in cardboard boxes I Alcohol content < 20 %
Wood chipboard excluding ventilated stacks II –
Wood plywood stored flat II –
Wood pulp II Baled
Wood veneer sheets III –
Woodworkers II –
Wood (wool warehouses) IV Baled
Wooden crates and pallets idle storage IV –
Woodworkers II –
Woollen warehouses II –
Woollen and worsted mills I –

87
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 — Plastics categorization

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
ABS Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer III
Acribel Acrylic II
Acrilan Acrylic III
Acronal Polyacrylic III
Acrylonitrile
butadiene Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber III
styrene resins
Acetal and
Polyformaldehyde III
acetal resins
Acrylic fibre
Polymethyl methacrylate III and IV
yarn
Acrylic resins – III
Aerolite Amino I
Aerodux Formaldehyde II
Aero jablex PVC III
Akulon Nylon III
Alkathene Polythene III
Alprokyd Alkyd resin I
Alathon Polythene III
Alloprene Chlorinated rubber III
Alvar Polyvinyl acetal III
Aldehydes Formaldehydes, etc. I
Aklyd resins – I
Amberlite Phenol formaldehyde resin II
Amino plastics – II
Aniline – I
formaldehyde
Armourbex Cellulose acetate II
Araldite Epoxide II
Armoride Vinyl IV
Arlingcalf PVC coated Leather cloth III
Arlinghide PVC coated Leather cloth III
Armacord PVC coated Leather cloth III
Arnioride PVC coated Leather cloth III
Ardil fibre Protein I
Artilana No information III
Ashlam Amino I
Ashlam Amino III
laminate
ASP Phenolic II
Astralon Vinyl IV
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

88
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Bakelite Phenolic and cresylic or polyester III
Beautide Vinyl IV
Beckacite Phenol formaldehyde I
Beckamino Amino I
Beckophen Phenolic and cresylic II
Beckosol Aklyd resin I
Bedacryl Acrylic resin III
Bedafin Alkyd I
Bedesol Phenolic and cresylic II
Beetle Alkyd or polyester resin II
Beetle U.F. Amino I
Bexan Vinyl IV
Bexfilm Cellulose acetate II
Bexform Expanded polystyrene IV
Bexoid Cellulose acetate II
Bexol Cellulose nitrate IV
Bexone Polyvinyl acetate III
Bexphane Polypropylene III
Bextrene Unexpanded polystyrene III
Breon Vinyl IV
Brulon Nylon III
Butacite Polyvinyl butyl III
Butyl rubber – III

Calaroc Alkyd I
Calatac Acrylic III
Calature Amino I
Carinex Unexpanded polystyrene III
Carlona Polythene III
Carp Phenolic and cresylic II
Cascamite Amino I
Casco-resin Amino I
Cascophan Phenolic and cresylic II
Casein Protein I
Catabond Polyester III
Catacol Phenolic and cresylic II
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

89
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Catacore Amino -phenolic and cresylic I
Catacost Phenolic and cresylic II
Cataform Phenolic and cresylic II
Catalin Phenol formaldehyde I
Catanam Phenolic and cresylic II
Catavar Phenolic and cresylic II
Celastoid Cellulose acetate II
Cellobond Amino epoxide and vars I
Cellastine Cellulose acetate II
Cellit Cellulose acetate II
Cellomold Cellulose acetate II
Cellophane Regenerated cellulose IV
Celluloid Cellulose nitrate IV
Cellulose – III
acetate
Cellulose – III
acetate butyrate
Cellulose nitrate – IV
Celoron Phenolic fibreglass laminate III
Cerex Unexpanded polystyrene III
Cinabex Cellulose acetate II
Cinemoid Cellulose acetate II
Chloreuene PVC III
Chloroprene
– III
rubber
Clarifoil Cellulose acetate II
Cobex Vinyl IV
Corvic PVC III
Courtelle Acrylic III
Craylene Vinyl IV
Craymac Vinyl IV
Craytherm PVC III
Craytube Vinyl IV
Creyslic plastics – I
Crestakyd Alkyd I
Crestapon Epoxide II
Crinothene Polythene III
Crystic Polyester III
Crystolex Acrylic III
Cycolac Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

90
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Delaron Amino I
Delrim Polyacetal III
Dentacryl Acrylic III
Dexel Cellulose acetate II
Dialam Phenolic and cresylic II
Diakon Acrylic II
Dichlorid PVC III
Diolen Polyester III
Diothene Polythene III
Diorid PVC III
Distrene Unexpanded polystyrene III
Dorcasine Protein I
Dralon Acrylic II
Dupraplex PVC-coated fabric III
Duranide PVC-coated fabric III
Duraplex Vinyl IV
Durex Phenolic III
Durethan Polyamide I
Dacron Polyester III
Daltolac Alkyd I
Darvic PVC III
Decorplast Amino I
Delaron Amino I
Delrim Polyacetal III
Dentacryl Acrylic III
Dexel Cellulose acetate II
Dialam Phenolic and cresylic II
Diakon Acrylic II
Dichlorid PVC III
Diolen Polyester III
Diothene Polythene III
Diorid PVC III
Distrene Unexpanded polystyrene III
Dorcasine Protein I
Dralon Acrylic II
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

91
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Dupraplex PVC-coated fabric III
Duranide PVC-coated fabric III
Duraplex Vinyl IV
Durex Phenolic III
Durethan Polyamide I
Durotube PVC III
Durrna Vinyl IV
Dylan Polythene III
Dylene Unexpanded polystyrene III
ECTFE Ethylene-chlorotrifluoro-ethylene copolymer IV
EPDM Ethylene-propylene rubber III
ETFE Ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene copolymer IV
Eanplast Cellulose acetate II
Ecarit Cellulose acetate II
Elo Phenolic and cresylic II
Elvax Vinyl IV
Emitape Cellulose acetate II
Empire Laminated glass fibre-silicone resin III
Enkalon Polyamide I
Epikote Thermosetting resin – no other information II
Epok Alkyd amino I
Epopher Epoxide II
Epoxy or – II
Epoxide resins
Erinite Phenol formaldehyde I
Erinofort Cellulose acetate II
Erinoid Cellulose acetate II
Erinoid Unexpanded polystyrene III
Ethocel Ethyl cellulose II
Ethyl cellulose – III
Everex Polythene III
Everflex PVC-coated fabric III
Expanded – IV
plastics
Exton Nylon III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

92
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
FEP Fluorinated ethylene-propylene copolymer IV
FRP Fibreglass reinforced polyester III
Fablon PVC coated fabric III
Fablothene Polythene III
Featalak Amino I
Featasol Alkyd I
Fibestos Cellulose acetate II
Fibravil Vinyl IV
Fibreglass – III
Filabond Polyester III
Finapic Phenolic and cresylic II
Florafoam PVC-foam fabric IV
Florestin PVC-coated fabric III
Fluon Polytetrafluoroethylene I
Flurocarbons – I
Fluoroplastics – IV
Foampac Urea formaldehyde foam IV
Foam plastics – IV
Formaldehyde
– I
plastics
Formapex Phenolic and cresylic II
Formica Phenol formaldehyde III
Formica
Phenol formaldehyde III
laminates
Formite Phenolic and cresylic II
Formvar Vinyl IV
Foam plastics – IV
Forticel Cellulose acetate II
Fromocene Vinyl IV
Fromoplas Vinyl IV
Fromosan Vinyl IV
Fromotan Vinyl IV
Fromotex PVC-coated fabric III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

93
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Gelva Polyvinyl acetate III
Geon PVC III
Geon 101 PVC III
Geon 200 Vinyl chloride III
Grilon Polyamide I
Guttasya PVC III

Harcose C Cellulose acetate II

HDPE High density polyethylene IV
Holoplast Phenolic and cresylic II
Holoplast Phenolic and cresylic II
laminate
Hornblend Amino I
Hostaflon C Polytrifluorochloroethylene I
Hostaflon T.F. Polytetrafluoroethylene I
Hostalen C Polythene III
Hostalen P.P. Polypropylene III
Harcose C Cellulose acetate II
Hostalit PVC III
Igelit PVC III
Insmat Phenolic and cresylic II
Isoflex Cellulose acetate II
Isolene Butylene polymer II

Jectothane Polyurethane II

Kabroloid Cellulose acetate II

Kallodent Polymethyl methacrylate II
Kallodoc Acrylic II
Keebush Phenol formaldehyde I
Kel – F Polytrifluorochloroethylene I
Kematal Acetal copolymer II
Kite Phenolic and cresylic II
Kodaloid Cellulose nitrate IV
Kodapak Cellulose acetate II
Kallodoc Acrylic II
Kollecast Phenolic and cresylic II
Kralastic Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

94
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Lacisana Protein – Casein I
Lectofil Protein – Casein I
Lactoid Protein – Casein I
Lamalac Laminated III
Laminac Polyester III
Laminated
– III
plastics
Lanital Protein – Casein I
Lansil Cellulose acetate II
Lanusa Viscose – Rayon III
Lauxite Phenolic and cresylic II
Layflat Polythene III
Leguval Polyester III
Lexan Polycarbonate I
Loanlin Unexpanded polystyrene III
Lorival Phenolic and cresylic II
Lorival Polythene III
Lorival Vinyl IV
Lucentine Styrene/Devinyl benzene copolymer III
Lucite Polymethyl methacrylate II
Lumarith Cellulose acetate II
Luran Unexpanded polystyrene III
Luron Polyamide I
Lustrette PVC-coated fabric III
Lustrex Unexpanded polystyrene III
Lustron Unexpanded polystyrene III
Lyafol Polyamide I
Lypolene Polythene III

Macite Cellulose acetate II

Makalot Phenolic I
Marco Polyester III
Marcon Polyester III
Marlex Olefin polymer (No information – treat as) III
Malamine Melamine formaldehyde IV
Melloroid PVC-coated fabric III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

95
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Melinex Polyester III
Melmex Melamine formaldehyde I
Melplas Cellulose acetate II
Methocel Methyl cellulose III
Micanite Laminated glass fabric – silicone resin III
Micor Phenolic and cresylic II
Movil Vinyl IV
Moltopren Polyester and polyether foam IV
Mouldrite Phenolic and cresylic II
Montopore Unexpanded polystyrene III
Mylar Polyester III

Nestor Amino I
Nestorite Amino I
Netlon Thermoplastic (No information – treat as) III
Nitron Cellulose acetate II
Nixonite Cellulose acetate II
Northproof PVC-coated fabric III
Nouellon Cellulose acetate II
Novilon Asbestos tile with PVC face II
Nuron Polyester III
Nylaf Polyamide II
Nylon Polyamide – Nylon 6 – Nylon 6/6 IV

Onazote Expanded ebonite IV

Oppanol Polyisobutylene (No information – treat as) III
Orlon Acrylic II

Panilax Aniline formaldehyde I

Panilax
Aniline formaldehyde III
laminate
Paralac Alkyd and amino I
Paxolen Phenolic and cresylic II
Paxolin Amino I
Paxolin
– III
laminate
PCTFE Polychlorotrifluoroethylene IV
Pe-Ce Vinyl IV
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

96
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Penton Chlorinated polyether III
PET Polyethylene terephthalate III
Perlon Polyamide I
Permali Phenolic and cresylic II
Permawood Phenolic and cresylic II
Perspex Acrylic II
Phenco PVC III
Phenolic – IV
Phenrib Vinyl IV
Phoenmark Vinyl II
Plaskon Urea formaldehyde I
Plastacele Cellulose acetate III
Plastokyd Alkyd and amino I
Plasoco PVC-coated fabric III
Plasvic Vinyl IV
Plaxide PVC-coated fabric III
Plexiglass Polymethyl methacrylate II
Polana Protein – Casein I
Polyamides – I
Polycarbonate – I
Polyester resins – III
Polyethylene – III
Polygram Phenol formaldehyde I
Polypropylene III
Polystyrene Not foam III
Polystyrene Foamed IV
Polythene – III
Polyvinyl Vinyl – excluding PVC IV
Poly(vinyl)chlori
PVC – plasticiser content up to 20 % III
-de)
Poly(vinyl)chlori
PVC – plasticiser content greater than 20 % IV
-de)
Polyzote Unexpanded polystyrene III
Polyurethane not foam II
Polyurethane foamed III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

97
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Polyester yarn Includes polyester elastomer III
PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene IV
Portex Acrylic II
Portex Polyamide or polythene III
Porvic PVC III
Propathene Polypropylene III
Protein resins – I
Prystal Phenol formaldehyde I
Pyalin Cellulose nitrate IV

Reinforced
– III
plastics
Rooplex Polyester III
Resinox Phonolic I
Resolite Amino I
Rhodoid Cellulose acetate II
Rhovil Vinyl IV
Rigidox Polythene III
Rilboard Vinyl IV
Rilcom PVC III
Rilene Vinyl IV
Rilford Vinyl IV
Rilica Amino I
Rilmould Vinyl IV
Rilon PVC III
Rilotex PVC III
Rilplate Vinyl IV
Rilpol Vinyl IV
Rilsan Polyamide I
Rockite Amino I

Saran PVC III

Saroy Unexpanded polystyrene III
Scarab Amino I
Schwarza Viscose rayon III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

98
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Silicones Excluding rubbers I
Silicone rubber – IV
Silon Polyamide I
Silopex Laminated glass fabric – Silicone resin III
Spauldite Laminated phenolic III
Stellon Methyl methacrylate polymer III
Sternite Phenolic and cresylic II
Storain Vinyl IV
Storaya Vinyl IV
Storeen Vinyl IV
Storide PVC-coated fabric III
Storolan Vinyl IV
Storvic Vinyl IV
Stryaloy 22 Unexpanded polystyrene III
Stymer Unexpanded polystyrene III
Stryafoil Unexpanded polystyrene III
Styramic Unexpanded polystyrene III
Styroflex Unexpanded polystyrene III
Styropor Unexpanded polystyrene III
Styron Unexpanded polystyrene III
Superlom PVC-coated fabric III
Superlon Vinyl IV
Supertone Amino I
Sutron Polyamide I
Survon Polyamide I
Swan Phenolic and cresylic II
Synphorm Phenolic and cresylic II
Sytron Unexpanded polystyrene III

Teca Viscose rayon III

Tedlar Polyvinyl fluoride III
Teflon Polytetrafluoroethylene II
Tego Phenol formaldehyde I
Teklan Acrylic II
Telcothene Polythene III
Tenaplas PVC III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

99
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (continued)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Tenasco Viscose rayon III
Tenatube PVC III
Tenite Cellulose acetate III
Tenite I Cellulose acetate III
Tenite II Cellulose acetate III
Tergal Polyester III
Terlonka Polyester III
Terylene Polyester III
Texolex Phenolic and cresylic II
Termovyl Vinyl IV
Thor Amino I
Tiolan Protein-Casein I
T.P.X. No information III
Traffolite Laminated plastic III
Traffolyte Amino I
Transpex I Polymethyl methacrylate II
Transpex II Unexpanded polystyrene III
Trevira Polyester III
Trolit B Cellulose acetate II
Trolit W Cellulose acetate II
Trolit F Cellulose nitrate IV
Trolitul Unexpanded polystyrene III
Tufnol Laminated plastic - no details III
Tulox T.T. Cellulose acetate utyrate II
Tygan Polyvinylidene chloride III

Umaplex Acrylic II
Ultramide Polyamide I
Undulite Polyester III
Utilex Cellulose acetate II
Urea Amino I
Urea Urea formaldehyde IV

Velbex Vinyl IV
Videne Polyethylene III
Vinagel PVC III
Vinalak Acrylic II
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

100
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 28 (concluded)

1 2 3
Product or
Type of plastic Category
trade name
Vinamold Vinyl IV
Vinamul Acrylic II
Vinatex PVC III
Vinco PVC-coated fabric III
Vinidur PVC III
Vinifoil PVC III
Vinnol PVC III
Vinylite Vinyl chloride vinyl acetate copolymer IV
Vinyon Vinyl chloride vinyl acetate copolymer IV
Vistanex Polyisobutylene III
Vistralan Cellulose rayon III
Visqueen Polythene III
Vitel Polyethylene III
Vistrathene Polythene III
Vitrite Amino I
Vitrone Vinyl IV
Vole Phenolic and cresylic II
Vuepak Cellulose acetate II
Vulcoplas Polysulphide III
Vybak PVC III
Vybax Vinyl IV
Vykem Vinyl IV
Vynide PVC-coated fabric III

Wareite Amino I
Welvic PVC III
Whale Phenolic and cresylic II
Wireweld Cellulose acetate II

Xylonite Cellulose nitrate IV

Zopide PVC-coated fabric III

Zytel Polyamide – Nylon III
NOTE If solvents are used with category I, classify as category III or with categories II
or III classify as category IV.

101
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.12.19 General storage categorization

The lists of items for categorization are not exhaustive and it shall be assumed that items of storage
not specifically mentioned are regarded automatically as in doubt whereby external consultation will
be required.

7.12.20 Fire retardants

The use of fire retardants does not change the category of storage.

7.12.21 Retail and wholesale outlets

7.12.21.1 Care shall be taken when categorizing retail and wholesale outlets whether or not these
are standalone structures or incorporated into shopping centres. The highest hazard dictates the
overall protection that will be required which is generally found to be category III.

7.12.21.2 Where a retail outlet on the floor or selling area utilizes picking shelves only, the
classification of the occupancy is based on the height of storage against the highest category or
hazard of goods stored.

7.12.21.3 Where a retail or wholesale outlet utilizes storage above hand picking level, the premises
shall be classed as storage or warehouse risk and the level of protection shall be in accordance with
this standard based on height of storage and highest hazard or category of goods stored.

7.12.21.4 Sporadic storage of aerosols where beam pallet racking is employed is exempt from the
requirements for aerosol storage as detailed in this standard based on the following requirements
being adhered to:

a) intermediate sprinkler protection need not be provided if the roof level design density of
discharge is in accordance with the requisite category of storage which need not necessarily be
based on aerosol category IV if the aerosol storage volume is less than 5 % of the total product
stored;

b) should the volume of aerosols exceed 5 % but be equal to or less than 10 %, intermediate
protection is mandatory and shall be in accordance with the category of storage of the general
goods stored which need not necessarily be aerosol storage category IV as detailed in this
standard;

c) should the volume of aerosols exceed 10 % but be equal to or less than 15 % of the stored
goods, mandatory intermediate protection in accordance with this standard to category IV
requirements shall be installed but not necessarily in accordance with the design density for
aerosol requirements for roof level protection as detailed in this standard; and

d) where the volume of aerosols is greater than 15 % a separate storage facility or

compartmentalized facility in accordance with the aerosol requirements of this standard shall be
provided.

7.12.21.5 In all cases where aerosol storage is less than or equal to 15 % of the storage capacity

a) aerosol pallets shall not be stored adjacent to each other in the horizontal plane,

b) a minimum horizontal distance of not less than 5,2 m or 3 pallet loads, whichever is the greater,
shall separate pallet loads,

c) aerosol pallets may not be stored directly above each other, and

d) a minimum vertical distance of not less than 3 tier levels shall separate individual aerosol pallet
storage and shall be offset by at least one pallet load.

102
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.12.22 Transformer and electrical rooms

7.12.22.1 In situations where there are transformers, switch rooms or other electrical gear housed
separately which cannot be protected with water systems, they shall be housed in a 2 h rated
non-combustible compartment and provided with an approved detection system in accordance with
the requirements of SANS 10139. Preference shall be given to locating any oil filled transformers or
oil filled electrical equipment outdoors.

7.12.22.2 The enclosure or compartment shall be enclosed in a bund in order to contain 110 % of
the envisaged flammable liquid content.

7.12.23 Goods stored in the open

7.12.23.1 Drencher heads are purpose-made sprinklers and are designed to spray water over a
surface to provide protection against fire exposure. It is not acceptable to use standard sprinkler
heads with the fusible elements either in place or removed for the purpose of providing wall or face
wetting.

7.12.23.2 Compartmentation and separation between combustible materials stored in the open air
and in sprinklered buildings shall be in accordance with National Building Regulations.

7.12.23.3 For a single owner or occupier, the separation between combustible materials stored in
open air and the sprinklered building should be not less than 10,0 metres where table 2 is
applicable, 15,0 metres where tables 3, 4 or 5 are applied or not less than 1,5 times the height of
the stored material, whichever is the greater. Where these distances cannot be achieved a drencher
system shall be installed.

7.12.23.3 The separation between a sprinkler protected area and a non-protected area should be at
least 60 minutes fire resistant and constructed of non-combustible materials.

7.12.23.5 The height of the goods stacked in the open shall not exceed the height of the wall of the
building nearest to such goods.

7.12.23.6 The distance of the stored goods from the sprinkler protected building shall be at least
equal to 1,5 times the stack height.

7.12.23.7 Should the distance of the stored goods from the sprinkler protected building be less than
10,0 m or 15,0 m (depending on the category of the goods stored), an automatically operated
drencher system with a manual override shall be provided to protect the walls unless the separating
wall has a fire resistance of not less than 60 min.

7.12.23.8 The drencher system shall extend along the walls of the protected building to a distance
of 10,0 m or 15,0 m beyond each end of the stored goods, depending upon the category of the
goods.

7.12.23.9 The feed for the drenchers shall be taken from the upstream side of the installation
control valves and shall be manually operated with an automatic over-ride.

7.12.23.10 The stop valve controlling the drencher installation shall be located near to the sprinkler
control valves, but shall be at least 10,0 m from the goods stored or from the area where they are
expected to operate.

7.12.23.11 Zone size shall not exceed the design capacity of the installation.

103
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7.12.23.13 Drencher heads shall be spaced not more than 1,8 m apart and shall deliver not less
than 40 L per minute per linear metre.

7.12.23.14 If a fire can be expected to simultaneously operate the drenchers and the sprinkler
protection within the building, allowance shall be made for this when calculating the water supplies.

7.12.23.15 Where goods are stored externally, an external hydrant system shall be installed in
accordance with SANS 10400-T.

8 Buildings to be protected
8.1 General
The protected building must be sprinkler protected throughout and no part of the unsprinklered
building or section shall be located below a sprinklered building or section except where the
omission of sprinklers is specifically allowed as an exception under this standard. A building which
is not so protected will not be classified as a sprinkler protected building.

Sprinklers shall be located so as not to exceed the minimum parameters as given in this standard
and shall be installed and located in order to provide optimum performance in respect of timely
activation and distribution.

8.2 Buildings communicating directly or indirectly with or adjoining

the sprinkler-protected building
Every building communicating directly or indirectly with or adjoining the sprinkler protected building
must be sprinkler protected throughout or unless allowed as an exception in terms of this standard.

The separation between a sprinkler protected area and a non-protected area shall have a fire
resistance specified by the authority but in no case less than 60 minutes, doors shall be self-closing
or be closed automatically in the event of a fire.

8.3 Exposure hazard from nearby buildings

Sprinkler protection shall be provided in any adjacent building which is within 10,0 metres
of the protected building and constitutes an exposure hazard.

Where there are practical difficulties in providing such protection as, for example, when the
detached building is in separate ownership or where the detached building is lofty and
open on all sides, (e.g. timber storage sheds), and the value of standard sprinkler
protection is doubtful, it will be required that the sprinkler protection in the protected
building be extended to provide external sprinkler protection over window and door
openings and over any combustible sections of the wall opposing the exposure hazard.

8.4 Sprinkler-protected buildings

8.4.1 Sprinklers shall be installed throughout the premises and shall be located so as not to
exceed the minimum parameters as given in this standard.

8.4.2 Sprinklers shall be installed and located in order to provide optimum performance in respect
of timely activation and distribution.

104
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

8.5 Sprinkler-protected buildings — Permitted exceptions

Staircases or lifts enclosed and constructed in two hour fire rated material. Lifts with metal doors
without perforations may have cut-off sprinklers fitted directly above each opening. Window
2
openings fitted with ordinary glass and not exceeding 1,5 m in the aggregate allowed in each
storey in stair enclosures only, provided that they are protected by cut-off sprinklers. A cut-off
sprinkler protects the unprotected side of two areas of which only one is sprinkler protected.

A staircase constructed as above, but having a non-fireproof ceiling over the top landing with or
without a storeroom or storerooms above, need only have sprinkler protection to such non-fireproof
ceilings and storerooms, (if any).

Lavatories and WC's excluding cloakrooms or locker rooms, compartments containing electric
switch gear or other electrical apparatus, excluding transformers or emergency generators, used for
no other purpose, where no storage takes place. Such rooms are to be fully enclosed by 60 minute
rated walls of brickwork, masonry, concrete, reinforced concrete or aerated autoclaved concrete
blocks, without common ceiling or floor void space to the rest of the premises, having floors and
ceilings of non-combustible construction, all windows therefrom being of wired glass or protected by
cut-off sprinklers and all other openings therefrom being protected by doors, i.e. ―A‖ or ―B‖ class fire
door.

In the case of rooms or compartments containing electronic apparatus, having walls of combustible
materials and ceilings of non-combustible materials or under-drawn with non-combustible materials
provided that a line of open window drenchers is fitted outside the room or compartment along the
combustible walls and operated by multiple-jet-controls within the room or compartment.

Silos or bins constructed so as to provide a fire rating in accordance with the authority for the
storage of grain inside buildings forming part of corn mill, distillery, malting or oil mill premises
where the substances expand on contact with water.

In the vicinity of industrial furnaces, ovens, kilns, salt baths, smelting ladles or similar equipment,
the undersides of screens or shields erected over the wet ends of paper-making machines and if the
hazard would be increased by the use of water to extinguish a fire.

These areas shall be separated from the sprinkler protected portions of the building in accordance Field Code Changed
with the authority or be provided with an appropriate automatic fire extinguishing system.

A shed, building or storey separated from the sprinkler protected building by a wall constructed in
order to provide a fire rating in accordance with the authority in which all openings are protected by
approved fireproof doors or fireproof shutters or approved wood fire doors with cut-off sprinklers.

A building occupied solely as offices or private dwelling, separated from the sprinkler protected
buildings by a wall constructed in order to provide a fire rating in accordance with the authority or
cavity wall in which all door openings are protected by single approved fireproof doors or single
approved fireproof shutters, or approved wood doors with cut-off sprinklers.

Window openings shall be fixed and fitted with suitably rated glass such as heat strengthened or
tempered. Sprinklers used shall be specifically listed and approved as window drenchers.
Cognisance shall be taken of any horizontal or vertical obstructions and, if necessary, sprinklers
shall be fitted to both sides of the glazing.

The protection of the openings between the two non-sprinkler protected buildings is not required if
the indirectly communicating building is not at any point within 10,0 metres of the sprinkler protected
building, and the directly communicating building is of non-combustible construction without

105
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

combustible linings to walls and roof and is occupied as offices or for purposes not involving the use
or storage of combustible materials.

A building communicating with a sprinkler protected building through a fireproof staircase, provided
that all openings to the staircase from the non-sprinkler protected building are protected by single
approved fireproof doors or single approved fireproof shutters, or approved hardwood doors and
cut-off sprinkler inside the non-sprinkler protected building.

8.6 Partial protection

8.6.1 Partial protection is the single largest cause of sprinkler failure. Partial protection is loosely
defined as a portion of premises being sprinkler protected with communicating sections that are not.

8.6.2 Partial protection can lead to a fire originating in the protected area radiating heat into the
unprotected portion of the premises and starting secondary fires. The heat from these fires radiates
or spreads back into the protected area causing excessive sprinkler operation. This results in a
lowering of the available water flow and pressure, excessive fire, water and smoke damage and
probable loss of the premises.

8.6.3 Conversely, a fire originating in the unprotected portion will radiate heat or spread into the
protected portion rapidly causing unnecessary sprinkler operation overwhelming the sprinkler
system installed.

8.7 Fire-resisting doors

8.7.1 An approved fire-resisting door shall comply with the requirements of SANS 1253 and
table 30 and:

a) shall be complete with door-frame and associated hardware assembly;

b) shall be identical to the original door tested in accordance with SANS 1253; and

c) shall bear a metal label indicating SANS 1253 approval.

8.7.2 An approved fire-resisting door shall comply with the time and size requirements of
SANS 1253.

8.7.3 All fire-resisting doors shall be fitted with automatic devices capable of closing them from any
set position and of holding doors open. Manual movements of the doors shall not be prevented by
the automatic device. Where double doors are installed, a leaf co-ordinator mechanism shall be
fitted. Table 29 gives the requirements for fire door minimum resistance period.

106
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 29 — Fire door minimum resistance period

1 2 3 4
Minimum resistance periods
Class min
Stability Integrity Insulation
A 60 30 30
B 120 60 60
C 120 120 No requirement
D 120 120 120
E 30 30 30
F 30 30 No requirement

8.7.4 For perfect separation between fire-resisting floors

a) a one suitably classed fire door is required to be fitted to every opening on each floor, and

b) an individual floor may be deemed a separate risk if each opening from that floor is protected by
one class B (or C or D), door and cut-off sprinklers.

8.7.5 For perfect separation between buildings having perfect walls constructed in order to provide
a 120 min fire rating

a) class A or B doors are not adequate to protect openings, and

b) class C doors may be used to protect openings if two doors at least 1,0 m apart if fitted to each
opening; the opening shall be protected by 230 mm brickwork having a concrete slab for a roof
so that a fire-resisting cubicle is formed.

9 Provision of hand extinguishing appliances — General requirements

9.1 Hand extinguishing appliances are necessary adjuncts of sprinkler protection. Their main use
is in the extinguishment of fires in the incipient stages before the sprinklers are brought into
operation and also for final extinguishment of the small remnants of combustion which may not have
been completely extinguished following the operation of the sprinklers. It is therefore necessary in
the case of sprinkler protected premises for hand extinguishing appliances to be provided as
required in SANS 10400-T.

9.2 A hose reel complying with the requirements of SANS 543 and bearing this mark of approval
shall count as six units of portable fire extinguishers providing that coverage of the entire premises
is achieved taking into account partitions, walls and obstructions.

9.3 Fire hose reel feeds are permitted to be taken from a 50 mm connection upstream of the
installation control valve assembly. The water flow and pressure requirement of the hose reels shall
be taken into account when calculating the water demand for the sprinkler system.

9.4 Hose reel connections may not be taken from the downstream side of the sprinkler alarm
valve.

107
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

10 Water supplies
10.1 General requirements

10.1.1 The sprinkler water supply shall have a flow and pressure characteristic that will adequately
supply the simultaneous operation of the hose reels and sprinkler system to the requisite design
criteria. It shall be automatic and thoroughly reliable and not subject to either freezing or drought
conditions that could deplete the supply.

10.1.2 The maximum allowable static pressure (non-flowing), under any circumstances, shall not
exceed 1200 kPa in any part of a sprinkler installation with the water supply at the normal level.

10.1.3 Should the static or non-flowing pressure exceed 1200 kPa, suitable measures shall be
taken to limit this accordingly.

10.1.4 The maximum allowable operating pressure (flowing), from a single discharging sprinkler up
to the assumed maximum area of operation shall not exceed 800 kPa.

10.1.5 Water supplies shall be under the control of the occupier of the building containing the
installation; where this is not practicable, the right of use of the supply shall be suitably guaranteed.

10.1.6 The water shall be potable and free from fibrous or other matter in suspension which may
be liable to cause accumulation in the system pipework.

10.1.7 Where the water supply is likely to be influenced by microbiological corrosion, steps such as
introducing a suitable biocide into the water shall be taken.

Additives or chemicals of any kind shall not be used in sprinkler systems unless they have been
proven not to have a detrimental effect of the system.

10.1.8 The use of salt or brackish water is not allowed. In special circumstances where there is no
suitable fresh water source available, consideration may be given to the use of salt or brackish
water, provided that the installation is normally charged with fresh water and the system operation is
not compromised.

10.2 Connections to other services

10.2.1 The supply pipe or the pipe that connects the water supply to the trunk main of a sprinkler
system or to the sprinkler installation valves shall not have any connections thereon except as
indicated in table 30 and all such connections shall be provided with a stop valve in close proximity
to the supply pipe.

10.2.2 The pumps and the water source of a sprinkler system shall be separate from any pumps
and water source of the hydrant installation except as allowed for under 10.4 and 11.5.

10.3 Internal ring mains

Where there is a ring main within the premises, it is desirable to provide isolating stop valves of the
indicating type normally chained and padlocked in the open position and so situated as to maintain
the maximum possible service in the event of fracture or if it is necessary to close down part of the
ring main.

108
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 30 — Allowable water supply connections

1 2
Water supply type Acceptable connections
A town main supply where the supply pipe is not a 40 mm for non-industrial or domestic use
dead end and nominal diameter is not less than
100 mm where fed from both ends. In the case of a 50 mm fire hose reel connection taken upstream
dead end feed, the nominal diameter of supply pipe of the alarm valve
shall be 150 mm.
Elevated private reservoir 50 mm fire hose reel connection taken upstream
of the alarm valve
Gravity tank 50 mm fire hose reel connection taken upstream
of the alarm valve
Automatic pump 50 mm fire hose reel connection taken upstream
of the alarm valve

10.4 Required number of water supplies

10.4.1 Water features or swimming pools are not permitted as a source of supply.

10.4.2 Sprinkler systems are graded according to the number and type of water supplies available.
There are two classes (see 10.4.3 and 10.4.4) and each supply shall comply with the requirements
of this standard.

10.4.3 Single water supply comprises the following:

a) town main;

b) elevated private reservoir;

c) gravity tank; and

d) diesel engine driven pump drawing from an approved subdivided or two 50 % capacity suction
tank(s) or a virtually inexhaustible source such as a river, canal or lake.

10.4.4 Duplicate water supplies are strongly recommended for high hazard systems due to the
nature of these risks. This ensures that should a one supply be out of service for any reason, at
least the alternative supply is operational.

10.4.5 A single supply for a high hazard system may be accepted on the basis that the supply is
thoroughly reliable and the water supply as well as the sprinkler system is tested in accordance with
the minimum requirements as detailed in this standard. Hard copies of these tests are kept on and
off site as proof of compliance.

10.4.6 All maintenance checks and schedules shall be carried out as required. Where installed, the
pump house remote alarm notification and data logging unit shall be operational at all times and
shall be connected to the persons responsible for the system testing and maintenance.

10.4.7 Failure to produce the required documentation means that the system does not comply with
this standard.

109
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

10.4.8 Duplicate water supplies are mandatory for Life Safety installations, installations that feed
multi-tenancy industrial sites under single ownership, water supplies that are designed for the
simultaneous operation of sprinklers, hydrants and hose reels, and and strongly recommended for
Early Suppression Fast Response systems.

Where duplicate water supplies incorporate hydrants and hose reels, the hydrants may be installed
on the same trunk mains reticulation. The connection to the building hydrant reticulation shall be
taken upstream of the installation control valve assembly with installing a separate hydrant control
valve arrangement

Where firefighting water is added to the sprinkler supply, the hydrant flow of 1200 l/min per hydrant
shall be added to the supply capability. The quantity of hydrant in operation shall be the subject of a
risk assessment in consultation and agreement with the local authority.

Where firefighting water is added to the sprinkler supply, the water storage capacity shall be
increased to 120 minutes supply duration of the hydrant requirement.

10.4.9 The following combinations of water supplies are regarded as affording a duplicate water
supply service:

a) two town mains that are not interconnected;

b) town main and elevated private reservoir or gravity tank;

c) town main and diesel engine driven pump;

d) diesel engine driven pump and elevated private reservoir or gravity tank provided the latter does
not form the source of supply to the diesel engine driven pump;

e) two elevated private reservoirs or gravity tanks;

f) two automatic pumps where the primary pump may be electric motor driven and the secondary
pump shall be diesel engine driven drawing from an approved subdivided or two 50 % capacity
suction tank(s) or a virtually inexhaustible source such as a river, canal or lake; and

g) three automatic 50 % capacity pumps, of which at least two shall have a diesel engine drive and
any two shall be capable of providing the required flows and pressures of the sprinkler
installations drawing from an approved subdivided or two 50 % capacity suction tank(s) or a
virtually inexhaustible source such as a river, canal or lake.

h) multiple pump arrangements shall have as near as possible compatible characteristic curves and
be capable of operating in parallel at all possible flow rates.

11 Acceptable sources of supply

11.1 Town main

11.1.1 In-line boosting of a town main supply is not permitted.

11.1.2 Where a town main supply forms part of a duplicate water supply with a pumped water
supply, the town main shall be classed as the secondary supply. The pump starting pressure shall
be set to above the highest known town main static pressure.

110
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

11.1.3 The pressure and flow capacity of town mains are normally not guaranteed by the local
authority and flow from such mains to the sprinkler installation might be reduced by fire brigade
operations.

11.1.4 If an installation has a town main supply, a reduction in pressure can have adverse
consequences. A supply of stored water increases security in this respect.

11.1.5 The actual water pressure in the town mains shall be measured during a flow test at a
period of maximum demand and shall be adjusted to take account of static head and friction losses
between the test point and the position of the installation control valve "C" or installation pressure
gauge.
11.1.6 At the proposed point or points of the connection to the town main to feed the sprinkler
installation, a pressure recording chart will be installed for a length of time not less than seven
continuous days, in order to prove the integrity of the supply.

11.1.7 Where a town’s main forms one or both supplies the usable characteristic of that main shall
be assumed to be 85 % of the available pressure at the "C" gauge over the flow range achieved at
test, during a period of maximum demand. In no case shall the assumed pressure reduction be less
than 50 kPa.

11.1.8 The main shall be capable of furnishing at all times of the day and night the minimum
pressure to flow requirements for the simultaneous operation of the hydrants, hose reels and
sprinkler system to the requisite design criteria.

11.1.9 The main shall preferably be fed at both ends and each end shall be capable of satisfying
the flow and pressure demands of the sprinkler system.

11.1.10 Terminal mains or branch dead end mains of less than 150 mm diameter are not
acceptable.

11.1.11 Each town main connection shall be fitted with a pressure gauge between the supply pipe
stop valve and the non-return valve which shall be designated the installation control valve "A"
gauge.

11.1.12 The town main network shall be fed from a source of at least 1000 m3 capacity plus ninety
times the maximum envisaged flow requirements for the simultaneous operation of the hydrants,
hose reels and sprinkler system to the requisite design criteria.

11.1.13 Any stop valves, apart from those under the control of the Water Authority, on the branch
connection from the town main shall be secured open with a chain and keyed alike padlocks, and
under the control of the occupier of the building containing the installation.

11.1.14 Where it is proposed to utilize two mains as a duplicate service, in addition to the
requirements mentioned in 11.1.1 to 11.1.13.

a) the mains shall either be independent or form part of an interconnected system having stop
valves so arranged that in the event of a breakdown anywhere in the system, at least one of the
mains to the installation can remain operative, and

b) the system shall be fed from more than one reservoir.

11.2 Water meters

111
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Sprinkler connections shall not be metered. Should a Water Authority insist on metering, a written
guarantee will be required that any device fitted will not reduce the flow or pressure or be subject to
non-operation due to foreign matter.

11.3 Elevated private reservoirs

11.3.1 The use of potable water is obligatory.

11.3.2 An elevated private reservoir is defined as a ground reservoir situated at a higher level than
the premises to be protected, which is under the sole control of the owner of the installation. An
elevated private reservoir shall not supply sprinkler installations in two or more buildings under
separate ownership.

11.3.3 Where such reservoirs serve other than the sprinkler installation, for example, water for
3
trade and domestic purposes, there shall be a constant capacity of at least 1000 m plus ninety
times the maximum envisaged flow requirement for the simultaneous operation of the hose reels
and sprinkler system to the requisite design criteria.

11.3.4 The tank, if the materials used are subject to corrosion, shall be painted or given other
suitable protection which reduces the need for emptying the tank for maintenance to periods of no
less than 10 years.

11.4 Gravity tanks

11.4.1 The use of potable water is obligatory.

11.4.2 A gravity tank is defined as a purpose-built water container, erected on the site of the
protected premises at such an elevation as to provide the requisite pressure to flow conditions at
the installation valves. The tank is to be subdivided equally.

11.4.3 Any tank, together with the inlet and outlet pipes shall be adequately protected against
freezing where exposed to severe climatic conditions.

11.4.4 The inlet pipe shall be fitted with a strainer.

11.4.5 A gravity tank shall have an overflow and shall be covered to exclude daylight and solid
matter in accordance with SANS 10252-1.

11.4.6 Where a gravity tank forms one of two or more supplies, the tank shall be provided with an
overflow pipe of at least 100 mm in diameter. Where it forms the sole supply, the size of the
overflow pipe shall be related to and in excess of the size of the input pipe. In all cases the overflow
pipe shall be taken out of the side of the tank.

11.4.7 The tank shall be fitted with an approved indicator showing the depth of water therein. The
water shall be kept clean and free from sediment and the tank shall be cleaned at least once in
every three years, when it shall be painted inside if this is found to be necessary in order to prevent
corrosion. The opportunity shall be taken at this time to examine and overhaul all back pressure and
stop valves.

11.4.8 A substantial permanent ladder or stairway extending a sufficient distance above the top of
the tank shall be provided to permit easy access.

11.4.9 Galvanized tanks shall conform to SANS 121.

112
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

11.4.10 An adequately sized drain valve of not less than 80 mm shall be fitted to the tank.
Adequate drainage arrangements shall be provided.

11.4.11 The tanks stop and non-return valves shall be at or near ground level and readily
accessible to authorized persons.

11.4.12 The tank fill pipe shall be fitted with a stop cock and pressure gauge.

11.4.13 When a gravity tank forms one of the supplies, the non-return valve on the supply pipe
therefrom shall be fixed not less than 5,0 m below the base of the reservoir or tank.

11.4.14 Dependent upon the sprinkler classification, the tank shall have an effective holding
capacity of either 30 min or 60 min for ordinary hazard and 60 min or 90 min for high hazard of the
maximum envisaged flow demand of the installations hydraulically calculated requirements.
11.4.15 Should the capacity of the tank exceed these requirements, it is permissible to draw upon
the surplus for other purposes by means of an outlet pipe which shall be taken out of the side of the
tank above the level of the quantity to be reserved for the sprinkler installation.

11.4.16 No allowance for in-fill in respect of the required holding capacity shall be made.

11.4.17 The quantity of water required for the sprinkler installation shall be automatically
maintained.

11.4.18 If the tank forms the sole supply to the sprinkler system, the supply to the tank shall be
capable of refilling to the capacity required within 6 h.

11.4.19 If the rate of input of the supply to the tank is less than that required to refill it within 6 h,
the capacity of the tank shall be increased by the amount of the shortfall.

11.4.20 The use of one tank to supply installations in two or more buildings under separate
ownership is not allowed.

11.5 Automatic pumps

11.5.1 Where a single pump is required and this constitutes the primary supply, the prime mover
shall be an engine and shall be of the compression ignition type.

11.5.2 Electric motor driven pumps may not be used as a primary supply unless it constitutes a
duplicate water supply whereby the second pump is diesel engine driven.

11.5.3 A diesel engine driven generator is not regarded as a reliable source of electrical supply as
these are not subject to requirements suitable to this standard.

It is permissible to combine the flows for sprinklers and hydrants for a site under single or common
ownership provided that:

a) The quantity of stored water for the hydrants is not less than that stated in column 3 of table
202;

b) The flow of the pump shall be increased in accordance with column 4 of table 202;

c) Any hydrant shall be fed upstream of the installation control valve assemblies;

d) A duplicate water supply is provided, and

113
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

e) The reticulation feeding the combined system shall, where possible, be fed from a ring or
looped main reticulation and sized in a manner whereby should one leg or portion of the
reticulation be isolated, the combined flow and pressure of the simultaneous operation of
hydrants, hose reels and sprinkler system will not be compromised upstream or
downstream of the isolated portion;

11.6 Minimum capacity of water supplies

Water features and swimming pools are not acceptable for use as suction tanks.

Suction tank capacities shall not be sized dependent upon infill.

11.6.1 The minimum capacities of stored water entirely reserved for the sprinkler system, shall be
derived from

a) 30 times the intercept of the system curves as shown in figure 57 for the most unfavourable and
most favourable areas of operation, whichever is the greater, when overlaid against the pump
3
curve for Enhanced Protection Extended Coverage sprinkler protection (0,030.Qmax = ?m ),

b) 60 times the intercept of the system curves as shown in figure 57 for the most unfavourable and
most favourable areas of operation, whichever is the greater, when overlaid against the pump
3
curve for ordinary hazard systems (0,060.Qmax = ?m ),

c) 60 times the intercept of the system curves as shown in figure 57 for the most unfavourable and
most favourable areas of operation, whichever is the greater, when overlaid against the pump
3
curve for Early Suppression Fast Response systems (0,060.Qmax = ?m ), and

d) 90 times that of the intercept of the system curves as shown in figure 57 for the most
unfavourable and most favourable areas of operation, whichever is the greater, when overlaid
3
against the pump curve for high hazard systems (0,090.Qmax = ?m ).

In all cases each suction tank where 50% units are installed or each section where a combined tank
is split into 50% portions must be provided with a plate issued by the approving company stating the
following;

a) The tank approval number.

b) Name of the company that supplied the tank/s.

c) Date of installation.

d) The type of tank, i.e. welded steel, sectional steel, bladder tank or other.

e) Whether or not a vortex inhibitor has been installed.

f) Required service/refurbishment or inspection interval. (Usually a three yearly inspection

interval.)

11.6.2 It is strongly recommended that the pump suction tank capacity be based on the pump duty
point.

11.6.3 Unless the effective stored capacity is proven otherwise by hydraulic calculation in
accordance with this standard, the effective stored tank capacity shall not be less than that stated in

114
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

table 31 to table 36 (inclusive) and increased by 25 % for dry pipe systems or as required, for
example, excessive roof or ceiling clearances.

New Table 01 — Hydrant suction tank allowance

1 2 3 4
Minimum Additional
Effective Tank Flow
Hydrant Consideration Hazard Classification
Capacity (litres per minute)
3
(m )
1 hydrant Ordinary Hazard 72 1,200
2 hydrants High Hazard 220 2,400
3 hydrants High Hazard 325 3,600

Should a coupling that enables the fire department to draw water from the sprinkler suction tank be
installed or the suction tank be used to feed the hydrant reticulation, the effective tank capacity shall
be increased in accordance with column 3 of new table 01.

Table 31 — EPEC minimum tank capacity

1 2
Minimum tank capacity
Hazard classification 3
m
Ordinary hazard 10,0 mm/min 60
Ordinary hazard 12,5 mm/min 75

Table 32 — Ordinary hazard minimum tank capacity

(5,0 mm per minute design density of discharge)

1 2 3

Assumed maximum area of Height of highest sprinkler above

Minimum tank capacity
operation control valve assembly

2 3
m m m
216 15 150
216 30 175
216 45 200
360 15 260
360 30 325
360 45 375

Table 33 — Ordinary hazard minimum tank capacity (5,0 mm per minute design density of
discharge life safety application)

1 2 3
Assumed maximum area of Height of highest sprinkler above
Minimum tank capacity
operation control valve assembly
2 3
% reduction of 216 m m m

115
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

40 90
30 105
15
20 120
10 135
40 105
30 125
30
20 140
10 160
40 120
30 140
45
20 160
10 180

Table 34 — ESFR sprinkler installations minimum tank capacity

1 2
Minimum tank capacity
Nominal K-factor 3
m
20,0 450
24,2 475
32,0 550
36,0 675

Table 35 — High hazard roof level protection minimum tank capacity

1 2
Design density of discharge Minimum tank capacity
3
mm/minute m
7,5 280
10,0 370
12,5 460
15,0 550
17,5 590
20,0 650
22,5 740
25,0 830
27,5 920
30,0 1 010

11.6.3 Where rack or shelf protection is installed in conjunction with roof level protection, the
additional allowance per sprinkler given in table 35 shall be added to the suction tank storage
capacity for roof or ceiling level protection:

Table 36 — Rack or shelf sprinkler minimum tank capacity

116
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

1 2 3
Additional capacity per
K-factor Discharge pressure
operating sprinkler
3
metric kPa m
8,0 200 12
8,0 350 17
11,5 100 12
11,5 200 18
11,5 350 24

11.7 Pump suction tanks

11.7.1 The use of potable water is obligatory. The water supply temperature should not be less
than 4 °C or exceed 25 °C.

11.7.2 This standard provides for full holding pump suction tanks only. The suction tanks shall be
subdivided into two equal divisions so that 50 % of the required supply shall be available during
maintenance. Alternatively, two separate tanks of 50 % capacity may be used providing that the
layout and positioning of the tanks in relation to the pump house are symmetrical.

11.7.3 Provision must be made for the pumps to draw from either tank so that when one tank is
rendered inoperative for cleaning or maintenance, the other tank is available for all pumps.

11.7.4 Before erection of the tank, the installing company shall ensure that any supporting
structures and ground conditions comply with the manufacturer's recommendations.

11.7.5 The location of the tanks shall be such that the tank and structure are not subject to fire
exposure. If a lack of available space makes this impractical any exposed steelwork shall be
suitably fireproofed or shall be protected by open sprinklers. Fireproofing is deemed to be
necessary for steelwork within 10,0 metres of exposures, combustible buildings or windows, and
doors from which a fire may issue.

11.7.6 Flow control valves shall be used to refill the tank automatically and shall be set to operate
when the water level is a maximum of 150 mm below the overflow level.

11.7.7 Flow control valves for tank in-fill and all other associated valves shall be readily accessible
for exercising, testing and maintenance.

11.7.8 Where the pressure characteristic of the town main is not capable of operating a flow
control valve, ball valves will be permitted for tank in-fill. In order to measure the inflow, a direct
reading flow measuring device shall be fitted to the water inlet pipe.

11.7.9 The inflow to a tank shall not be less than that required in order to fill the tanks within 36 h.
The automatic fill line shall not be less than 100 mm nominal diameter and shall be orientated so
that it discharges water a minimum of 4,6 metres horizontally, from any part of the vortex inhibitor.

11.7.10 Where the pressure characteristic of the town main is not capable of operating a flow
control valve or is beneath the minimum infill rate, a suitable inline booster pump, automatic in
operation, shall be fitted to the tank infill pipe sized in accordance with the required rate of infill and
of the same construction for a jockey or make-up pump as detailed in this standard.

117
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

11.7.11 Flow control valves for tank in-fill and all other associated valves shall be readily
accessible for exercising, testing and maintenance.

11.7.12 All steelwork, including any roof steel of a suction tank shall be protected against
corrosion.

11.7.13 Content gauges shall be provided which shall show the depth of water therein. The use of
glass or plastic tube which indicates the level of the water is not acceptable due to clouding.

11.7.14 Adequately sized overflow pipes and drainage facilities shall be provided. Where
necessary these shall be taken to a suitable drainage point.

11.7.15 Tanks shall be completely enclosed with a roof to exclude daylight and to ensure that
water is not entrained and does not become contaminated with extraneous matter such as dirt
insects and vermin.

11.7.16 The roof structure, if metal in construction, shall be sloped or domed in order to prevent
the accumulation of water and the roof sheets shall overhang the tank walls by 100 mm nominally.

11.7.17 An easily accessible hinged, roof hatch that can be locked with a minimum dimension of
750 mm × 750 mm shall be provided for the roof. The opening shall have a curb of not less than
100 mm high and the cover shall have a minimum downward overlap of 50 mm.

11.7.18 Outside steel ladders that are arranged for convenient passage from one tank to the other
and through the roof hatch shall be provided. Ladders shall not interfere with the opening of the roof
hatch cover and shall not incline outward from the vertical at any point.

11.7.19 Where inspection hatches are installed at the base of the tank they shall not be less than
600 mm diameter. If inspection hatches are not installed, internal ladders shall be constructed of a
suitable material not subject to corrosion.

11.7.20 Ladders shall comply with the relevant safety provisions and shall be fitted with a suitable
cage.

11.7.21 Suitable platforms shall be provided for the access hatches with a minimum platform area
of not less than 800 mm × 600 mm. All platforms shall be supplied with hand rails to facilitate
access to and from the internal and external ladders.

11.7.22 At least one anchor point shall be provided on the hand rail for the attachment of safety
equipment used by personnel entering the tank.

11.7.23 Platforms shall have provision for fastening the internal and external ladders.

11.7.24 Platforms shall be fitted with an approved safety rail. This safety rail shall restrict access to
areas of the roof other than the access hatch.

11.7.25 Allowance is made for three types of suction tanks as follows:

a) The tank shall be constructed and suitably protected against corrosion in such a way and from
such materials as to obviate the need for emptying, cleaning, maintenance or repair to the fabric
of the tank for a period of not less than 15 years. Concrete and galvanized sectional steel tanks
generally comply with this requirement although the fabric of the tank shall be examined every
3 years.

118
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) The tank shall be constructed and suitably protected against corrosion in such a way and from
such materials as to obviate the need for emptying, cleaning, maintenance or repair to the fabric
of the tank for a period of not less than 3 years. Welded circular steel tanks generally comply with
this requirement.

c) Where bladder tanks or tanks that use an internal lining are used, the manufacturers’
recommendations shall be taken.

11.7.26 Should it be necessary to empty one of the tanks for maintenance, the tank shall be
cleaned in a short as time as possible reducing any delay to a minimum.

11.7.27 The following types of storage tank and suction tank will normally be deemed suitable for
sprinkler service:

a) concrete tanks designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of SANS 10100-1
or SANS 10100-2 and that have rigid roofs of concrete, metal or plastic reinforced with glass
fibre;
b) approved propriety storage or suction tanks, including their roofs;

c) pressed steel constructed in accordance with SANS 10329 are normally galvanized but where
this is not the case they shall be painted with a suitable protective coating; and

d) Welded steel tanks painted with a suitable protective coating.

11.7.28 The protective coating of tanks such as welded steel tanks shall follow a manufacturer’s
specification and shall not need the fabric of the tank attending to at least a three-year period after
painting. The painting shall proceed as follows:

a) the internal surfaces of the tank to be painted shall be sand-blasted or grit-blasted in accordance
with SANS 10064 to a cleaning degree Sa 3 (white metal cleaned) in accordance with
SANS 10064. The profile limits shall be as given in SANS 10064, i.e. 50 µm;

b) immediately after cleaning, a protective coating comprising at least one coat of an anti-corrosive
primer of dry film thickness 25 µm, (for example an epoxy zinc-rich primer shall be applied); and

c) after 24 h, one of the following or an equivalent protective coating or coatings shall be applied to
give a protective coating of total dry film thickness at least 225 µm:

1) epoxy tar paint; or

2) vinyl resin-based coating; or

3) chlorinated rubber resin-based coating; or

4) polyurethane resin-based coating.

11.7.29 Paint shall be allowed to dry for one week before the tank is filled with water.

11.7.30 Where alternative protection is used, the lining shall be applied and maintained in
accordance with the recommendations of the product manufacturer.

11.7.31 Where tanks and where in particular the flow control or ball valve assemblies and feed
piping are exposed to severe climatic conditions, protection against freezing shall be provided.

11.7.32 Where necessary, provision shall be made at the point where the supply water enters the
tanks for suitable baffles to ensure the minimum entrainment of air when the pump is operational.

119
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

11.7.33 In all cases the pump suction tank suction pipe shall be fitted with a suitable vortex
inhibitor which allows for the low water level of a suction tank to be taken as 100 mm above the
flange attachment to the suction pipe.

11.8 Pump suction tank sumps

11.8.1 In calculating the effective capacity of a pump suction tank, the depth shall be taken as the
measurement between the normal water level in the tank or reservoir and the low water level "X"
shown in figure 20 which is the level above the inlet to the suction pipe determined by dimension "A"
in column 2 of table 37.

11.8.2 Low water level "X" is calculated to be the lowest level before a vortex is created and the
pump would draw air. Where an approved Vortex inhibitor is installed, dimension "A" in table 37
may be ignored and the low water level "X" can be taken as 100 mm above the flange attachment to
the suction pipe.
11.8.3 When the suction pipe is taken from the side of the tank as in figure 20 (examples (A) and
(B)), there shall be a clearance of not less than that shown as dimension "B" in column 3 of
table 37, between the base of the tank and the lowest level of the pump suction pipe.

11.8.4 Where an approved vortex inhibitor is installed, see figure 19a, dimension "B" may be taken
from the base of the tank to above the flange attachment to the suction pipe in the case of example
(A) in figure 20. Example (B) in figure 20 is unlikely to be appropriate to arrangements employing a
vortex inhibitor.

11.8.5 Where, under special circumstances, a vortex inhibitor could not be installed within a pump
suction tank, the effective stored capacity of the tank shall be taken as starting as dimension "A" in
table 37 above the top of the suction pipe.

11.8.6 Where the suction pipe draws water from a sump at the base of a suction tank, dimensions
"A" and "B" specified in table 37 and the minimum length dimensions specified in figure 20 apply,
the position of the sump is indicated by indication of an "Optional sump" in each example in
figure 20.

11.8.7 In addition, the sump width shall be not less than that indicated in column 4 of table 37. The
point of entry of water to the suction pipe shall be located centrally across the width of the sump

11.8.8 Where an approved Vortex inhibitor is installed, the application of dimension "A" may be
ignored.

120
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 19a — Typical dimensions of a vortex inhibitor

11.9 Pump balance tanks

Where a balance tank is retrofitted in order to make up the minimum amount of stored water, the
feed from the tank may not directly connect into the primary tanks suction line but shall connect into
the primary suction tanks or subdivisions.

The feed pipe from the balance tank leading into the primary suction tanks shall be sized one
diameter larger than the suction line feeding the fire pumps.

The valves and flexible couplings shall be arranged so as to allow maintenance to be carried out
without isolating the entire water supply. (See Figure 19b)

121
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Suction line

Primary Suction Tank Pump House Primary Suction Tank

Balance pipework

Isolating stop valve

Balance Tank

Flexible coupling

Figure 19b — Positioning of feed tank layout of a typical balance tank

Table 37 — Suction pipe inlet clearances

1 2 3 4 5
Nominal Minimum
diameter Dimension "A" Dimension "B" Width of sump diameter of vortex
of suction pipe inhibitor
mm mm mm mm mm
65 250 85 390 200
80 310 90 480 250
100 300 100 600 300
150 500 125 900 450
200 650 150 1 200 600
250 850 175 1 500 750
300 1 000 200 1 800 900
350 1 200 250 2 100 1 050
400 1 300 300 2 400 1 200
450 1 500 350 2 700 1 350
500 1 650 375 3 000 1 500

122
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

11.10 Suction pits

11.10.1 Where the suction pipe draws from a suction pit fed from a virtually inexhaustible source
such as a river, canal or lake, the design and dimensions specified in figure 21 will apply.

11.10.2 Pipes, conduits and the beds of open-topped channels shall have a continuous slope
upwards towards the suction pit of at least 1:125. The diameter of feed pipes or conduit shall be
determined from the following formula:
0,357
D = 21,68 × Q

where

D is the internal diameter of pipe or conduit in millimetres (mm);

Q is the maximum flow output of the pump in litres per minute (L/min).

11.10.3 The inlet to pipes or conduit shall be submerged at least one diameter below the lowest
known water level.

11.10.4 The depth "d" of water in open channels or weirs, including the weir between the settling
chamber and suction chamber below the lowest known water level of the water source shall be not
less than that shown in table 38 for the corresponding width "w" and flow, where the flow is the
maximum flow output of the pump, i.e., the pump duty point.

123
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 20 — Effective capacity of suction tanks or suction pits

11.10.5 The total depth of open channels and weirs will need to accommodate the highest known
water level of the water source.

11.10.6 Each suction inlet shall be provided with a separate suction and settling chamber.

124
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

11.10.7 Provision shall be made for each suction and settling chamber to be isolated for cleaning,
maintenance or repair.

11.10.8 The dimension of the suction chamber and the location of suction pipes from the walls of
the chamber their submergence below the lowest known water level and clearance from the bottom
shall conform to 11.8 and figure 21.

11.10.9 The settling chamber shall have the same width and depth as the suction chamber and a
length of at least 4,4√h, where "h" is the depth of the settling chamber.

11.10.10 Before entering the settling chamber, the water shall first pass through a removable
screen of wire mesh or perforated metal plate having an aggregate clear area below the water level
2
of 150 mm for each litre per minute of the determined maximum duty of the pump flow. The screen
2
shall have a mesh of not greater than 12,5 mm openings and be strong enough to withstand the
weight of water if it becomes obstructed.

11.10.11 Two screens shall be provided secured to a metal frame sliding vertically, one in use with
the other in a raised position ready for interchange when cleaning is necessary.

11.10.12 Provision shall be made for the suction pit to be isolated for periodical cleaning and
maintenance.

11.10.13 The screens and slides shall be constructed of corrosion resistant metallic material such
as brass, copper, stainless steel or equivalent.

11.10.14 The inlet to the pipe or conduit feeding the suction pit shall be provided with a strainer
having an aggregate clear opening of at least five times the cross-sectional area of the pipe or
conduit.

11.10.15 The individual openings shall be of such a size as to restrict the passage of a 25 mm
diameter sphere.

11.10.16 Where the suction inlet draws from a walled off area of the bed of the river, canal or lake,
the wall itself shall be extended above the water surface with an aperture screening arrangement as
described in 11.9. Alternatively, the space between the top of the wall and the water surface shall
be enclosed with a screen having sufficient clear area as specified in 11.9.10.

11.10.17 The screen shall be capable of being raised for cleaning.

11.10.18 A scour valve shall be fitted in the settling chamber.

11.10.19 Excavation of the bed of the river, canal or lake to create the necessary depth for a pump
suction inlet is not acceptable but, if unavoidable, the area shall be enclosed with the largest
practicable screen, but in any case having sufficient clear area as specified in 11.9.10.

125
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 38 — Minimum depth of water and width of open

channels and weirs for corresponding inflows

1 2 3 4 5 6
Depth d mm = 250 Depth d mm = 500 Depth d mm = 1 000
Width Q max Width Q max Width Q max
mm L mm L mm L
88 280 82 522 78 993
125 497 112 891 106 1 687
167 807 143 1 383 134 2 593
215 1 197 176 1 960 163 3 631
307 2 064 235 3 159 210 5 647
334 2 342 250 3 506 223 6 255
410 3 157 291 4 482 254 7 825
500 4 185 334 5 592 286 9 577
564 4 953 361 6 340 306 10 749
750 7 261 429 8 307 353 13 670
1 113 12 054 527 11 415 417 18 066
1 167 12 792 539 11 816 425 18 635
1 500 17 379 600 13 903 462 21 411
2 000 24 395 667 16 271 500 24 395
4 500 60 302 819 21 949 581 31 142
1 000 29 173 667 38 916
2 000 203 320

126
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 21 — Suction tanks and suction pits

127
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12 Automatic pump
12.1 General

12.1.1 The approved sprinkler installer shall be responsible for the supply and installation of
automatic pumping sets which shall conform to this standard.

12.1.1 A pump shall have a stable head over flow curve, i.e. one in which the maximum head and
shut off head are coincidental, and the total head declines continuously with an increasing rate of
flow.

12.1.2 Pump sets shall be capable of satisfying the flow rate and pressure requirements of any
assumed maximum areas of operation in the system under consideration when the pump suction
tank level is at the low water line.

12.1.3 The pump shall provide a pressure of at least 50 kPa higher than that required for the most
unfavourable assumed maximum area of operation (P max).

12.1.4 The pump shall have a stable head over flow curve, i.e. one in which the maximum head
and shut off head are coincidental, and the total head declines continuously with an increasing rate
of flow.

12.1.5 The maximum predicted flow shall be assumed to occur at the intercept of the system
demand flow/pressure relationship for the hydraulically most favourable assumed maximum area of
operation with the pump performance flow/pressure characteristic, when the pump suction tank
water level is at the low water line.

12.1.6 Under no circumstance may any fire pump be stopped for any reason whatsoever other
than that which is allowed in this standard.

12.1.7 Specifically an automatic pump shall start automatically and shall be stopped manually.

12.1.8 The fire pump, driver, controller, water and power supply shall be protected against possible
interruption of service through damage caused by weathering of any description, explosion, fire,
rodents, insects, vandalism, or any other adverse condition.

12.1.9 Where more than one pump is installed, each pump shall have compatible characteristic
curves and be capable of operating in parallel at all possible flow rates.

12.1.10 All main isolating and test valves within and outside the pump house shall be secured in
their correct operative positions with 25 mm link chain and padlocks and subsidiary valves with light
chain and keyed alike padlocks.

12.1.11 Pumping in series is not an acceptable configuration for sprinkler systems. Fire pumps
shall be provided with an approved float-operated air release valve having a nominal minimum
diameter of not less than 12,5 mm discharging to atmosphere.

12.2 Pump room

12.2.1 Direct access to a pump house or pump room shall be from the outside and not through the
protected buildings.

The pump room, pump house or compartment shall have a fire resistance of no less than 60
minutes.

128
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.2.2 If the pump room is located within a building, access shall be through a 120 min fire rated
passage, stairs or combination of these.

12.2.3 If the pump room is a compartment within the sprinkler protected premises or is a building
adjacent to the protected premises, it shall be constructed from brick, stone or concrete creating the
greatest separation possible.

12.2.4 Where the pump room is a separate building it shall be constructed of brick, stone or
concrete.

12.2.5 Where the pump room is located within the protected premises, it shall be located within a
120 min fire rated compartment.

12.2.6 Unless all reasonable precautions are taken in order to meet the requirements in this
standard, steel shipping containers are not suitable as pump houses for the South African
environment.

12.2.7 The temperature of the pump room shall be maintained above 10 °C where compression
ignition type engines are used.

12.2.8 Where it is impractical to heat the pump house to the required temperature, all equipment
within the pump house shall be heated to 10 °C.

12.2.9 Adequate natural ventilation shall be provided and increased if necessary to limit the
temperature rise in the pump room to not more than 10°C above the ambient temperature under
stationary to engine full load conditions for a period of not less than 6 h.

12.2.10 All gauges, isolation devices, test valves, control valves shall be located no more than
1,7 m above floor, walkway or platform level and shall be easily accessible and visible and free of
clutter.

12.2.11 Where appropriate, platforms, steps or elevated walkways shall be provided to negate trip
hazards and obstacles. Positioning of equipment close to exhaust pipes or manifolds shall be
avoided.

12.2.12 The pump room shall be locked at all times and a notice stating where the keys are
obtainable shall be mounted on the door.

12.2.13 Where a pump room is situated remote from the sprinkler protected premises, such that it
is impracticable to provide sprinkler protection from one or other of the installation control valve sets
in the premises, the sprinkler protection in such a pump house may be supplied from the nearest
accessible point on the downstream side of the non-return valve on the supply pipe from the pump.

12.2.14 In such cases there shall be a controlling stop valve, secured in the open position, fitted on
the supply pipe to the sprinklers together with an approved alarm device with visible and audible
indications of the operation of the sprinklers provided at the pump house.

12.2.15 The alarm shall be in an approved position at a responsibly manned location in the plant
or on the premises.

12.2.16 A 15 mm drain valve shall be provided downstream of the flow alarm to permit a practical
test of the alarm system.

129
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.2.17 Sprinklers for the protection of a pump room shall have a minimum operating temperature
of 93 °C.

12.2.18 No sprinkler shall be located within 800 mm of the diesel engine exhaust pipe.

12.2.19 Sufficient natural lighting (where the pump house is located above ground) is
recommended and artificial and emergency lighting shall be provided in the pump house. Lighting
levels throughout the pump room shall be at least 500 lux.

12.2.20 Where possible lighting switches shall be positioned adjacent to the entry to the pump
house or room.

12.2.21 Access doors are not acceptable for providing natural lighting.

12.2.22 Where compression ignition type engines are used, the pump house shall have adequate
natural and mechanical ventilation for engine aspiration.

12.2.23 Mechanical extraction shall be positioned at high level close to the roof or ceiling of the
pump house whereas louvers shall, where possible, be positioned at a lower level in order to draw
air across the diesel engine.

12.2.24 Louvers or air bricks alone are not deemed to provide adequate ventilation. It shall be
ensured that the minimum extraction rates in accordance with table 39 take place:

Table 39 — Mechanical ventilation air extraction

1 2
Size of engine Minimum air extraction
3
2 and 3 cylinder naturally aspirated 6,0 m per min
3
4 cylinder naturally aspirated 6,0 m per min
3
4 cylinder turbo charged 6,0 m per min
3
6 cylinder naturally aspirated 6,0 m per min
3
6 cylinder turbo charged 12,0 m per min
3
8 cylinder engines 15,0 m per min
3
Above 7 L capacity 20,0 m per min

12.2.25 Provisions shall be made for the pump house floor to be sloped to provide natural
drainage of the pump room where the pump room is above finished ground level.

12.2.26 An adequately sized sump pump shall be provided and a high water level warning device
fitted to this for pump rooms which are partially below the finished ground level.

12.2.27 The cooling water from the engine jacket and the leak off water from the pumps shall be
taken back to the suction tank or to a suitable drainage point.

12.2.28 The pump house shall be arranged and sized so as to allow easy unobstructed access to
pipework, pump units and controlling equipment.

12.2.29 A clearance of not less than 5 mm shall be allowed around all pipes that pass through
walls or floors of the pump room to provide relief against any possible movement. The space around

130
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

the pipe shall be watertight and packed with mineral fibre, asphalt mastic or other suitable material
held in place with collars on each side.

12.2.30 All pressure gauges within the pump house shall conform to the requirements of 21.3.

12.2.31 There shall be a suitable number of joints on the pipework to allow any of the equipment to
be removed for overhauling or replacement to minimize the amount of time the fire pump is
inoperative for maintenance or other reasons.

12.2.32 All pipework shall be suitably supported with at least one support on both suction and
delivery as close to the pump casing as possible and no strain shall be imposed on the pump casing
by the pipework.

12.2.33 It shall be possible to unbolt suction and delivery flange bolts on the pump and no visible
movement shall be observed in the pipework at this time.

12.2.34 The pump and driver shall be mounted on a common base plate and connected by the
means of a flexible coupling.

12.2.35 A suitable coupling guard shall be fitted over the flexile coupling.

12.2.36 Provision shall be made for suitable lifting lugs permanently attached to the base plate for
safe rigging of the unit.

12.2.37 All equipment within the pump room shall be clearly labelled and tagged. This in turn shall
relate to comprehensive operating instructions detailing the required testing and maintenance
routine.

12.2.38 All test and drainage lines within the pump house shall be taken separately to a suitable
drainage point or facility external to the pump house whereby the discharging water will not wet the
person testing the system.

12.2.39 The base plate shall be securely attached to a concrete foundation in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications.

12.2.40 The pump and driver mounted on the common base plate shall be fixed by way of
foundation bolts to a reinforced concrete foundation plinth which shall be either be

a) cast as an integral part of the pump room floor, or

b) cast as a separate foundation, set into the pump room floor.

12.2.41 The foundation shall be installed independent and free of expansion joints and shall be at
least 300 mm wider than the pump set on all sides.

12.2.42 The minimum height that the foundation shall project above the floor shall not be less than
150 mm but shall have sufficient height to achieve the necessary weight, to accommodate the
pockets for fixing bolts and to ensure that the foundation bolts do not come into contact with water.
Where a floating plinth is used it shall be between 3 and 5 times the weight of the unit in order to
ensure alignment is maintained and vibration is taken up.

12.2.43 The foundation should preferably be made of reinforced concrete that has been poured
without interruption to within 25 mm of the finished height.

131
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.2.44 The top surface shall be well scoured and grooved before the concrete sets in order to
provide a bonding surface for the grout.
12.2.45 The foundation height may be calculated as follows:

 W 
H=  
 2 400  B  L 

where

H is the height of the base in metres (m);

W is the total weight of the pump set in kilograms (kg);

3)
2400 is the density of normal concrete in kilograms per cubic metres (kg/m ;

B is the foundation width in metres (m);

L is the foundation length in metres (m).

12.2.46 Machinery foundations, frames or platforms are acceptable providing these mountings are
of sufficient strength and mass to withstand the static and dynamic forces imposed by the pump set.

12.2.47 The base plate with pump and driver mounted on it shall be set level on the foundation.

12.2.48 After the pump and driver unit have been placed on the foundations, the coupling halves
shall be disconnected and the pump and driver checked for alignment. They shall be checked for
alignment again after all pipework has been connected, the base plate levelled, and the base plate
and foundation bolts grouted in concrete.

12.2.49 Only after alignment are the coupling halves to be reconnected.

12.2.50 After commissioning the pump base plate shall be completely filled with grout of high
strength and poured in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. This will compensate for
uneven foundations as well as evenly distribute the weight of the pump set, prevent movement and
reduce vibration.

12.2.51 When the grout has thoroughly dried, an approved oil based paint shall be applied to the
exposed faces of the grout in order to prevent air and moisture coming into contact with it.

12.3 Pump set installation and fixing

12.3.1 The pump set shall be installed before installing the suction and delivery lines. This will
ensure that the pipes are positioned to match the pump location and prevent a transmission of load
which will induce strain onto the pump casing.

12.3.2 The following procedures shall be carried out before and during the pump installation:

a) the foundation shall be checked for position and correct dimensions before the pump set is put in
place;

b) the pump set shall be positioned level on the foundation using shims or packing pieces at the
point specified by the pump set manufacturer;

132
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

c) shims or packing pieces shall support the pump set frame on at least two sides of any anchor
bolt. After levelling the pumps at the nuts, the anchor bolts may be partially tightened,
systematically and evenly, but not to the final torque setting;
d) foundation bolts shall pass through purpose made holes in the pump set base frame and not
through lugs welded to the side of the base plate frame;

e) where specified by the pump set manufacturer, pump sets shall be grouted to the foundation by
filling the pump base with grout as required by this standard;

f) the shims or packing pieces shall also be grouted in place with grout extending along the full
length of the frame; and

g) after the grout is fully cured the nuts on the anchor bolts shall be tightened to the torque setting
recommended by the pump set manufacturer.

12.3.3 The pump set alignment shall be finally checked after the pipework has been connected to
the pump.

12.3.4 The pump set shall not be re-shimmed or moved to accommodate misalignments of the
system pipework.

12.3.5 The pump set anchor bolt nut threads shall be fully engaged with the bolt which shall extend
beyond the nut by at least two threads.

12.3.6 The weight of pump suction pipework, delivery pipework and valves, and any dynamic
forces acting on them shall be carried by purpose made pipe supports and not by the pump
branches.

12.3.7 Pump test lines shall be adequately anchored and restrained (see figures 22 and 23).

Figure 22 — Typical examples of pump set base frame fixing

133
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 23 — Typical examples of pump set base frame fixing

12.4 Suction pipework and fittings

12.4.1 Gear driven butterfly valves are acceptable for use on suction lines in accordance with this
standard. These can increase turbulence and increase the possibility of blockages. It is
recommended that the pump suction stop valves be of the outside screw and yoke (OS and Y) gate
valve type (see figure 24).

12.4.2 Valves or flexible couplings shall not be fitted directly to the pump suction inlet. It is
recommended that a distance of ten diameters be allowed between any fitting and the pump inlet on
the suction line.

12.4.3 Centrifugal pumps shall be installed below the minimum effective storage level of the water
supply which in the case of suction tanks is the low water level "X", (see figure 20), and in the case
of natural unlimited water supplies such as rivers, canals or lakes will be the lowest known water
level of the supply.

12.4.4 Means shall be provided for the release of air which might become trapped in the upper part
of the pump case. This shall be achieved automatically where a pump operates under suction lift
conditions.

12.4.5 The suction pipes under positive head conditions shall be symmetrical so that the suction
tanks will drain proportionately and, in the case of more than one pump set being installed, each
pump will receive its proportional supply.

12.4.6 When the suction pipe and the pump suction are not of the same size, they shall be
connected with an eccentric tapered reducer, (transition piece), in such a way as to avoid air
pockets in the pipework, i.e. belly down. The transition piece shall have a maximum included angle
o
not exceeding 15 and shall be at least 2 diameters long.

12.4.7 Bends in the suction pipework shall be kept to a minimum. Bends shall be of the smooth
swept type having a radius of curvature of not less than one-and-a-half-times the diameter of the
suction pipe.

12.4.8 Tees shall be swept tees.

134
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.4.9 A stop valve shall be installed on all pump suction pipes except where the pumps are
operating under suction lift conditions and the known high water level of the source is below the
level of the pump suction pipe.

12.4.10 Where suction supplies come from a non-potable source, suitable screening shall be
provided against the passage of materials which might impair the operation of the pumps and fire
protection equipment.

12.4.11 Screens or strainers shall be so arranged that they can be cleaned or repaired without
disrupting the suction pipework.

12.4.12 To provide stress relief from the strain when the pump and its suction supply are on
separate foundations with rigid interconnecting pipe work, there shall be at least one approved
flexible coupling positioned upstream of the suction isolating stop valve on all suction pipes of 65
mm diameter and larger. (See New Figure 03)

12.4.13 The flexible coupling shall not be fitted to the suction line within the pump house.

12.4.14 A compound pressure gauge shall be connected to the suction pipe either in the position
provided by the pump manufacturer on the pump casing or as near to the pump casing as possible.
The face of the dial shall read in kilopascals and have a maximum pressure range of minus 100 kPa
to plus 150 kPa.

To ICV
D

3 1
5 2

- Pressure switch
- Stop valve
A A
- Non-return valve
- Pressure gauge
B B
C - Suction compound gauge C
- Flexible coupling
- Orifice plate Incoming
Town
main

1. Electric motor driven pump

A. Suction tank
2. Jockey pump
B. Vortex inhibitor
3. Diesel engine driven pump
C. Tank flow control valve
4. Auto-start arrangement
D. Town main bypass – normally closed
5. Orifice/direct reading flow test

New Figure 03 — Typical schematic layout of pump suction and delivery pipework

135
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 24 — Typical layout of a duplicate supply flooded suction pump room

12.5 Pumps installed under positive head conditions

12.5.1 Where pumps are installed under positive head conditions a common suction pipe is
permitted and the additional conditions given in 12.5.2 to 12.5.4 (inclusive) shall be observed.

12.5.2 The diameter of the pipe shall be such that a velocity of 1,8 m per second is not exceeded
when the pump is operating at maximum flow rate, i.e. Qmax.

12.5.3 The suction line shall be laid truly horizontal or a fall towards the pump may be allowed
provided so that no air can be trapped in the suction pipe for flooded suction or positive head
conditions.

12.5.4 In the case of positive head conditions for open water sources such as rivers, lakes canals
and water features, the strainer shall be fitted between the suction tank and pump, outside the
pump house and shall have a stop valve installed on the upstream side.

12.6 Pumps installed under suction lift conditions

12.6.1 Suction lift is to be avoided where possible as experience has shown that this is
problematic.

12.6.2 Figure 25 provides the general arrangement of a pump operating under suction lift
conditions.

12.6.3 Where pumps are installed with their centre line above the minimum effective storage level
of the water supply or installed with less than two-thirds of the effective storage capacity in the tank
above the top of the pump casing, or where, in the case of natural unlimited water supplies such as

136
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

rivers, canals or lakes, the lowest known water level of the supply is below the top of the pump
casing, they are considered to be under suction lift conditions.
12.6.4 The diameter of the pipe shall be such that a velocity of 1,5 m per second is not exceeded
when the pump is operating at maximum flow rate up to Qmax.

12.6.5 For such installations the vertical height between the lowest level of the water supply and
the centre line of the pump shall not exceed 3,2 m at sea level.

12.6.6 For every 100 m increase above sea level the vertical height shall be reduced by 100 mm.
Pumps in general and those working at high altitudes should be under positive head conditions.

12.6.7 At the lowest point on the pump suction pipe a foot valve shall be provided and the position
of the point of entry to the foot valve shall comply with the dimensions given in columns 2 and 3 of
table 37.

12.6.8 Where a pump is installed under suction lift conditions, a strainer with openings that shall
prevent the induction of a 5 mm solid sphere shall be fitted upstream of the foot valve on the pump
suction line and shall have an aggregate open area of at least 1,5 times the cross-sectional area of
the suction pipe. It shall be fitted in order to ensure it can be cleaned without the tank having to be
emptied.

12.6.9 Where the pump is operating under suction lift conditions, there shall be adequate provision
made, (lifting lugs), to ensure that the foot valve and strainer can easily be removed for an overhaul.
There shall be at least one flanged joint above the level of the water and before the pump.
Consideration shall be given to the provision of guides or runners to enable the assembly to be
removed and repositioned without causing damage or stressing other components.
12.6.10 Automatic priming equipment shall be provided to ensure that the pump will be fully
primed with water at all times, and shall take the form of an elevated cistern maintained
automatically filled from an alternative supply, with a priming pipe therefrom taken direct to the
pump delivery branch upstream of the non-return valve on the connection in close proximity to the
pump.

12.6.11 Where pumps are under suction lift or negative head conditions, there shall be
independent suction pipes and elevated priming arrangements for each unit which shall not be
interconnected.

12.6.12 The suction pipework shall be laid truly horizontal or with a continuous rise towards the
pump to avoid the possibility of air locks for suction lift conditions and shall not exceed 30,0 m in
length inclusive of fittings. Mechanical seals shall be used on pumps installed under suction lift
conditions.

12.6.13 Means shall be provided whereby the cistern, the pump case and the suction pipework are
maintained filled with water notwithstanding serious leakage from the foot valve, the arrangements
being such that the pump is started if the water in the cistern drains from it at a greater rate than can
be supplied from the normal source and the water level drops to two thirds of the normal level.

12.6.14 The water for priming the pump suction connection shall be provided by a connection from
a branch from a town main forming a supply to the premises. Such connection shall be made on the
town main side of the non-return valve, upstream of any pressure tapping for the pump starting
device.

12.6.15 The size of the priming tank shall not be less than four times the capacity of the suction
pipe from the pump to the foot valve or 500 L capacity whichever is the greater.

12.6.16 The size of the priming pipe shall not be less than 50 mm nominal diameter.

137
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 25 — General arrangements for a pump under suction lift conditions

12.7 Delivery pipework and fittings

12.7.1 A town main bypass connection shall be provided unless duplicate supplies are provided
whereby the bypass is recommended but not required. The connection is to be taken to the delivery
side of the pump downstream of the non-return and stop valve. The bypass shall be the same
diameter as the water supply connection and shall be fitted with a non-return valve. Stop valves,
chained in the closed position, shall be fitted on the upstream and the downstream side of the
non-return valve.

12.7.2 When the delivery pipework and the pump delivery are not of the same size, they shall be
connected with a concentric reducer, i.e. a nozzle shaped transition piece. It shall be ensured that
all downstream pipework is suitably rated in terms of the static and working pressure of the system.

12.7.3 A non-return valve shall be installed on all pump delivery assemblies.

12.7.4 A stop valve shall be installed on the downstream side of the non-return valve to make the
non-return valve and pump accessible for repair.

12.7.5 A pressure gauge shall be connected to the delivery pipework between the non-return valve
and the pump delivery via a 10 mm isolating gauge cock or on the pump casing if an outlet has
been provided by the pump manufacturer. The face of the dial shall read in kilopascals and have a
pressure range of at least 1,5 times the rated working pressure of the pump and not less than 10 %
above the pump churn pressure.

12.7.6 There shall be a test valve and pipe connection coupled to the pump delivery branch
downstream of the non-return valve, including an orifice plate, if necessary, to facilitate a running
pressure test on the pump at any flow up to Qmax.

138
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.7.7 Alternatively, an approved direct reading flow meter may be used to test the pump. Where
the pump draws its water from a sump, care shall be taken to avoid aeration of the water during
testing.

12.7.8 The test water shall be returned to the suction tank.

12.7.9 Where it is impracticable to dispose of the water discharged under a full load test condition,
details of the facilities available shall be acceptable to all parties.

12.7.10 Where more than one pump forms the source of supply to the fire protection system and
they all have identical characteristics, the test pipe may be taken from the common delivery pipe,
provided a stop valve is fitted in the delivery pipe downstream of the test connection.

12.7.11 The test pipe shall have a direct reading flow meter or other approved device attached.

12.7.12 While not testing, the stop valves on the test pipe shall be secured in the closed position
by a chain and padlock.

12.7.13 All pump delivery stop valves shall be of the gear driven butterfly type and secured in the
open position by 25 mm link chains and padlocks.

12.7.14 A direct connection, without isolating facilities, for the starting mechanism shall be taken
from downstream of the delivery stop valve and shall be not less than 20 mm diameter.

12.7.15 Each pump shall have separate starting arrangements.

12.7.16 All pump delivery pipework, inclusive of the installation pipework, shall be pressure tested
to at least one and a half times the maximum envisaged pressure that will be exerted on the system
at the highest sprinkler for a period of not less than 2 h.

12.7.17 Sprinkler pipework is to be pressure tested to the above minimum pressure regardless of
the type and class of water supply installed.

12.8 Jockey or make-up pump

12.8.1 Where automatic pumps are installed and in order to cater for natural leakage a jockey or
make-up pump shall be fitted to maintain pressure in the system.

12.8.2 The jockey pump shall be free of hunting and shall not cause water hammer.

12.8.3 The jockey or make-up pump shall have a rated capacity of not less than any normal
leakage rate.

12.8.4 They shall be of centrifugal pump design having a discharge pressure sufficient to maintain
the desired fire protection system pressure.

12.8.5 They shall have steep head to capacity characteristics to avoid excessive flow when
pumping within the pressure operating range.

12.8.6 The jockey pump shall be sized so as to prevent this pump from maintaining one sprinkler
in operation without the main fire pump starting.

12.8.7 The jockey or make-up pump pressure operating range shall not exceed 1200 kPa at any
sprinkler and shall not be less than the pressure switch setting to start the fire pump.

139
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.8.8 The jockey or make-up pump shall be set to start automatically when the pressure in the
system has fallen to a value of not less than 90 % of the churn pressure of the primary pump and to
shut off automatically when the system pressure has reached either the churn pressure of the
primary pump or 1200 kPa, whichever is the lesser.

12.8.9 A fire pump shall not be used as a pressure maintenance pump.

12.8.10 The kilowatt rating of the jockey pump motor shall be sufficient to drive the jockey pump
from no flow to maximum flow condition without overloading.

12.8.11 A jockey or make-up pump shall be of cast iron casing construction with bronze internal
parts and high tensile steel shaft or better.

12.8.12 The suction pipe for the jockey or make-up pump shall be taken from the side or top of the
main fire pumps suction line and not from the bottom where sediment may be drawn into the unit.

12.8.13 A non-return valve shall be installed in the jockey or make-up pump discharge pipe.

12.8.14 Stop valves and unions shall be installed in such places as needed to make the jockey or
make-up pump and non-return valve along with other miscellaneous fittings accessible for repair or
removal and replacement.
12.8.15 Means shall be provided to reduce the applied water pressure to the jockey or make-up
pump starting device to simulate the conditions of automatic starting and stopping at the requisite
pressures.

12.8.16 Full details for the approval of the proposed jockey pump shall be submitted to the
approved testing authority simultaneously with the details required for pump approval testing.

12.9 General requirements for pumps

12.9.1 It is not permitted to have two pumps of differing flow and pressure characteristics used for
making up the total calculated demand of a sprinkler system.

12.9.2 The performance characteristics of pumps shall be such that the pressure falls
progressively with the rate of demand, so that whilst being capable of providing the rate of flow and
pressure required at the highest and most unfavourable parts of the protected premises, the output
will be so controlled that there is not an excessive rate of discharge at the lowest level in areas
close to the installation valves.

12.9.3 Applications for approval shall show that the pressure and flow characteristics of the pump
will adequately satisfy the calculated requirements of the most unfavourable and most favourable
areas of operation.

12.9.4 It is recommended that the net positive suction head (NPSH), required for any pump when
discharging at the maximum flow rate should not exceed 5,9.

12.9.5 If the NPSH required by the pump exceeds 5,9 m then the net positive suction head
required (NPSHR), required by the pump under installed conditions will be the net positive suction
head available (NPSHA) less 1,5 m to a minimum of the maximum available flow capacity of the
required flow rate.

140
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.9.6 The available NPSHA shall be calculated at the pumps duty point as follows:

NPSHA = Ps + (Pa – 1,5) – Pv − Pf

where

NPSHA is the net positive suction head available in metres (m);

Ps is the suction head measured from the lowest water level to the pump suction centre
line or impeller eye in metres (m);

Pa is the effective absolute atmospheric pressure at the installed altitude in metres (m);

Pv is the vapour pressure in metres (m), (assumed to be 0,32 m);

Pf is the friction loss in suction pipework in metres (m), using the pump duty point.

12.9.7 The closed outlet valve pressure, under installed conditions shall not exceed 1 200 kPa.

12.9.8 In selecting pump characteristic curves, allowance shall be made for the increase in
pressure at zero flow due to an increase in shaft speed of the prime mover and for an increase or
decrease in pressure due to a positive or negative pressure at the pump suction flange.

12.9.9 Means for venting all cavities of the pump casing shall be provided unless the pump is
made self-venting by arrangement of its branches. If a pump is installed under suction lift conditions,
Ps may be negative, however the minimum NPSH available shall not be less than 6,4 m.

12.9.10 Pumps shall be of centrifugal horizontal split case or end suction horizontal shaft design.

12.9.12 Pumps supplying life safety installations and Early Suppression Fast Response sprinkler
installations shall have positive suction head conditions.

12.9.13 Where the following pump parts are used, the materials shown in table 40 shall apply:

12.9.14 For end suction pumps bronze case wear rings shall be fitted to the pump casing.

12.9.15 Cast iron shall not be used for any wetted rotating component or stationary part in close
running contact with the rotating member. Pumps constructed other than as above shall have the
design features approved for sprinkler use.

12.9.16 All pump parts shall be standard stock items with no special treatment, i.e. impeller under
filing, polishing or other changes are not permissible.

12.9.17 For end suction pumps it shall be ensured that the bearing housing is adequately
supported.

141
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 40 — Pump part materials

1 2
Part Material
Bearings Ball/roller type Stainless steel
Casing Cast Iron
Case wear rings Bronze
Gland Bronze
Gland packing High grade graphite cotton
Impeller Bronze
Lantern rings Bronze or stainless steel
Mechanical seals Carbon ceramic - Suction lift
Shaft E N 8 Steel
Shaft sleeves Bronze
Stuffing box bushes Bronze

12.9.18 The coupling between the engine or motor and the pump shall allow each unit to be
removed without disturbing the other.

12.9.19 The pump shall be fully operational at the designed duty point within 15 s after starting.

12.9.20 Pumps shall have a direct drive and shall start automatically.

12.9.21 The automatic starting device for pumps shall be of an approved pattern and set to
operate the primary pump when the pressure in the trunk main has fallen to a value not less than
80 % of the pressure in the trunk main when the pump is churning or 100 kPa below the duty
pressure of Pmax if this is above or equal to 80 % of the churn pressure.

12.9.22 The second pump of a duplicate pump system shall be set to start when the trunk main
falls to a value of 100 kPa below the cut in pressure of the primary pump but not less than 60% of
the churn pressure of the primary unit.

The second pump of a three half capacity pump system shall be hardwired to start automatically
within 30 seconds of the primary pump coming into operation.

12.9.23 Means shall be provided for manual starting by reproducing the pressure reduction. Once
started, the pump shall run continuously until stopped manually.

12.9.24 A fall in water pressure in the sprinkler system, which is intended to initiate the automatic
starting of a pump or pumps, shall at the same time provide a visual and audible alarm preferably in
an area with responsible manning where the pump house is situated remotely from the risk.

12.9.25 The starting of the pump or pumps shall not cause the cancellation of the alarm.

12.9.26 The visual and audible alarm shall form part of an alarm system approved for sprinkler use
and shall be initiated by electrically separate contacts. These contacts shall consist of one
change-over moving contact and two fixed contacts, one normally open and one normally closed, or
two completely separate contacts, one normally open and one normally closed. The contacts shall
be wired to clearly identified terminals on the terminal strip of the controller. The contacts shall be of

142
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

the positive make or break type, but the alarm system shall be designed to operate on "fleeting"
signals and shall latch on to either momentary make or break signals.

12.9.27 In all cases, each pump shall be provided with a plate stating the following:

a) The endurance test approval number.

b) Name of the company that supplied the unit

c) The pump model.

d) The pump serial number.

e) The impeller diameter.

f) The rotational speed.

g) The churn pressure of the pump.

h) The duty point flow and pressure.

i) The maximum power absorbed at the flow rate given.

j) The flow and pressure of Pmax.

k) The flow and pressure of Qmax

12.9.28 Where the performance characteristic is achieved with an orifice plate not integral with the
pump delivery, the plate shall carry a reference to the fact that the performance given is that of the
pump and orifice plate combination, together with the flow of the pump, pressure loss across the
orifice plate and K-factor of the orifice plate.

12.9.29 Sufficient water shall be permitted to circulate when the pump is running to prevent it from
overheating when operating against a closed discharge valve.

12.9.30 The quantity of water discharged in litres per minute may not be less than the equivalent
of 10 % of the numerical kilowatt rating of the prime mover and shall be taken into account when
sizing a pump.

12.9.31 When the pump set is shut down, no water shall circulate. In any event the manufacturer
shall be consulted and his recommendations adhered to.

12.9.32 A flow indicator or sight glass shall be provided upstream of an isolating valve that has a
10 mm hole drilled into the gate in order to ensure water passes through this valve when the pump
is operational and the valve is closed.

12.9.33 Means shall be provided to reduce the applied water pressure to the starting device to
simulate the condition of automatic starting at the requisite pressure.

12.9.34 The means described in 12.9.33 can take the form of a drain valve on the hydraulic
connection to the pump starting pressure switch and suitable permanent drainage facilities shall be
provided.

12.9.35 Where valves are used to control the drop in pressure as described in 12.9.33 and 12.9.34
they shall be of the diaphragm type.

143
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.9.36 In order that the pressure may be dropped at a suitable rate to judge the pump cut in
pressure, the drain valve referred to in 12.9.34 may be fitted with an orifice plug.

12.9.37 To facilitate testing and servicing, an isolating valve, with a bypass, shall be fitted on the
hydraulic connection. The bypass shall incorporate a 3 mm orifice and a non-return valve allowing
flow towards the trunk main.

12.9.38 A pressure gauge to indicate the pressure at which the pump starts shall be placed
between the isolating and drain valves in such a position that it can be read during the starting test.
Figure 26 is a typical example of a pump automatic starting arrangement.

12.9.39 Two pressure switches shall be provided to start the diesel engine driven pump. The
second pressure switch shall be set to operate at not less than 20 kPa and not more than 50 kPa
beneath the starting pressure of the primary switch. They shall be connected in parallel such that
closing the contacts of either switch will start the pump with normally open contacts (see figure 27).
All pressure switches shall be fitted with a 150 mm sludge and sediment trap of non-corroding
material.

12.9.40 Power sufficient to drive the pump at the required pressure shall be available at all times.

12.9.41 All pressure switches, if screwed directly into a tee shall be fitted with a 150 mm sludge
and sediment trap of non-corroding material. If the pressure switch is fitted onto a rising sprig of 100
mm in length, a sludge trap is not required.

12.9.42 Power for the warning systems shall be taken from a separately switched sub-circuit to
that feeding the pump in the case of an electric pump. In the case of diesel engine driven pumps,
the power for the warning system may not be taken from the battery which is used for automatic
starting.

12.9.43 The warning system shall be equipped with its own batteries which shall have an ampere-
hour capacity to provide 48 h of monitoring the complete system and 1 h of audible and visual
alarm.

NOTE The term "sub-circuit" means a circuit connected to a switch supplied directly from the low or medium
voltage bus-bars on the fire pump room distribution board.

12.9.44 Pumps shall be driven by an approved diesel engine if this is the primary supply or electric
motor as a primary supply and diesel engine as the secondary supply.

144
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

From pump delivery Direction of flow To installation

B
“A”
D Diaphragm valves
C “B”
Jockey pump Pressure gauge
“C”
A A Isolating gauge cock
“D”
Pressure switch
“E”
E Non-return valve

Electric motor
driven pump If the pressure switch
is screwed directly
into the tee, a 150 mm
sludge trap is required

Diesel engine
driven pump
switch 1 If the pressure switch
is fitted to a 100 mm
sprig, a sludge trap
is not required

Diesel engine
driven pump
switch 2

3 mm orifice

To waste

Figure 26 — Typical auto-start arrangement

145
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.10 Pump approval

12.10.1 Each complete engine and pump set shall be tested on a suitable test bed and be
independently witnessed by a recognised competent person familiar with the requirements of fixed
fire protection systems. Prior to testing, the information detailed in 12.11 shall be provided.

12.10.2 Adequate warning and copies of the detailed information shall be circulated to the
competent person in order that they may witness the test. Copies of a certificate showing the
records of the hydrostatic and endurance test which shall be conducted in the following manner
shall be supplied to the competent person.

12.10.3 Before shipment from the factory, each pump shall be hydrostatically tested by the
manufacturer for a period of not less than 10 min.

12.10.4 The test pressure shall not be less than 1,5 times the churn pressure of the pump plus its
maximum allowable suction head subject to a minimum pressure of 1 800 kPa.

12.10.5 The pump casings shall be tight at the test pressure and during the test no leakage shall
occur at any joint.

12.11 Detailed endurance testing information

12.11.1 Pump

The pump test acceptance grade shall be in accordance with ISO 9906:2012(E) Table 8 2U in that
zero negative tolerances shall be permitted other than efficiency where a negative 5% can be
accepted.

12.11.1.1 The following information shall be provided:

a) the pump manufacturer;

b) the pump model;

c) the pump serial number;

d) the pump impeller diameter;

e) the pump efficiency curve;

f) the sprinkler installers calculated flow;

g) the pressure at calculated flow;

h) the net positive suction head required at all stated flows and pressures; and

i) the power absorbed at calculated flow.

12.11.1.2 If a pump impeller or complete pump unit excluding the prime mover requires replacing
once installed, the pump set shall be retested on site or at a suitable test bed for a period of not less
than 2 hours at any flow up to the maximum. The test shall be independently witnessed by a
recognised competent person familiar with the requirements of fixed fire protection systems.

146
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.11.2 Diesel engine

The following information shall be provided:

a) the make of engine;

b) the speed of engine for site conditions; and

c) the rated power output.

12.11.3 Electric motor

The following information shall be provided:

a) the make of motor;

b) the speed of motor; and

c) the rated power output.

12.11.4 Endurance test — Diesel engine driven pump

12.11.4.1 The pump set shall be run at the calculated flow rates of Pmax, Qmax, pump duty and run
out for 6 h.

If a diesel engine requires rebuilding or replacing once installed, the pump set shall be retested on
site or at a suitable test bed for a period of not less than 6 hours.

12.11.4.2 At the end of the test the engine speed, the suction and delivery pressure must be
recorded at zero, 25%, 50%, 75%, 100% (Qmax), 110% of Qmax, duty point and 110% of duty point.
Each point shall be clearly indicated on the test curve.

12.11.4.3 The following hourly records shall be made:

a) the ambient temperature;

b) the lubricating oil temperature;

c) the rise in temperature of the cooling water;

d) the cooling water flow rate;

e) the engine speed;

f) if the engine is fitted with a heat exchanger, the initial temperature and the rise in temperature of
the engine closed-circuit cooling water; and

g) the pump gland temperature.

12.11.5 Endurance test — Electric motor driven pump

12.11.5.1 The pump set shall be run at the calculated flow rates of Pmax, Qmax, pump duty and
run out for 6 h.

If an electric motor requires rewinding or replacing once installed, the pump set shall be retested on
site or at a suitable test bed for a period of not less than 6 hours.

147
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.11.5.2 At the end of the test the engine speed, the suction and delivery pressure must be
recorded at zero, 25%, 50%, 75%, 100% (Qmax), 110% of Qmax, duty point and 110% of duty point.
Each point shall be clearly indicated on the test curve.

12.11.5.3 The following hourly records shall be made:

a) the ambient temperature;

b) the motor bearing temperatures; and

c) the stator temperature.

12.12 Diesel engine driven pumps

12.12.1 The diesel engine shall be of the compression ignition type capable of being started
without the use of wicks, cartridges, heater plugs or ether, at a pump room temperature of 4 °C and
shall accept full load within 15 s from the receipt of the signal to start.

12.12.2 The diesel engine shall be naturally aspirated, supercharged or turbo-charged and either
air or water cooled. Charge air cooling shall be water cooled.

12.12.3 Radiator cooling is not an acceptable or a suitable method of cooling in South Africa,
however, in the event that radiator cooling is the only option available, the radiator shall be ducted
externally to the pump house.

12.12.4 The diesel engine shall be capable of operating continuously on full load at the site
elevation for a minimum period of 6 h.

12.12.5 The diesel engine shall be provided with a governor to control the engine speed within
5,0 % of its rated speed under any condition of load up to the full load rating. Should electronic
injection be installed in order to achieve the required level of governing engine speed, the following
shall be implemented:.

a) All fail safe features shall be removed;

b) Where a communication bus is being used:

c) Annunciation of communication failure shall be monitored;

d) Where analogue controlled linear actuators are used;

e) Two controllers shall be run in parallel.

12.12.6 The diesel engine shall not have any manual device fitted to the engine which could
prevent the engine starting. Where any device is fitted, it shall automatically return to the reset
position for automatic starting.

12.12.7 The diesel engine shall be provided with a tachometer and hour meter which shall be
permanently attached to the engine or the controller panel.

148
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.12.8 The diesel engine shall be provided with an excess fuel device for the automatic cold
starting of the engine. The device is to return automatically to the reset position for automatic
starting.

12.12.9 The diesel engine shall be provided with dual auxiliary starting solenoids which shall be
continuously rated.

12.13 Cooling system

12.13.1 The following systems are acceptable:

a) Cooling by water from the sprinkler pump direct into the engine cylinder jacket(s) via a regulating
valve of not less than 10 mm diameter to limit the applied pressure to a safe value as specified
by the engine manufacturer. The outlet connection from this system shall terminate at least
150 mm above the engine water outlet pipe and be directed into an open tundish? or sight glass
so that the discharge water is visible.

b) A heat exchanger, the raw cooling water being supplied from the sprinkler pump via a regulating
valve, of not less than 10 mm diameter, if necessary, to limit the applied pressure to a safe value
as specified by the engine manufacturer. The raw cooling water outlet connection from this
system shall terminate at least 150 mm above the water outlet pipe and be directed into an open
tundish or sight glass so that the discharge water is visible. The water in the closed circuit shall
be circulated by means of an auxiliary pump driven from the engine and the capacity of the
closed circuit shall not be less than that recommended by the engine manufacturer. If the
auxiliary pump is belt driven, there shall be multiple belts such that should half the belts' break,
the remaining belts shall be capable of driving the pump.

c) Direct air cooling of the engine by means of a multiple belt driven fan: when half the belts are
broken, the remaining belts shall be capable of driving the fan.

12.13.2 The cooling water line shall have a suitable strainer fitted prior to entry into the engine
jacket or heat exchanger.

12.13.3 All cooling water pipes including return pipes shall be of galvanized steel or copper.

12.13.4 The total water consumption rate for cooling the engine either directly through the cylinder
jackets or as raw cooling water supplied to a heat exchanger plus the cooling water consumed to
prevent the pump overheating whilst churning shall be provided.

12.13.5 Where engines use cooling water from the pump discharge, means shall be provided to
prevent excessive pressure on the engine cooling system. The regulating valve(s) shall be set
during site commissioning and locked in the "set-open" position to limit the applied pressure to a
safe value as specified by the engine manufacturer. Once pre-set, the regulating valve shall be
completely enclosed in a locked housing to prevent the valve working loose due to general vibration
of water movement or tampering.

12.13.6 A 0 kPa to 250 kPa, pressure gauge shall be fitted in the line between the regulating
valve(s) and the inlet to the engine jackets or heat exchanger.

12.13.7 To prevent an excessive build-up of pressure in the engine jacket, no thermostat device is
to be fitted and the cooling water lines between the "set-open" regulating valve on the inlet side and
the ultimate open discharge shall be free of any other valves or restrictive fittings.

12.13.8 A flow indicator sight glass shall be fitted on the engine cooling water discharge pipe. The
piping shall be returned and shall discharge directly to the pump suction tank and may not be taken

149
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

into the suction or test pipe. In all cases, care shall be taken to ensure that no flow through the
engine jacket takes place whilst the engine is stationary.

12.13.9 Spring loaded or electrically operated pressure limiting devices are not permitted.

12.14 Air filtration

The air intake shall be fitted with a filter of adequate size to prevent foreign matter entering the
engine, and shall be protected from water discharge where sprinklers are fitted in the engine room.

12.15 Exhaust system

12.15.1 The exhaust pipe run shall be as short as possible in order to minimize back pressure and
fitted with a flexible section and suitable silencer and the total back pressure shall not exceed the
engine manufacturer’s recommendation (see figure 27).

12.15.2 The exhaust system shall be supported in order to ensure that there is no weight on the
flexible pipe.

12.15.3 The flexible pipe is designed to accommodate expansion and not misalignment.

12.15.4 The flexible section may not be welded to the exhaust pipe but shall be fixed using
purpose made flanges or couplings.

12.15.5 Where the exhaust system rises above the engine, means shall be provided to prevent
any condensate flowing into the engine.

12.15.6 The exhaust system shall run at least 300 mm above engine base plate level.

12.15.7 The engine exhaust system within the pump house shall be lagged or guarded, as
necessary, for the safety of personnel.

12.15.8 Attention is drawn to the need to ensure that the point of exit of the exhaust pipe from the
engine house does not pose any fire risk to the structure, and that exhaust fumes cannot be drawn
into the engine house or into any occupied building.

150
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 27 — Typical exhaust system

12.16 Engine shut down mechanism

An extended accessible fuel stop control, clearly labelled shall be manually operated and return
automatically to the starting position after use.

12.17 Fuel

12.17.1 The engine fuel shall comply with the engine manufacturer’s requirements.

12.17.2 Sufficient fuel to run the engine on full load for 6 h in addition to that in the engine fuel tank
shall be kept on hand at all times. Where there are two diesel engine driven pumps they shall have
separate fuel tanks and fuel feed pipes.

12.17.3 The capacity of the tank shall be sufficient to allow the engine to run on full load for 6 h
and provision shall be made for the retention of any spilled fuel using a brick or similar material
bund which shall contain not less than the contents of the fuel tank plus 10 %.

12.18 Fuel tank

12.18.1 The fuel tank shall be of welded steel and shall be located above ground in accordance
with municipal requirements. The static head of the fuel tank when full shall not exceed the
manufacturer’s pressure limit.

The fuel tank shall be fitted with a drain valve of at least 20 mm diameter at the base of the tank.

12.18.2 The fuel tank may be fitted at the end of the pump set furthest away from the pump or
outside the pump house but shall be positioned in a safe location in order to ensure there is
convenient filling access and that the fuel line runs are as short as possible.

151
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.18.3 The tank shall be mounted higher than the engine fuel transfer pump and be provided with
an indicator showing the level of the fuel in the tank.

12.18.4 The fuel level indicator shall not allow any leakage or spillage of fuel if broken.

12.18.5 Where there is more than one compression ignition engine-driven pump set there shall be
a separate fuel tank and fuel feed pipe for each engine.

12.18.6 Fuel tanks shall not be fitted to or above either the engine or the batteries, neither shall
they be positioned such that any spillage or leakage from the fuel tank can come into contact with
any hot surface on the engine.

12.19 Fuel feed pipes

12.19.1 Any valve in the fuel feed pipe between the fuel tank and the engine shall not
automatically close and shall be placed adjacent to the tank locked in the open position.

12.19.2 The fuel feed pipe shall be located at least 20 mm above the bottom of the fuel tank.

12.19.3 Pipes that carry lubricating oil or fuel shall be of flame-resistant reinforced flexible hose or
suitable material listed for this service. Pipes shall not be made from plastic, rubber and pipe joints
may not be soldered. Piping for any fuel line shall not be copper, cast iron, aluminium or galvanised
tubing.

12.19.4 Pipe joints shall not be soldered and plastic tubing shall not be used.

12.20 Fuel system auxiliary equipment

12.20.1 The following shall be provided:

a) a sludge and sediment trap;

b) a readily visible fuel level gauge which shall not be of the glass or plastic tube type;

c) damage or fracture of the fuel level gauge shall not result in fuel spillage;

d) an inspection and cleaning hole;

e) a filter between the fuel tank and fuel pump mounted in an accessible position for cleaning;

f) means to enable the entire fuel system to be bled of air;

g) an air vent to prevent air locks or a vacuum forming; and

h) means to fill the fuel tank.

12.20.2 Air relief cocks are not allowed, screwed plugs are permitted.

12.21 Starting mechanism

12.21.1 Provision shall be made for two separate methods of engine starting as given in
12.21.2 to 12.21.9 (inclusive).

12.21.2 Two separate batteries of adequate capacity shall be provided for automatic and manual
starting of the engine.

152
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.21.3 Where electric starting is used, the system shall operate from a battery supply
recommended by the engine supplier.

12.21.4 Automatic starting shall be by means of a battery powered electric starter motor of the
axial displacement type having no retaining catches or inertial features. The pinion shall rotate at
reduced speed during the process of engagement with the flywheel gear ring, but during the initial
engagement the pinion and armature shaft assembly shall mesh by moving axially towards the gear
ring.

12.21.5 The starting sequence shall be initiated by a fall in pressure in the water supply pipe to the
sprinkler installation, and repeat engagement facilities shall be provided should the starter pinion fail
to engage with the engine flywheel ring.

12.21.6 When the engine fires, the starter motor pinion shall be withdrawn from the flywheel ring
automatically by means initiated by a directly driven tacho generator or centrifugal speed switch or
proximity switch.

12.21.7 Flexible drives are not permitted.

12.21.8 Battery charging, voltage generators, alternators and pressure switches on the engine
lubricating system or water pump outlet, as a means of de-energizing the starter motor, are not
permitted.

12.21.9 The starter motor in combination with each battery power supply shall have a design
capability to rotate the engine for at least 3 min or 12 cycles of not less than 15 s cranking and not
more than 6 s rest.

12.22 Batteries

12.22.1 Sealed maintenance-free batteries only are acceptable.

12.22.2 Batteries shall be readily accessible for servicing, positioned side by side and not stacked,
located on stillages above the floor, secured against displacement and in a position where they will
not be exposed to excessive temperature, vibration, mechanical damage or flooding water.

12.22.3 Current carrying parts, regardless of voltage, shall be at least 300 mm above finished floor
2
level. Battery cables shall be at least 50 mm with a current carrying capacity of not less than 345 A
and be fitted with suitable bolt through lug style terminals. Cable insulation shall be resistant to
petrol, diesel, lubricating oils and diluted acids.

12.22.4 Batteries used for starting the diesel engine shall be located as close to the starter motor
as possible. The length of the battery cables shall be as short as possible subject to a maximum
allowance of 300 mm slack.

12.22.5 A built in hydrometer shall be provided to enable the state of the batteries to be
determined. An information chart pertaining to the built in hydrometer shall be mounted on the
battery case.
12.22.6 Each battery used for starting shall be of a type suitable to accommodate the method of
charging with an expected life of approximately 4 years and not less than 3 years with a capacity to
provide 3 min continuous cranking or 12 cycles of cranking a cold engine of 4 °C according to the
method of starting employed.

153
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.22.7 Batteries not used for the automatic starting of diesel engine driven pumps, when fully
charged and disconnected from the charger, shall be of sufficient capacity to monitor all specified
circuits for at least 48 h, followed by 1 h in fully operational alarm condition.

12.22.8 Any battery used for an automatic power failure alarm shall not be used for the automatic
starting of a diesel engine driven pump or for any purpose other than protection against fire.

12.22.9 All batteries within a pump house shall be engraved with the date of installation and shall
be replaced at least every 3 years regardless of their condition.

12.23 Battery chargers

12.23.1 The means of charging the batteries shall be by a fully automatic continuously connected
constant voltage, variable current up to 5 A charge having automatic trickle and boost charge
facilities.

12.23.2 The equipment shall indicate that each battery and the relevant charger circuits are
connected and carrying direct current.

12.23.3 The charging rate shall be set so that the battery does not gas excessively at any stage
during the charging and the rate shall be automatically adjusted to suit the state of the battery.

12.23.4 The circuits of the batteries shall not be linked so that power may be transferred from one
to the other.

12.23.5 The charger shall have self-resetting overload protection and shall be capable of operating
on a short circuit.

12.23.6 The charger shall operate on a short circuit and operate even when the battery is totally
flat.

12.23.7 The charger shall float a fully charged battery continuously.

12.23.8 The charger shall be designed to be protected against damage when an attempt is made
to charge a reverse connected battery and shall initiate an alarm when the charger output has
failed.

12.24 Tools
A standard kit of tools as recommended by the engine manufacturer should be provided with the
engine and kept on hand at all times where pumps are installed outside main urban centres.

12.25 Spare parts

Spare parts recommended by the engine manufacturer should be supplied and kept on hand at all
times when pumps are installed outside main urban centres.
12.26 Engine service
12.26.1 The diesel engine shall be serviced on an annual basis by a suitably qualified person who
is experienced in the requirements relating to sprinkler installation pumped water supplies.

12.26.2 An identifying name and date tag stating when the engine was last overhauled shall be
affixed to the engine.

12.27 Deration factors

154
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.27.1 The kilowatt output of the diesel engine as determined at sea level is initially derated for
altitude. The resultant power available is then derated for temperature.

12.27.2 The deration factors given in tables 41 and 42 shall be allowed for when determining the
kilowatt output of the diesel engine.

Table 41 — Diesel engine altitude duration factors

1 2
Type of engine Altitude deration
3,5 % every 300 m above 150 m above sea
Naturally aspirated
level
1,5 % every 300 m above 150 m above sea
Turbo charged
level
1,0 % every 300 m above 150 m above sea
Inter-cooled turbo charged
level

Table 42 — Diesel engine temperature duration factors

1 2

Type of engine Temperature deration

Naturally aspirated 2,0 % every 5,5 °C above 30 °C ambient

Turbo charged 3,0 % every 5,5 °C above 30 °C ambient

Intercooled turbo charged 1,0 % every 5,5 °C above 30 °C ambient

Table 43 — Maximum allowable diesel engine speeds

1 2
Maximum speed
Diesel engine size
rpm
2 or 3 cylinder 2 600
4 cylinder naturally aspirated 2 400
4 cylinder turbocharged 2 200
6 cylinder naturally aspirated 2 400
6 cylinder turbocharged 2 200
8 cylinder 1 800

155
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.27.3 The engine shall have 10 % power in excess of that absorbed by the pump at 110 % of
the pump duty point, after deductions for altitude, temperature and ancillary components using the
continuously rated curve in accordance with ISO 3046 at the engine selected speed which shall not
exceed the maximum speed as allowed in table 43.

12.27.4 Power available shall be understood as the net power at the driver shaft after derating for
speed, altitude and temperature, and for engines and auxiliary drives such as fans and cooling
water pumps.

12.27.5 The diesel engine selected shall be capable of operating continuously at full load as
specified at the site elevation and speed for a period of not less than 6 h with a continuous power
output in accordance with ISO 3046-1.

12.28 Electric motor driven pumps

12.28.1 Electric motors for pump sets shall be capable of developing a power output of at least
10 % in excess of the maximum power absorbed by the pump at any flow rate up to at least 110 %
of the maximum calculated flow of the pump duty point.

12.28.2 Motors shall be of squirrel cage rotor design. Slip-ring motors may be used where low
starting current requirements are desired.

12.28.3 Motors shall be continuously rated in accordance with BS 5000-99, wound with class "E"
insulation and having a temperature rise not exceeding 75 °C above a maximum ambient
temperature of 40 °C when measured by the resistance method given in BS 5000-99.

12.28.4 Motors shall be constructed in accordance with the metric dimensions in conformity with
SANS 1804-2, and shall have three-phase windings suitable for 50 Hz supply.

12.28.5 Methods used for the cooling of electric motors shall comply with the requirements of
SANS 1804-2.

12.28.6 Motor enclosures shall be totally enclosed fan cooled.

12.28.7 Motors shall have normal starting and breakdown torque.

12.28.8 Motors shall produce sufficient starting torque to accelerate the pump up to full operating
speed within 10 s.

12.28.9 The starting torque of squirrel cage motors which are to be star or delta started shall be
such that the starting torque produced in the star will be sufficient to accelerate the motor up to
75 % of full load speeds within 5 s. These accelerating times shall be achieved under open valve
conditions against the specified motion and delivery pressure conditions.

12.28.10 Motors shall have the ends of each winding brought out to six terminals in the terminal
box in accordance with SANS 1804-2 in the terminal box so that star or delta starting may be used if
desired. Motors of 3 kW power or less shall have the ends of the three windings brought out to 3
terminals.

12.28.11 For the electrical operation of reduced voltage starts, timed automatic acceleration of the
motor shall be provided and the period of acceleration shall not exceed 10 s.

12.28.12 Starting resistors shall be so designed as to permit a 15 s starting operation during each
period of 80 s, for a period of at least 1 h.

156
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

12.28.13 Direct on-line starting is preferred, but star/delta, auto-transformer or stator and rotor
type starters may be used if the supply authority, or the user (or both) insists because of limitations
in the electric power supply.

12.28.14 The electric supply shall be obtained from a reliable source.

12.28.15 The electrical connections shall be such that a power supply is always available for the
motor when the switches for the distribution of other power throughout the premises are open. Any
switches on the power feed to the motor shall be clearly labelled as follows:
SPRINKLER PUMP MOTOR SUPPLY
NOT TO BE SWITCHED OFF IN THE EVENT OF FIRE

12.28.16 A voltmeter and voltmeter selector switch and a fully integrated combined phase failure
and phase reversal relay shall be provided in the controller to indicate there is a power supply
available for the motor and the failure of any one phase of the AC supply. Such a phase
failure/reversal relay shall not prevent the motor from attempting to start up nor shall it stop the
motor while it is operating when any such phase failure/reversal occurs.

12.28.17 The controller shall be positioned in accordance with this standard so that it can be
readily seen by maintenance personnel.

12.28.18 An automatic warning of power failure to the motor starting switches (in the case of AC,
supply, of any one phase of the supply) shall be given visually and audibly as detailed in this
standard.

12.28.19 Power for this warning system shall be taken from a separately switched sub-circuit to
that feeding the motor alternatively, where the power is taken from a battery instead of the mains
supply, the battery shall be trickle-charged and shall have an ampere hour capacity sufficient to
provide 48 h of monitoring the complete system and 1 h of audible and visual alarm.

12.28.20 The power may not be provided from any battery used for automatic starting of a
compression-ignition engine driven pump.

13 Electrical installations
13.1 General
13.1.1 Each pump room shall be equipped with a distribution board which shall be designed to
interrupt the fault current.

13.1.2 The board shall be fitted with current limiting devices to ensure that the controller,
monitoring panel or any other accessory which is connected to the switchboard is afforded suitable
short circuit backup protection.

13.1.3 The distribution board shall be fitted with a separate switched fuse unit or circuit breaker of
suitable rating to supply each of the following:
a) the MV Electric drive controller;
b) the compression-ignition engine drive controller;
c) the jockey pump controller;
d) the pump room monitoring panels;
e) the pump room heating circuits;
f) the pump room lighting circuits;
g) the pump room plug circuits; and
h) the accessories.

157
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

13.1.4 Taking of power for light and plug circuits or any other devices from drive controllers or
monitoring panels is strictly prohibited.

13.1.5 Pump room electrical power connections from the distribution board to the pump drive
controllers, annunciator panels, audible and visual signalling devices, pressure, flow and level
monitors and interconnections between these items shall be designed for sprinkler use.

13.1.6 These power supplies shall be protected by means of suitably rated switch-fuse units or
circuit breakers on the main HV or MV switchboards. These protective devices shall be clearly
labelled as follows:

SPRINKLER PUMP POWER SUPPLY

NOT TO BE SWITCHED OFF IN EVENT OF FIRE

13.1.7 The lettering shall be in 25 mm capitals.

13.1.8 The pump room MV switchboard, pump drive controllers, monitoring panels, etc., may be
incorporated in one common panel within the pump room, provided that general arrangement is
acceptable for sprinkler service.

13.1.9 Separately switched power sub-circuits shall be used to supply power

a) for alarm devices connected to pump(s) and for any mains failure alarm system, and

b) for any pump that would be the first to come into operation because of a drop in the sprinkler
installation pressure and any mains-powered low-water pressure alarm system.

13.1.10 The indicating equipment shall be mains-powered fed by an uninterruptible power system.

13.2 Power supplies

13.2.1 Control and monitoring panels shall be designed for an electrical fault level of 31 MVA at
415 V, three-phase 50 Hz.

13.2.2 In the case of diesel engine drive controllers, the following shall apply:

a) all DC electrical components shall be capable of functioning effectively at the reduced voltage
levels that occur during engine cranking; and

b) relays shall not chatter on drop-out and solid state circuits shall not "switch" under reduced
voltage conditions.

13.2.3 The battery power supply for indicator panels or alarm systems shall not be supplied from
the batteries provided to start the diesel engine(s).

13.3 Cables and wires

Electric cables shall be

a) suitable for electrical use in conjunction with sprinkler systems,

b) selected, handled and installed in accordance with SANS 10198-2; SANS 10198-4 and
SANS 10198-8,

158
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

c) protected, as far as possible, from direct exposure to fire,

d) PVC-U-insulated or rubber-insulated and rubber-armoured, or enclosed in steel conduit, or

mineral-insulated and copper-sheathed, and

e) steel wire armoured.

13.4 Wires

13.4 1 Electrical wires shall

a) be single core, PVC-U-insulated, annealed copper conductors of 600 V grade in accordance with
SANS 1507-1,

b) be continuously rated, and

c) not use conductors that have fewer than seven strands or that are of cross-sectional area less
2
than 2,5 mm .

13.4.2 The following are normally deemed suitable for sprinkler use (depending on the particular
application):

a) wiring and wire ways that comply with the requirements of SANS 529 and SANS 950;

b) cross-linked polyethylene-insulated (XLPE-insulated) electric cables that comply with the

requirements of SANS 1339.

13.4.3 In the case of cables to motors inside buildings, cables that are

a) Armoured and rubber-insulated in accordance with the requirements of SANS 1574-3, or

b) Enclosed in screwed steel conduit and that are rubber-insulated in accordance with the
requirements of SANS 1574-3 or that are mineral-insulated and copper-sheathed, and

c) Wire ways for electrical cables that comply with the requirements of SANS 10142-1.

13.4.4 Steel conduit shall be threaded in accordance with the requirements of SANS 1306-1.

13.4.5 External overhead cables are not permitted.

13.5 Circuit breakers and switches

13.5.1 Circuit breakers, isolators and switches shall be suitable for sprinkler use.

13.5.2 Moulded-case circuit breakers shall comply with the requirements of SANS 156 and
earth-leakage protection units shall comply with the requirements of SANS 767-1.

13.5.3 The following are deemed suitable for sprinkler use (depending on the particular
application):

a) electrical switches that comply with the requirements of SANS 60669-1;

b) moulded-case circuit breakers that comply with the requirements of SANS 156;

c) high-voltage AC circuit breakers;

159
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

d) manually operated air break switches;

e) AC disconnectors and earthing switches; and

f) electrical high-voltage switches that comply with the requirements of SANS 62271-103
and SANS 62271-104.

13.6 Fuses, fuse cartridges and fused switchgear

Fuses, fuse cartridges and fused switchgear shall be suitable for sprinkler use. Fused switchgear
that complies with the requirements of SANS 62271-200 is normally deemed suitable for sprinkler
use (depending on the particular application).

13.7 Busbars, contactors, fused switchgear and instruments

13.7.1 Busbars, contactors, fused switchgear and instruments shall be suitable for sprinkler use.

13.7.2 The following are deemed suitable for sprinkler use:

a) Busbars that comply with the requirements of SANS 1195.

b) Electrical terminals and connectors that comply with the requirements of SANS 1433-1 or
SANS 1433-2.

13.8 Power supplies

13.8.1 General

13.8.1.1 The equipment and materials shall be installed in accordance with SANS 10142-1 and
shall comply with the requirements and be installed by a licensed electrician in accordance with any
requirement relating to occupational health and safety.

13.8.1.2 Power supply voltages, currents and insulation levels for sprinkler installations shall
comply with the requirements of SANS 1019.

13.8.1.3 Power supply circuits that serve sprinkler equipment and services shall function
independently of any other main or sub-main circuits that do not serve the sprinkler installation.

13.8.1.4 Power for light and plug circuits or any other device shall not be taken from drive
controllers or monitoring panels.
13.8.2 Main power supplies

13.8.2.1 The power supply shall be obtained from a public electricity supply or other suitable
reliable source.

13.8.2.2 If the electricity supply is not taken from a public source, full particulars of the generating
plant shall be agreed upon by all parties at the planning stage.

13.8.2.3 The fuel tanks of power-generating plant engines shall be kept fully filled when they are
kept on stand-by.

160
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

13.8.2.4 Main power supplies for the installation shall be taken direct from

a) the main high voltage (HV) switchboard for HV electric motor-drive controllers, and

b) the main medium voltage (MV) switchboard for all MV equipment.

13.8.2.5 A typical diagram for the power supplies and the interconnecting of controllers and
monitoring equipment for sprinkler installations is given in figure 28.

13.8.2.6 The power supplies for the pump room shall be derived direct from

a) the main HV switchboard, in the case of the HV electric motor-driven controllers, and

b) the main MV switchboard, in the case of the pump room MV switchboard.

13.8.2.7 Pump room electrical power connections from the distribution board to the pump drive
controllers, annunciator or repeater panels, audible and visual signalling devices, pressure, flow
and level monitors and interconnections between these items shall be such as to be suitable for
sprinkler use.

13.8.2.8 The power supply circuit for electric motor-driven pumps shall be separate from all other
circuits in the premises.

13.8.2.9 Power to drive the pumps shall be available at all times.

13.8.2.10 All wiring associated with the electric motor-driven pump shall be in accordance with
SANS 10142-1.

13.8.3 Protection

13.8.3.1 The protection of the main and the control circuit power supplies shall be

a) designed to suit a design fault level of 31 MVA at 415 V three-phase 50 Hz in situations of

varying fault levels, and

b) provided with either high-rupturing capacity fuses of suitable rating or circuit breakers of suitable
rating and breaking capacity (or both).

13.8.3.2 Switches that control the power supplies shall be readily accessible to the fire brigade.

13.8.3.3 Power supply connections to any sprinkler equipment or services shall incorporate suitable
isolating protective devices and these devices shall be secured against unauthorized operation.

13.8.3.4 Separately switched fuse units or circuit breakers of suitable rating shall, for example, be
provided for all electric drive controllers, diesel engine drive controllers, jockey pump drive
controllers, pump room monitoring panel(s), pump room heating and lighting circuits and plug
circuits.

13.8.3.5 Power supply connections to the pump room shall be protected by means of suitably rated
switch fuse units or circuit breakers to interrupt the fault current on the HV or MV switchboards.

161
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

13.8.3.6 The following shall apply in the case of electric motor-driven pumps:

a) the electricity supply to motors shall incorporate fuses of high-rupturing capacity that are capable
of carrying the stalled motor current for a period of not less than 75 % of the period needed for
the motor windings to fail;

b) any no-volt release mechanism shall be of the automatic resetting type so that, on restoration of
the supply, the motor can be restarted automatically if the trunk main pressure falls; and

c) magnetic and thermal overload trips shall be not be used.

13.8.4 Control panels

13.8.4.1 Control circuit power supplies shall not exceed an AC voltage of 110 VAC/DC and shall be
derived from a separate, suitably rated double-wound air-cooled transformer within the enclosure of
each controller, monitoring panel or power supply point.

13.8.4.2 Current-carrying parts of any control circuits and panels shall be at least 300 mm above
floor level.

13.8.5 Electrical earthing

13.8.5.1 All exposed metalwork in installations shall be efficiently earthed to prevent the metalwork
from becoming electrically charged.

13.8.5.2 Sprinkler pipework shall be not used as a means of earthing electrical equipment.

13.8.5.3 Electrical equipment below sprinkler installations shall have normal earthing and overload
protection.

13.8.5.4 Sprinkler installation metalwork and metal wire-ways for electric cables shall be efficiently
connected to the main earthing terminal of the electrical installation.

13.8.6 Cables and cable routes for electrically driven pumps

13.8.6.1 External overhead cables shall be not used for electrically driven pumps and all cables
shall be protected against fire and mechanical damage.

13.8.6.2 If there are two or more electric motor driven pumps, failure (owing to mechanical
breakdown or fire damage) of equipment or cables that supply any one pump shall not affect the
supply to other pump.

13.8.6.3 The supply to the pump controller shall be solely for use of the sprinkler pump set and
separate from all other connections.

13.8.6.4 Where permitted by the electrical supplier, the electric supply to the pump controller shall
be taken from the input side of the main switch on the incoming supply to the premises and where
this is not permitted, by a connection from the main switch.

13.8.6.5 To protect cables from direct exposure to fire they shall be run outside the building, or
through those parts of the building where the fire risk is negligible and that are separated from any
significant fire risk by walls, partitions or floors with a fire-resistance rating of at least 60 min for
ordinary hazard occupancies and 90 min for high hazard risks, or they shall be given additional
direct protection or be buried.

13.8.6.6 Cables shall be in single lengths with no joins.

162
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 28 — Typical diagram of the power supplies for a pump house

163
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14 Pump drive controllers

14.1 General

14.1.1 Each pump shall have its own controller which shall be specifically designed for sprinkler
fire pump service and approved for sprinkler service.

14.1.2 All pump manufacturers shall use the panels which are approved in conjunction with their
units.

14.1.3 An independent certificate of approval will be required for every panel and any modifications
without prior approval will invalidate the certificate.

14.1.4 The controller shall be completely assembled, wired and tested by the manufacturer and an
independent authority before shipment from the factory to site.

14.1.5 The controller shall be labelled in accordance with this standard and the nameplate shall
show plainly the name of the manufacturer, the identifying designation, the complete electrical
rating, and the certificate of approval number.

14.1.6 It is the responsibility of the approved sprinkler installer to make the necessary
arrangements for the services of a manufacturer’s representative, when needed, for installation and
adjustment of the equipment.

14.2 Labels

14.2.1 Labels shall consist of a composite red/white/red plastic sandwich type to show white letters
on a red background.

14.2.2 Anodized aluminium type labels with red background are acceptable.

14.2.3 Label descriptions shall be in both English and any other required official language.

14.2.4 The letter and numeral sizes which shall be used for labels are shown in table 44.

Table 44 — Pump drive controller labels

1 2
Letter height
Label type
mm
Main panel designation 12
Individual component designations 6
Small component designations 3
Control/signal device designations 2,5

14.2.5 Plastic embossed stick-on tape labels are not acceptable.

14.2.6 Labels for control fuses shall indicate function and fuse rating.

164
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14.2.7 Each operating component of the controller shall be marked to plainly indicate the
identifying letter or number referenced to the wiring diagram and the markings shall be located so
as to be visible after installation.

14.3 Starting and control

14.3.1 In the control circuit there shall be provided a pressure actuated switch having high and low
calibrated adjustments or two pressure actuated switches, one having high and the other having low
calibrated adjustments and responsive to water pressure in the fire protection system.

14.3.2 Suitable means shall be made for relieving pressure to the pressure actuated switch, to test
the operation of the controller and the pump.

14.3.4 When the pump supplies special water control equipment (such as deluge valves and dry
pipe valves), and it is desired to start the pump before the pressure actuated switch(es) would do
so, the controller shall be equipped to start the pump upon operation of the fire detection equipment.

14.3.5 The controller shall be wired for manual shut down.

14.3.6 Shut down shall be accomplished by operation of the stop/reset push button on the outside
of the control enclosure and, in the case of automatic controllers, shall return the controller to full
automatic position.

14.4 Location of controller

14.4.1 The controller shall be located as close as it is practical to the motor/engine it controls and
shall be within sight of the motor/engine.

14.4.2 Diesel engine controllers shall, where possible, be located in a position whereby the fuel
shut off lever and controller panel buttons can be accessed simultaneously.

14.4.3 The controller shall be so located or so protected that it will not be damaged by water
escaping from the pump or pump connection.

14.5 Construction

14.5.1 All controller equipment shall be incorporated within a total enclosed, damp, dust and flash
proof enclosure.

14.5.2 All equipment except those items fixed in the door shall be mounted on a removable 2 mm
thick rolled mild steel chassis plate which shall be folded and braced to ensure rigidity.

14.5.3 The controller enclosure shall be constructed from 2 mm thick cold rolled mild steel and
shall be equipped with a hinged door supported on robust hinges and secured by a sufficient
number of substantial catches to ensure proper sealing of the gasket.

14.5.4 The door shall be fitted with a non-deteriorating gasket made from butyl sponge rubber or
similar material.

165
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14.5.5 The following shall be provided in a suitable pocket permanently secured inside the
enclosure door:

a) wiring diagrams with clearly identifiable letters and numbers for all components and wires;

b) complete component schedule giving wiring diagram reference, make, type, size and supplier;
and

c) operation and maintenance instructions.

14.5.6 Complete operating instructions, in English and any official language that may be required,
a wiring diagram and a component schedule shall be affixed in the pump room in a suitable weather
proof mounting.

14.5.7 Electrical terminals and both ends of all wires shall be plainly marked to correspond with the
as-built wiring diagrams for the controller.

Controller panel approval Field Code Changed

Each complete controller panel must be cyclically tested at a suitable test facility and witnessed by a
recognised competent person familiar with the requirements of fixed fire protection systems.

Adequate warning and copies of the detailed information shall be circulated to the competent
person in order that they may witness the test. Copies of a certificate showing the records of the test
which shall be conducted in the following manner must be supplied to the inspecting authority.

Testing of electric motor driven fire pump controllers Field Code Changed

A minimum of 160 cycles of each test shall be conducted. Should the cycle be interrupted or failure
of a component take place, the testing shall be restarted.

Tests performed per cycle

Test 1:

a) Initiate a fire condition via the pressure switch;

b) Monitor fire and pump run signals only;

c) Initiate the Stop/Reset button;

d) No signals shall be received at this stage;

e) Test complete.

Test 2:

a) Initiate a fire condition via the Test push button;

b) Monitor fire and pump run signals only;

c) Initiate the Stop/Reset button;

d) No signals shall be received at this stage;

e) Test complete.

166
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Test 3:

a) Initiate the Emergency Start push button;

b) Monitor the pump run signal only;

c) Initiate the Stop/Reset button;

d) No signals shall be received at this stage;

e) Test complete.

Test 4:

a) Initiate a fault on the Delta Contactor;

b) Initiate a fire condition via the pressure switch;

c) Monitor fire and pump fail signals only;

d) Remove the fault condition on the Delta Contactor;

e) Monitor Fire and Pump Fail signals only;

f) Initiate the Stop/Reset button;

g) No signals shall be received at this stage;

h) Test complete.

Test 5:

a) Initiate a Mains Fail;

b) Monitor Mains Fail and Control Circuit Fail signals only;

c) Remove Mains Fail condition;

d) No signals shall be received at this stage;

e) Test complete.

Test 6:

a) Initiate a Control Circuit Fail;

b) Monitor Control Circuit Fail signal only;

c) Remove Control Circuit Fail condition;

d) No signals shall be received at this stage;

e) Test complete.

167
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Testing of diesel engine driven fire pump controllers Field Code Changed

A minimum of 80 cycles of each test shall be conducted. Should the cycle be interrupted or failure of
a component take place, the testing shall be restarted.

Tests performed per cycle

Test 1:

Fire condition through pressure switch:

a) Monitor for Fire, Pump Run signal;

b) Monitor 220 volt output for pump house extraction fan;

Test 2:

Fire condition through push buttons:

a) Monitor for Fire, Pump Run signal;

b) Monitor 220 volt output for pump house extraction fan;

Test 3:

Fire condition through pressure switch with Mains Fail condition:

a) Monitor for Fire, Pump Run, Mains Fail and Battery Charger Fail signals;

b) Initiate a Low Oil condition;

c) Monitor for Fire, Pump Run, Mains Fail, Battery Charger Fail and Low Oil signals;

Test 4:

Fire condition through pressure switch with Mains Fail condition:

a) Monitor for Fire, Pump Run, Mains Fail and Battery Charger Fail signal;

b) Initiate a High Engine Temperature condition;

c) Monitor for Fire, Pump Run, Mains Fail, Battery Charger Fail and Low Oil signals;

Test 5:

Fire condition through pressure switch with 300 rpm crank condition:

a) Monitor for 15 seconds crank and 6 seconds dwell time;

b) Monitor alternating crank cycles;

c) Monitor for Fire, Mains Fail and Battery Charger Fail signals;

d) Monitor for Pump Fail signal after six start attempts;

168
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

e) Monitor for Fire, Mains Fail and Battery Charger Fail signals;

f) Initiate Emergency Start 1;

g) Monitor for Fire, Pump Run, Mains Fail and Battery Charger Fail signals;

Test 6:

Fire condition through pressure switch with 300 rpm crank condition:

a) Monitor for 15 seconds crank and 6 seconds dwell time;

b) Monitor alternating crank cycles;

c) Monitor for Fire, Mains Fail and Battery Charger Fail signals;

d) Monitor for Pump Fail signal after six start attempts;

e) Monitor for Fire, Mains Fail and Battery Charger Fail signals;

f) Initiate Emergency Start 2;

g) Monitor for Fire, Pump Run, Mains Fail and Battery Charger Fail signals;

Test 7:

Initiate a fire condition through pressure switch continuously:

a) Monitor for Fire and Pump Run signals;

b) Initiate Reset button;

c) Monitor for Fire, and Pump Run Signals;

Test 8:

De-energise 220 volt AC and 12 or 24 volt DC control circuit supply:

a) Monitor for Mains Fail, Battery Charger Fail and control Circuit Fail signals;

Testing of annunciator panels Field Code Changed

A minimum of 160 cycles of each test shall be conducted. Should the cycle be interrupted or failure
of a component take place, the testing shall be restarted.

Each signal for the diesel engine driven pump and the electric motor driven pump shall be
mimicked.

The annunciator shall be checked for the following alarm signals:

a) A Fire condition shall initiate a continuously sounding sired and strobe light or beacon;

b) A Pump Failure condition shall initiate an intermittent sounding siren and strobe light or
beacon;

c) A Pump running or Emergency Start shall initiate a strobe light or beacon;

169
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

d) Mains Failure shall initiate an electric motor driven alarm bell and strobe light or beacon;

e) Controller Circuit Failure shall initiate an electric motor driven alarm bell and strobe light or
beacon;

f) Battery Charger Failure shall initiate an electric motor driven alarm bell and strobe light or
beacon;

g) Low Oil Pressure shall initiate an electric motor driven alarm bell and strobe light or beacon;

h) Pump House Protection shall initiate a continuously sounding siren and strobe light or
beacon;

14.6 Electric motor drive controllers

14.6.1 The controller shall be labelled: ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN PUMP CONTROLLER.

14.6.2 All busbars and connections shall be readily accessible for maintenance work after
installation of the controller without disconnecting the external circuit conductors.

14.6.3 Circuits which are depended upon for proper operation of the controller shall not have over
current protective devices connected in them. Maximum short circuit protection with current limiting
facilities shall, however, be provided for all circuits.

14.6.4 All switching equipment for manual use in connecting or disconnecting or starting or
stopping the motor shall be externally operable.

14.6.5 A manually operated fused isolating switch shall be mounted within the controller enclosure.

14.6.6 The switch shall be equipped with one fuse in each phase and the switch rating shall be
determined by the fuse size.

14.6.7 The fuses shall conform to this standard and the fuse rating shall be in accordance with
table 45, irrespective of method of starting.

14.6.8 High rupturing capacity (HRC), cartridges of a suitable rating mounted in insulated
withdrawable fuse holders, conforming to this standard shall be provided for the protection of each
branch circuit conductor.

14.6.9 The removal or blowing of any HRC fuse will initiate an alarm or fault condition at the alarm
annunciator panel.

14.6.10 If used, one complete set of spare main motor circuit and control circuit HRC fuse
cartridges shall be secured on approved brackets inside the enclosure door.

14.6.11 The ampere rating of the switch shall be determined by the fuse size as mentioned above
but shall be at least 115 % of the name plate current rating of the motor.

14.6.12 No over current protective devices shall be installed in the motor circuit.
14.6.13 The motor starter shall be of the AC automatic type, incorporating magnetically operated
air break contactors.

14.6.14 For electrical operation of reduced voltage starts, timed automatic acceleration of the
motor shall be provided and the period of acceleration shall not exceed 10 s.

170
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14.6.15 Starting resistors shall be designed to permit 15 s starting operation in each 80 s for a
period of not less than 1 h.

14.6.17 Direct on-line starting is preferred but star or delta, auto-transformer or stator and rotor
type starters may be used if the supply authority or user (or both) insist on this because of electric
power supply limitations. The installer shall establish what type of starting is permissible.

14.6.18 A fully integrated combined phase failure and phase reversal relay shall be incorporated in
the panel. Electrically separate contacts shall be provided on the phase failure relay and these shall
be wired out to clearly identified terminals on the controller.

14.6.19 Such a phase failure/reversal relay shall not prevent the motor from attempting to start nor
shall it stop the motor while it is operating when any such phase failure/reversal occurs.

14.6.20 A voltmeter complete with fuses and a voltmeter selector switch arranged to select phase
to phase and phase to neutral readings shall be provided.

14.6.21 An ammeter, 3 current transformers and a selector switch shall be fitted on the controller
connected in such a way as to test each phase in order to check the loading of the motor.

14.6.22 For motors in excess of the ratings in table 45, the manufacturer shall submit details of a
proposed back up protection for approval to the relevant authorities.

14.6.23 The controller shall be fitted with electrically separate potential free contacts to make
provision for the following conditions to be maintained:

a) fire alarm;

b) power failure, (main electrical supply);

c) pump failure;

d) pump running; and

e) control circuit failure, (wired from the end of the control circuit).

14.6.24 Indication on the controller shall be in the form of indicating lamps in duplicate to show the
following:

a) fire alarm;

b) pump failure to start; and

c) pump running.

171
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 45 — High rupturing capacity fuse rating selection chart

1 2 3 4
On 400 VAC On 525 VAC
Maximum motor size
Fuse rating Maximum motor size Fuse rating

kW A kW A
1,5 16 1,5 16
2,2 16 2,2 16
3,0 20 3,0 16
4,0 25 4,0 20
5,5 32 5,5 25
7,5 40 7,5 32
9,2 50 9,2 40
11 63 11 40
15 80 15 50
18,5 80 18,5 63
22 80 22 80
30 125 30 100
37 160 37 125
45 160 45 125
55 200 55 160
75 250 75 200
90 315 90 250
110 355 110 315
132 400 132 355
150 400 150 355
160 400 160 355
185 500 185 400
200 500 200 400
220 500 220 400
250 630 250 500
260 630 260 500
300 800 300 500
315 800 315 630
330 800 330 630

14.6.25 A reset push button shall be fitted on the controller to reset the controller.

14.6.26 The controller shall latch on to a starting signal until the reset push button is pressed.

14.6 27 A push button shall be fitted on the controller for emergency starting which will bypass the
automatic starting circuit.

14.6.28 A separate test push button shall be fitted on the controller to initiate the automatic starting
sequence operation.

172
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14.6.29 Should the power requirements of the fire pump be such that it cannot be started at the
same time as the plant is operating, an electrically separate contact and timer shall be provided on
the controller to initiate tripping of the plant circuit breaker before power is applied to the motor
terminals.

14.7 Compression-ignition engine drive controllers

14.7.1 The controller shall be labelled: DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN PUMP CONTROLLER.

14.7.2 All switching equipment for manual use in connecting or disconnecting or starting or
stopping the engine shall be externally operable.

14.7.3 A manually operated isolating switch shall be mounted within the controller enclosure.

14.7.4 Fuses for protection of both the AC and DC circuits shall be provided and shall conform to
this standard and the fuse rating shall be in accordance with table 45.

14.7.5 High rupturing capacity cartridge fuses of suitable rating mounted in insulated withdrawable
fuse holders shall be provided for the protection of each branch circuit conductor.

14.7.6 The removal or blowing of any HRC fuse will initiate an alarm or fault condition at the
annunciator panel.

14.7.8 One complete set of spare HRC fuse cartridges shall be secured on approved brackets
inside the enclosure door.

14.7.9 Automatic starting will be initiated by one of two external monitoring devices wired in
parallel and the starting components will be arranged to crank for a maximum period of 15 s and
dwell for a period of not more than 6 s. Both time periods shall be adjustable and set to suit engine
and site conditions.

14.7.10 A pre-settable counter arranged to count each cranking period shall be provided and shall
be capable of being pre-set for up to 9 counts, but shall normally be pre-set for 6 counts. If the
engine has not started after the pre-set number of counts, the cranking shall be stopped and the
pump failure indication and alarm shall be initiated. Only actual cyclic counters are acceptable. A
timer set for the overall calculated time for the pre-set number of starts is not acceptable.

14.7.11 The components shall be arranged to connect each of the two batteries to the engine
starter motor on alternate cranking cycles and so designed that the first cycle of a fresh attempted
start shall alternate between one battery and the other.

14.7.12 A suitable voltage relay shall be connected across the load side of the main fuses and
electrically separate contacts on this relay shall be wired out to clearly identified terminals for
initiating the power failure alarm.

14.7.13 An AC voltmeter shall be provided to indicate the input voltage to the controller.

14.7.14 A DC voltmeter shall be provided to indicate the terminal voltage of each battery.

14.7.15 A DC ammeter shall be provided to indicate the charging rate of each battery.

173
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14.7.16 Electrically separate potentially free contacts wired out to clearly identified terminals are to
be provided for the following conditions to be monitored:

a) fire alarm;

b) power failure (battery charger electrical supply);

c) pump failure;

d) pump running;

e) low oil pressure;

f) charger failure (from both charger outputs in parallel); and

g) control circuit failure (from the end of the control circuit).

h) Electronic governor communication failure

14.7.17 Indication in the form of duplicate indicating lamps shall be provided to show the following:

a) fire alarm;

b) pump failure;

c) pump running; and

d) low oil pressure.

14.7.18 A reset push button shall be provided to reset the controller.

14.7.19 The controller shall latch on to a starting signal until the reset push button is pressed.

14.7.20 One "emergency start" push button shall be provided for each battery and the circuitry
shall be arranged so that each push button will bypass the automatic starting circuit and will
energize its associated starter motor solenoid. It shall be possible to depress both push buttons and
apply power from both batteries simultaneously to the starter motor.

14.7.21 An adjustable voltage sensitive device shall be provided to sense the potential generated
by the tacho generator referred to in 12.21.6. One set of normally open contacts of one voltage
sensitive relay shall be wired in parallel with that of the other relay to initiate the pump running relay
as follows:

a) each engine shall be fitted with two tacho generators off different drive points on the engine; or

b) a combination of one tacho generator and one proximity sensor may be fitted to the engine to
monitor engine motion. Where such a sensor is used, the controller panel shall be fitted with a
matching sensing relay with one set of normally open contacts to be wired in parallel to those of
the voltage sensitive relay to initiate the pump running relay.

14.7.22 Manual isolating or selector (or both) switches in the battery to engine starter motor
circuits are not permitted.

14.7.23 A separate test button shall be provided to initiate the automatic starting sequence.

174
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14.7.24 Controllers mounted on the engine bedplate shall be supported by a substantial frame
securely bolted to the engine bedplate and the controller shall be secured to this frame by means of
approved resilient mountings.

14.7.25 Plug-in components such as fuses, relays, and PC boards, in controllers which are
mounted on the engine bedplates shall be provided with suitable spring clips or securing facilities to
prevent unplugging due to vibration.

14.7.26 The removal of any relay shall initiate either a "Fault" condition or the "Control Circuit
Failure" alarm at the annunciator panel.

14.7.27 Batteries shall be mounted and securely clamped on stands or stillages and located in a
readily accessible position where the likelihood of contamination by oil, fuel, damp, pump set
cooling water or being damaged by vibration, is unlikely.

14.7.28 The battery shall be installed as close to the starter motor as possible to minimize voltage
drops between the battery and starter motor terminals. The batteries shall be mounted on a wooden
base.

14.7.29 Continuously rated, heavy current solenoid operated contactors for connecting the battery
to the engine starter motor shall be located on the engine or bedplate immediately adjacent to the
engine starter motor or batteries.

14.7.30 All DC electrical components shall be capable of functioning effectively at the reduced
voltage levels that exist during cranking. Relays shall not chatter or drop out and solid state circuits
shall not "switch" under these low voltage conditions.

14.7.31 The battery voltage shall be as specified by the engine manufacturers. 24 V batteries are
preferred, but 12 V batteries are acceptable.

14.7.32 The control circuit shall be arranged to operate across the full battery voltage.
Connections for any reduced voltage shall not be taken by tapping-off cells in the battery.

14.7.33 The controller shall be equipped with one battery charger in accordance with this standard
for each battery.

14.8 Electric motor driven jockey pump controllers

14.8.1 The controller shall comply with the paragraphs pertaining to the electrical installations and
general section pertaining to pump drive controllers.

14.8.2 The controller shall be labelled: JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLER.

14.8.3 Starting and stopping of the motor will be initiated by a pressure actuated switch having
high and low calibrated adjustments and which is responsive to water pressure in the fire protection
system.

14.8.4 Suitable means shall be made for relieving pressure to the pressure actuated switch to test
the operation of the controller and the pump.

14.8.5 The controller shall be fitted with the following:

a) suitably rated triple pole isolators with auxiliary contacts as may be necessary;

b) suitably rated contactors;

175
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

c) adjustable, ambient temperature compensated thermal overload relay for motor protection; and

d) hand or auto-selector switch.

14.8.6 A timer with a 0 s to 30 s setting normally set to 20 s shall be used.

14.8.7 When the hand or auto-selector switch is in the hand position, the pump shall run
continuously, and when the switch is in the auto position, the pump will start and stop automatically
under the control of the pressure switch.

14.8.8 Selector switches incorporating off positions are not acceptable.

14.9 Annunciators for sprinkler pump room installations

14.9.1 The controller shall be labelled: PUMP HOUSE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL.

14.9.2 Each pump room shall have its own annunciator panel, audible and visual signalling
devices and, where required, a repeater panel, all of which shall be approved for sprinkler use.

14.9.3 The panel manufacturer’s audible and visual signalling devices such as sirens, bells,
hooters, beacons and lamps will be accepted for use in conjunction with approved annunciator and
repeater panels.

14.9.4 It shall be the responsibility of the approved sprinkler installer to make the necessary
arrangements for the services of a manufacturer’s representative, when needed, for installation and
adjustments of annunciator and repeater panels and equipment.

14.9.5 Each component of the alarm or annunciator or repeater panel (or both) shall be marked to
clearly indicate the identifying letter or number referenced to the wiring diagram and the markings
shall be located so as to be permanently visible after installation.

14.9.6 All circuits, including the pressure switches and battery connections, shall be monitored as
follows:

a) open circuits shall indicate a "fault" condition;

b) high impedance closed circuits shall constitute a normal condition, and no indication is required;
and

c) short circuits shall indicate an "alarm" or "warning" condition.

14.9.7 A "fault", "alarm" or "warning" as described in 14.9.6 shall initiate the audible alarm which
shall be silenced by means of an ―accept‖ push button.

14.9.8 When a "fault", "alarm" or "warning" condition occurs, the circuit annunciator shall flash on
and off until the signal has been accepted, when the annunciator will change from a flashing to a
steady visual signal. When the circuit is restored to a normal condition as described in 14.9.7, the
steady signal shall reset.

14.9.9 A first alarm condition shall cause the audible alarm to sound and, after acceptance, a
second alarm shall again cause the audible alarm to sound. Systems in which the audible alarm is
negated after acceptance are not acceptable.

14.9.10 Where a pump house repeater panel is required, it shall be mounted in an approved
position at a responsibly manned location in the plant or on the premises.

176
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14.9.11 The two audible and one visual signalling device shall be mounted immediately outside
the pump room in an approved position.

14.9.12 The audible range of all audible signalling devices shall be adequate to suit the distance to
be covered and the noise environment of the location with a signal strength of not less than 75 dB.
Where this is not practical, a repeater panel shall be installed at a permanently manned position.

14.9.13 A steady audible alarm and a flashing visual alarm shall be initiated when a "fire" condition
exists.

14.9.14 An intermittent audible alarm shall be initiated when a "pump failure" condition exists.

14.9.15 A steady audible alarm bell and a flashing visual alarm shall be initiated when a "power
failure" condition exists.

14.9.16 The "Pump house protection" alarm shall initiate the steady audible and flashing visual
alarms.

14.9.17 The signalling devices shall be suitable for operation from the battery powering the
annunciator system.

14.9.18 Battery chargers and batteries shall not be housed in the same enclosure as the
annunciator or repeater panels.

14.9.19 The charger and batteries may be housed in a common enclosure but in separate
compartments suitably divided and sealed to ensure that charger components are not subjected to
battery fumes.

14.10 Pressure switches, flow switches, patents or specialized valves and

components (approval)
These components and others shall be submitted for approval to all interested parties and
subsequent changes of design after initial approval shall be similarly submitted before being put into
use.

14.11 Pump house remote alarm notification and data logger module

14.11.1 General

Each pump house shall be equipped with a remote alarm notification and data logger module to
enable remote monitoring of the pump house events and retrieval of data.

14.11.2 Functionality

14.11.2.1 The data logging module shall have

a) the ability to locally log all events that occur within the pump house facility,

b) the ability to remotely log all events that occur within the pump house facility,

c) the ability to send pump house alarms to personnel via SMS or pager, and

d) the ability to send pump house alarms to a computer via SMS or pager.

177
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

14.11.2.2 The remote alarm module device shall be located inside the pump house within a metal
IP55 enclosure.

14.11.2.3 All controller panels shall have the remote alarm module factory fitted during panel
construction before any certification tests.

14.11.2.4 The hardware product shall operate independently from all installed panel systems, i.e.
Electric, Diesel, Annunciator or Jockey controllers.

14.11.2.5 The device shall send alarm notification messages via cell phone SMS or pager to both
personnel, or remote offsite computers (or both).

14.11.2.6 The device shall have the capability to log events internally if pager or cell phone
services are unavailable.

14.11.2.7 The remote alarm module shall conform to the following technical specifications:

a) store up to 3,500 events internally on a FIFO (First in first out) basis;

b) both a local and remote event log upload facility to obtain log files;

c) a minimum of 6 personnel contact numbers. (for example, a cell phone or pager);

d) a minimum of 20 potential free (dry contact) alarm inputs;

e) a minimum of 2 relay outputs (2A);

f) a minimum of 4 counters and timers so that required pump house rules can be defined; and

g) A 24/7 schedule for daily tests and weekly statistical reports.

14.11.2.8 The remote logger shall conform to the following pump house alarm rules:

a) if the jockey pump runs continuously longer than 5 min, then send an alarm;

b) if the jockey pump starts more than 10 times within a 1 h period, then send an alarm; and

c) if the system is in maintenance mode, then disarm the cell phones or pagers.

14.11.2.9 To facilitate weekly tests the panel shall have a maintenance button that disables remote
alarms messages to cell phones or pagers while the pump house is being tested or repaired,
however data is still logged on a remote computer for hard copy test reports.

14.11.2.10 The data in table 46 are deemed to be the minimum alarms that shall be monitored:

178
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 46 — Alarm monitoring

1 2
Panel Maintenance mode switch
Jockey controller panel ALARM – Pump RUN
Jockey controller panel ALARM – Pump FAIL

Electric motor driven pump controller panel ALARM – Fire ALARM

Electric motor driven pump controller panel ALARM – Pump RUN

Electric motor driven pump controller panel ALARM – Mains FAIL
Electric motor driven pump controller panel ALARM – Control circuit FAIL
Electric motor driven pump controller panel ALARM – Pump FAIL
Diesel engine driven pump controller panel ALARM – Fire ALARM
Diesel engine driven pump controller panel ALARM – Pump RUN
Diesel engine driven pump controller panel ALARM – Pump FAIL
Diesel engine driven pump controller panel ALARM – Mains FAIL
Diesel engine driven pump controller panel ALARM – Control circuit FAIL
Diesel engine driven pump controller panel ALARM – Low oil pressure FAIL
Diesel engine driven pump controller panel ALARM – Battery charger FAIL
Diesel engine driven pump controller panel ALARM – Engine over temperature FAIL
ALARM – Governor communication
Electronic governor communication failure
failure

14.11.2.11 Alarm inputs are to be connected directly to the electric, diesel, jockey or annunciator
panels.

14.11.2.12 All alarms signal wires shall be potential free (dry contact).

14.11.2.13 No voltage shall be sent to, or received from the pump house panels.

14.11.2.14 If the unit is in a standalone cabinet, it shall operate from its own power source.

14.11.2.15 No AC power, 12V shall be drawn from any pump house panel.

15 Spacing and location of sprinklers

15.1 Spacing — General
The maximum area coverage per sprinkler and maximum distance between sprinklers on range
pipes and between adjacent rows of sprinklers, excluding specialized sprinklers, shall not exceed
that stated in this standard or by the manufacturer, whichever is less.

15.2 Ordinary hazard class

15.2.1 Sprinkler coverage

2
The maximum allowable area coverage per standard sprinkler shall not exceed 9,0 m for sidewall
2
sprinklers and 12,0 m sprinklers other than sidewalls.

179
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

15.2.2 Sidewall sprinklers

Maximum distance between sidewall sprinklers on range pipes and between adjacent rows of
sprinklers shall not exceed the following:

a) along the walls: Ordinary hazard systems 3,4 m; and

b) from end walls: Ordinary hazard systems 1,8 m.

15.2.3 Distance between rows of sidewall sprinklers

15.2.3.1 For rooms not exceeding 3,4 m in width, only one row of sprinklers lengthwise of the room
need be provided.

15.2.3.2 For rooms more than 3,4 m in width but not exceeding 6,8 m, one row of sprinklers at each
side lengthwise of the room shall be provided. In the case of rooms exceeding 6,8 m in width, the
sprinklers shall be regularly staggered so that sprinklers face midway between the sprinklers on the
opposing wall (see figure 29).

15.2.3.3 In rooms exceeding 6,8 m in width, conventional, spray or ceiling type sprinklers centrally
positioned under the ceiling will be required to supplement the sidewall sprinklers (see figure 29).

15.2.3.4 Sidewall sprinklers are intended for use in rooms having flat, smooth ceilings.

15.2.3.5 There shall be no obstruction at the ceiling within a square extending along the wall 1,0 m
on each side of the sprinkler and 1,8 m perpendicular to the wall.

15.2.3.6 Beams on the boundary of this square shall not exceed a depth of 100 mm; beams of a
greater depth than 100 mm shall not be closer to a sprinkler than is specified in table 47, otherwise
the bays thus formed shall be separately protected.

15.2.3.7 Unless as defined or required by the manufacturer, the deflectors of sidewall sprinklers
shall not be more than 150 mm nor less than 100 mm from the ceilings. The centre line of the
sprinklers shall be not less than 50 mm or more than 150 mm from the wall face on which it is
mounted.

15.2.3.8 Extended coverage sidewall sprinklers are specialized and where installed, the
manufacturer’s specifications shall be used.

180
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 29 — Sidewall sprinkler room configurations Comment [sabs2]: Change 40 to 4,0

181
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Where bulkheads are used for the installation of sidewall sprinklers which are less than or equal to
200 mm in width or projection from the wall, additional sprinklers shall not be required below the
bulkhead. Where the bulkhead exceeds 200 mm in width, spray pattern sprinkler protection shall be
installed under the bulkhead.

Table 47 — Minimum distance from sprinkler to beam

1 2 3
Minimum distance from sprinkler to beam
Depth of beam not In a direction perpendicular to wall In a direction parallel to
exceeding wall

mm m m
100 1,8 1,0
125 2,1 1,2
150 2,4 1,4
175 2,7 1,6
200 3,0 1,8

15.2.4 Standard spray or conventional pattern sprinklers

15.2.4.1 Where standard spacing is employed, the maximum allowable distance between adjacent
sprinklers shall not exceed 4,0 m.

15.2.4.2 Where staggered spacing is employed, the maximum allowable distance between
adjacent sprinklers on a range shall not exceed 4,6 m.

15.2.4.3 In standard or staggered spacing and subject to the maximum area covered per sprinkler,
the maximum allowable distance between adjacent ranges shall not exceed 4,0 m.

15.2.4.4 In the case of cold storage fridges, freezers and warehouses using the air circulation
method of refrigeration, corn, provender and rice mills (other than those using the pneumatic system
of conveying) film and television production studios, theatres and music halls (stage protection)
where ordinary hazard can be proven to be an acceptable level of protection, the maximum area
2
coverage is limited to 9 m per sprinkler and the maximum distance between sprinklers to 3,0 m.

15.3 High hazard class

15.3.1 The maximum area coverage per standard sprinkler shall not exceed 9,0 m 2.

15.3.2 The maximum distance between adjacent sprinklers on range pipes or between adjacent
rows of sprinklers shall not exceed 3,7 m subject to the maximum allowable area coverage per
sprinkler.

15.4 Staggered spacing

15.4.1 Where sprinklers are required to be staggered, the arrangements shall be uniform.

15.4.2 The distance from the end sprinkler to the wall or partition in each alternate row is to be
one-quarter of the design sprinkler spacing down the row and the spacing of the next sprinkler in the
same row is to be three-quarters the design spacing (see figure 30).

182
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

15.4.3 The maximum area coverage for the respective hazard class as stated in this standard may
not be exceeded.

Figure 30 — Standard spacing arrangement Comment [sabs3]: Drg 816. Drawing

office to redraw .

15.5 Minimum distance between sprinklers

15.5.1 Other than that of intermediate sprinkler protection, sprinklers shall not be spaced closer
than 1,8 m for spray pattern sprinklers and 2,0 m for conventional pattern sprinklers except where
intervening construction features provide a satisfactory baffle or where special baffles as described
in this standard are installed, in order to prevent the first sprinkler operating from wetting adjacent
sprinklers (see figure 31).

15.5.2 For extended throw sidewall sprinklers, the adjacent or opposing sprinklers shall be
positioned at least 1,0 m past the extremity of the coverage as taken from the manufacturer’s
manual.

15.5.3 Baffles shall be not less than 200 mm wide and 150 mm high and preferably of sheet metal
or similar incombustible material. They shall be located midway between sprinklers and arranged to
baffle the actuating elements. When placed on range pipes, the top of the baffles shall extend
above the deflectors by 75 mm to 100 mm.

183
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 31 — Staggered spacing arrangement

15.6 Location of sprinklers

15.6.1 Sprinklers shall be located under beams or in bays or a combination of both, provided the
locations meet the provisions outlined within this standard.

15.6.2 Where roofs or ceilings are constructed using beams and girders or profile panelling,
sprinklers shall be located in bays rather than under beams.

15.6.3 Where the ceiling is profiled the distance from the ceiling shall be measured from the top of
the profile. The deflector position relative to the ceiling profiling shall comply with this standard.

15.6.4 The use of any rule in respect of obviating structural obstructions at roof or ceiling level
such as beams, columns, girders and trusses in order to avoid bay protection and to space adjacent
ranges the maximum distance apart is not an acceptable method of protecting a structure.

15.6.5 In addition to meeting the limitations specified for the maximum area coverage per sprinkler
and the maximum distance between sprinklers, sprinklers shall be so located that there will be
minimum interference to the discharge pattern by structural members such as beams, columns,
girders and trusses, or any other obstructing features.

15.6.6 Sprinklers shall be located at the appropriate distance below ceilings and beams as
required in this standard.

184
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

15.7 Walls and partitions

The use of combustible wall cladding or lining is not contemplated within sprinkler protected
structures.

15.7.1 Except as provided for in this standard, the distance of sprinklers from internal walls or
partitions must not exceed 2,0 metres or half the design distance, whichever is the lesser in
Ordinary or High Hazard systems.

15.7.2 Where the boundary of the partition is irregular the following formula can be used in order to
determine the maximum allowable distance.

2 2
M = 0,5 × S D

where

M is the distance between a sprinkler and the nearest point of the boundary in metres (m);

S is the distance between sprinklers on a range pipe in metres (m);

D is the distance between range pipes in metres (m).

15.7.3 The minimum distance a sprinkler may be from a wall, partition, or end or side of fixtures or
fittings, (such as lighting that protrudes beneath the finished level of ceilings or roof structures), shall
not be less than 150 mm.

15.7.4 In the case of open joist ceilings or where the roof has the rafters exposed, the distance
from walls and partitions shall not exceed 1,5 m.

15.7.5 Sprinklers must not be spaced more than 1,5 metres or half the design distance, whichever
is the lesser from:

a) Open joist ceilings or where the roof has the rafters exposed;

b) Open-faced buildings from the open face;

c) Where the external walls are of or are lined with combustible material;

d) Where the external walls are combustible material, and

e) Where the exterior walls are of metal.

15.8 Ceilings and roofs

15.8.1 Roof insulation materials shall be classed as non-combustible.

15.8.2 The use of thermoplastics for roof or ceiling insulation is not permitted.

15.8.2 Where, whether or not being impregnated with retardants the protection is above a
structure such as a cold room or freezer where combustible sandwich or composite panel
construction is employed, the following is required:

a) The protection must be to High Hazard with a minimum design density of 7,5 mm per
2
minute over an assumed maximum area of operation of 260 m .

185
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) A maximum allowable spacing of 3,0 metres between sprinklers on a range and 3,0 metres
between adjacent ranges shall not be exceeded.
o o
c) 79 C or 93 C operating temperature, fast response sprinklers shall be used.

15.8.2 Sprinklers shall be located between 75 mm and 150 mm below ceilings and roofs. Where
this is not possible, the area involved shall be as small as possible and the sprinklers installed at
lower levels shall have their deflectors not more than

a) 300 mm below the underside of combustible ceilings and roofs, or

b) 450 mm below the underside of:

1) ceilings of incombustible construction which are in no part less than 75 mm thick, or

2) ceilings of incombustible construction less than 75 mm thick but which are affixed to the
underside of a fireproof floor, or

3) roofs entirely of incombustible construction, (excluding asbestos cement sheeting, wired glass
and other similar frangible materials which are to be treated as combustible).

The minimum allowable distance of 75 mm shall be adhered to for sprinklers installed in the upright
position in order to facilitate their removal.

15.8.3 A hollow block or concrete roof may be covered externally with a weatherproofing material,
with or without a layer of heat insulating material between it and the roof, provided there is no
intervening air space.

15.8.4 With open joist ceilings the deflectors shall be not more than 150 mm below the underside
of the joists.

15.8.5 With exposed common rafters in roofs the measurements are to be taken from the
underside of the rafters.

15.8.6 With arched ceilings the measurements are to be taken from the crown of the arch.

15.8.7 With skylights with a volume greater than 1,0 m3 measured above the normal ceiling or roof
level shall be sprinkler protected unless the distance from the normal ceiling or roof level and the
skylight does not exceed 300 mm. or there is a tightly fitting frame and glass fitted level with the roof
or ceiling.

15.8.8 Deflectors of sprinklers shall be parallel to the slope of the ceiling, roof or incline of stairs.

15.8.9 Where sloping ceilings or roofs are concerned, the spacing measurements are to be taken
horizontally.
o
15.8.10 Where the roofs incline changes more than 45 , the angle changes shall be treated as a
wall or other obstruction, and the sprinkler position will be determined from this point.

15.8.11 Where a roof or ceiling rises or drops more than 450 mm the change in elevation shall be
treated as a wall or other obstruction whereby the sprinkler position will be determined from this
point.

15.8.12 Where the slope is greater than 1 in 3, a line of sprinklers shall be fixed at the apex or not
more than 750 mm radially from it.

186
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

15.9 Beams and joists

15.9.1 Where deflectors of sprinklers are above the level of the bottom of the beams or joists, the
sprinklers shall be at such distances that undue interference with the sprinkler discharge pattern is
avoided.

15.9.2 Table 48 indicates the minimum horizontal distances (a) for sprinklers from the side of a
beam or joist in relation to the height of the deflector (b) above the bottom of the beam or joist.

15.9.3 Should it not be possible to apply the dimensions in table 302 sprinklers shall be installed
on either side as though it were a wall.

15.10 Coffer, waffle or shofco slab constructions

15.10.1 Providing the sprinkler deflector is within the maximum allowable distance from the soffit of
the coffer, the deflector must not be within the coffer itself and shall be positioned on the underside
of the rib at the intersect point between the coffers or shofco construction.

15.10.2 The deflector must be below the level of the rib and range pipes shall be positioned
beneath these. In all cases pendent or upright style spray pattern sprinklers will be required.

15.10.3 Where narrow bays are formed by coffer construction and the beams are spaced at not
more than 1,5 m centres, the sprinkler ranges may be positioned beneath the beams and every
alternate row of sprinklers shall be positioned within the coffer with the sprinkler deflector within
75 mm to 150 mm of the soffit.

15.10.4 The sprinkler shall be installed at a distance of no greater than 1,0 m from any wall
running parallel to the beams and 1,5 m from the walls perpendicular to the beams.

15.10.5 The distance between sprinklers on a range (S) and the distance between adjacent
ranges (D) shall not exceed that allowable under the hazard class.

187
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 48 — Maximum height of sprinkler deflector above or below a beam or joist

1 2 3 4 5 6
Minimum Maximum height of sprinkler deflector above (+) or below (−) the bottom of the beam
horizontal or joist (b)
distance (a)
vertical axis
from sprinkler
to side of beam Flat spray
Conventional sprinklers Spray sprinklers
or joist sprinklers

(See figure 32)

mm mm mm
mm
Upright Pendent Upright Pendent
200 0 – −50 0 0
400 +10 – −45 +10 +20
600 +30 – −40 +20 +50
800 +60 – −30 +20 +110
1 000 +100 −200 −20 +30 +180
1 200 +150 −160 0 +60 +250
1 400 +210 −100 +20 +90 +350
1 600 +280 0 +45 +125 +480
1 800 +390 +140 +80 +190 +670
NOTE The distances as noted can be interpolated.

Figure 32 — Distance of a sprinkler deflector from beams

15.10.6 Where the depth of the beam (or joist) exceeds 300 mm (combustible ceilings) or 450 mm,
(incombustible ceilings), and it is impracticable to position sprinklers at the required distance from
the side of the beam, the beam is to be treated as a wall so far as the sprinklers in the adjoining bay
are concerned.

188
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

15.10.7 Where the depth of beams (or joists) are such that the dimensions specified in table 47
cannot be complied with and the beams (or joists) are spaced closer than 1,8 m, measured from
centre to centre of beam, special consideration may be applied if the parameters do not exceed
those of the manufacturer.

15.10.8 In such cases, as mentioned above, it will normally be a requirement that the sprinklers be
stagger-spaced (see figure 33). Where beams of these depths are spaced closer than 1,2 m, it is
strongly recommended that they be under-drawn with substantial incombustible material.

Figure 33 — Positioning of sprinkler beneath a typical coffer or beam construction

15.10.9 Columns

In general, sprinklers shall be spaced well clear of columns. Where it is unavoidable that individual Field Code Changed
sprinklers fall within 600 mm of any column, the obstruction to the distribution of water from the
sprinkler shall be minimised by placing a sprinkler within 2,0 metres of the opposite face of the
column.

15.10.10 Girders

Sprinklers shall be at least 1,2 metres from girders except that where the top flange of girders does Field Code Changed
not exceed 200 mm nominal in width, sprinklers may be located directly over the girder, provided
the sprinkler deflectors are not less than 150 mm above the top of the girder.

15.10.11 Roof trusses

Sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with one of the following: Field Code Changed

a) 150 mm directly above the truss where the flange of the truss is no more than 200 mm
wide;

189
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) Not less than 300 mm laterally from truss members where the flange of the truss member is
not more than 100 mm in width;

c) Where the flange of the truss members exceed 100 mm wide, the sprinklers shall be at
least 600 mm laterally therefrom.

Where sprinkler ranges are located parallel to the truss members, the distance of the sprinkler
deflectors therefrom shall be in accordance with Table 48.

15.10.12 Clear space below sprinklers

In limited head space areas, a clear space of at least 500 mm shall always be maintained below the Field Code Changed
level of the sprinkler deflectors throughout the room for Ordinary Hazard.

For high piled combustible stock, increased clearance of 1,0 metre or more shall be provided.

Roof trusses shall at all times be accessible to water discharged from the sprinklers.

Where sloping ceilings or roofs are concerned, the storage of goods may follow the slope thereof,
subject to compliance with the requirements in this standard.

16 Locations or conditions involving special consideration

(supplementary protection)
16.1 Concealed spaces

16.1.1 Non-combustible concealed spaces having an exposed combustible insulation where the
2
heat content does not exceed 11,500 kJ per m shall not require sprinkler protection.

16.1.2 A plenum is defined as an unoccupied space, typically a ceiling void, throughout which air is
circulated or moved at above or below atmospheric pressure, for heating, ventilation or air
conditioning purposes.

16.1.3 Concealed spaces of non-combustible and limited combustible construction with minimal
combustible loading having no access shall not require sprinkler protection, i.e. less than
2
11,500 kJ per m combustible loading.

16.1.4 Concealed spaces of non-combustible and limited combustible construction with limited
access and not permitting occupancy or storage of combustibles shall not require sprinkler
protection.

16.1.5 Concealed spaces over isolated small rooms not exceeding 5,0 m 2 in area shall not require
sprinkler protection.

16.1.6 Concealed spaces where rigid materials are used and the exposed surfaces have a flame
spread index of 25 or less, and the materials have been demonstrated not to propagate fire when
tested in accordance with NFPA 255, extended for an additional 20 min in the form in which they
are installed, shall not require sprinkler protection.

16.1.7 Sprinklers installed in the upright position shall be used for the protection of concealed
spaces where practicable.

16.1.8 Sprinklers installed upright are usually more effective than pendent sprinklers where the
height of the concealed space is limited.

190
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

16.1.9 Sprinklers used to protect concealed spaces shall be rated as fast response thermal
sensitivity.

16.1.10 Sprinklers protecting ceiling ventilation intake plenums shall be rated as standard
response thermal sensitivity.

16.1.11 If there is any communication between the ceiling level sprinklers and the void protection
or the void is being used as a return air plenum, the sprinklers protecting a concealed space shall
be fed from separate pipework or from the pipework serving an adjoining room.

16.1.12 Where combustible materials are used in construction of concealed spaces, or where
there is open communication between the protected room or area and the concealed space, for
example, sprinkler protected ventilation plenums, simultaneous operation of sprinklers in the
concealed space and the naturally accompanying or associated room shall be assumed when
determining pipe sizes and pressure and flow characteristics of the installation.

16.1.13 Where non-combustible materials are used in the construction of concealed spaces and
there is no communication between the protected space and the room, simultaneous operation of
the void and protection beneath the void ceiling need not be assumed.

16.2 Roof spaces

16.2.1 The spaces between ceilings and roofs including those at the apex and sides of buildings
exceeding 800 mm in depth in any portion measured between the underside of the roof and the top
of the ceiling or soffit if of concrete construction must be sprinkler protected. In the case of spaces
less than 800 mm in depth where combustible construction is involved, a suitable cavity barrier must
be installed.

16.2.2 Such cavity barrier shall be provided for vertical division and at approximately 15,0 intervals
for horizontal division.

16.3 Floor spaces — Ceiling voids

16.3.1 Where concealed spaces between floors and ceilings below exceed 800 mm in depth
measured from the top of the ceiling board to the underside of the floor above or soffit if of concrete
construction contain any combustible materials, including PVC conduits, they shall be fitted with
sprinklers.

16.3.2 In the case of spaces less than 800 mm in depth where combustible construction is
involved, suitable cavity barriers shall be installed. Such cavity barriers shall be provided to provide
2
compartmented areas not exceeding 225 m .

16.3.3 Where extensive concealed spaces between floors and ceilings comply in respect of being
formed of non-combustible material, the ceiling tiles and grid system shall have a minimum rating of
30 min and shall resist the passage of flames, heat and smoke for this period. Where it is
impractical to install protection a suitable smoke detection system shall be installed. Smoke
detection or ventilation is not a substitution for sprinkler protection.

Protection at roof or ceiling level may be omitted above cloud ceilings where the open area between
does not exceed 20% of the total area under consideration. The maximum allowable width between
ceiling sections shall not exceed 200 mm.

191
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

16.4 Spaces under floors

Sprinklers shall be installed in all spaces below combustible floors, except where:

a) the space is not accessible for storage purposes or entrance of unauthorized persons, and is
protected against accumulation of debris;

b) the space contains no equipment such as steam pipes, electric wiring (except cables in metal
conduit or mineral insulated copper-sheathed cables, suitably earthed) shafting or conveyors;

c) the floor over the space is tight in respect of services and access; and

d) No flammable liquids are stored on the floor above.

16.5 Ceiling void ventilation systems or air conditioning plenums

16.5.1 Where ceiling voids are used as plenums for ventilation or air conditioning systems the
following shall apply:

a) the ceiling void plenum shall be protected by a suitable automatic fire detection system.
Operation of the ceiling void fire detection shall automatically shut down the ventilation system;

b) the ceiling void plenum shall be inspected at least every six months for the build-up of dust or
debris and cleaned as necessary; and

c) where the plenum construction is not combustible and the plenum contains no combustible
material the plenum void need not be fitted with sprinklers.

16.5.2 Where the plenum construction is combustible or the plenum contains combustible
materials such as PVC conduit or wiring, the plenum void shall be sprinkler protected and the
assumed maximum area of operation required for the risk as stated in this standard beneath the
plenum shall be increased by four sprinklers from within the plenum void area.

16.6 Roof spaces that vary in depth

Where the roof space changes in depth and the deeper section requires sprinkler protection the roof
space shall be either

a) sprinkler protected throughout, or

b) sprinkler protected within the section greater than 800 mm in depth and compartmentalized with
cavity barriers in those areas less than 800 mm in depth.

16.7 Ceiling voids protected with CPVC pipe

16.7.1 CPVC pipe shall not be used for the protection of intermediate floor spaces or ceiling voids
only.

16.7.2 CPVC pipe may be used within a ceiling void where the pipe is supplying sprinklers
protecting the area below the void.

16.7.3 Plastic pipe shall not be used where the floor space or void is used as a ventilation plenum.

192
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

16.7.4 Where CPVC pipe is concealed, it shall have a minimum protection of

a) one layer of 10 mm gypsum wallboard or equivalent, or

2
b) suspended non-combustible ceiling weighing not less than 1,7 kg per m , or

c) alternative protection having not less than 30 min fire rating.

16.8 Suspended ceilings under drawn ceilings

16.8.1 The use of any material below the sprinklers, (as for example in connection with diffused
lighting), is not allowed unless that material is shown through approved fire testing not to impair
sprinkler protection.

16.8.2 Where sprinklers are fitted below suspended ceilings, the material shall be of a type which
has been shown through approved testing not to be subject to partial collapse under fire conditions.

16.8.3 Spray pattern sprinklers fitted with escutcheon plates shall be used for the protection of the
underside of suspended ceilings.

16.9 Suspended open ceilings

16.9.1 Suspended open ceilings are ceilings having a regular open cell construction recurring
throughout their design. They are usually fitted for aesthetic purposes, but when positioned below a
sprinkler system shall not prevent its effective operation.

16.9.2 Suspended open ceilings may be permitted beneath ordinary hazard sprinkler systems not
involving storage areas. The suspended open ceilings and sprinkler arrangement shall comply with
the following requirements:

a) suspended open ceilings shall preferably be of non-combustible construction and shall not be
liable to collapse before operation of sprinklers;

b) the ceiling shall be suspended on non-combustible supports, and the materials shall not cause
dripping of molten particles in fire conditions;

c) the structural integrity of the suspended open ceilings and any other equipment such as light
fittings within the volume above the suspended open ceilings, shall not affect the operation of the
sprinkler system;

d) the total plan open area of the suspended open ceiling shall not be less than 70 % of the ceiling
plan area;

e) services installed in suspended open ceilings such as light fittings, shall not reduce the open plan
area of the ceiling below 60 % of the total ceiling plan area;

f) supplementary sprinklers shall be provided to discharge below light fittings or similar obstructions
exceeding 800 mm in width;

g) the minimum dimension of the openings shall not be less than 25 mm or the vertical thickness of
the suspended ceilings, whichever is the greater;

h) the sprinkler spacing above suspended open ceilings shall not exceed 3,0 m with an area of
2
coverage not exceeding 9 m ;

193
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

i) The vertical separation between any sprinkler deflector and the top of the suspended ceiling shall
not be less than 800 mm for sprinklers other than flat spray sprinklers and not less than 300 mm
if flat spray sprinklers are used; and

j) wherever obstructions within the ceiling void are likely to cause significant interference of the
water discharge they shall be treated as walls for the purpose of sprinkler spacing.

16.10 Concealed wall cavities

16.10.1 Concealed spaces or cavities between walls which have combustible linings that exceed
100 mm in width and those between roofs and combustible linings which exceed 100 mm in depth
shall be fitted with sprinklers.

16.10.2 Electric cables are permitted provided the wiring is either in a screwed steel conduit or in
mineral-insulated metal-sheathed cable.

16.11 Composite panels and roof or ceiling insulation materials

16.11.1 A fire involving combustible insulation will result in this spreading in an uncontrolled
manner above the line of sprinklers, therefore, tests for determining the fire classification shall
comply with internationally accepted standards.

16.11.2 It is the responsibility of the building designer to ensure that the insulation materials will
not contribute to a fire.

16.11.3 A roof or ceiling insulation that is classed as non-combustible in accordance with

internationally accepted testing standards shall be used within sprinkler protected premises.

16.11.4 Where the use is unavoidable or existing such as for fridge, freezers and cold rooms and
the roof insulation or composite panels which have either a positive flame spread index or are
hydrocarbon based (whether or not impregnated or treated with fire retardants), the following
requirements shall be applied:

a) subject to the storage requirements design densities of discharge, the protection within and
above composite panel structures shall have a minimum design density of discharge of not less
2
than 7,5 mm per minute over an assumed maximum area of operation of 260 m ;

b) the maximum allowable spacing for sprinkler protection within and above a composite panel
structure or a structure that has a roof or ceiling insulation installed that is classed as combustible
shall not exceed 3,0 m between adjacent sprinklers on a range and 3,0 m between adjacent
ranges and not more than 0,6 m from the side walls;

c) the protection, inclusive of ESFR sprinklers if used, within such a structure shall have a line of
sprinklers not more than 0,6 metres from the side walls;

d) the ceiling sprinkler protection shall not exceed 3,0 metres between adjacent sprinklers on a
range and 3,0 metres between adjacent ranges;

d) where walls are of combustible composite panels but not the roof or ceiling, sprinklers at roof or
ceiling level shall be spaced no more than 0,6 metres from each wall;

e) For Ordinary Hazard risks and occupancies, conventional pattern, fast response sprinklers
having an operating temperature of 68o C with a Response Time Index of less than 50
o
shall be used for rooms maintained above freezing which is deemed to be 5 C or
more.

194
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

f) For High Hazard risks and occupancies, conventional pattern, fast response sprinklers having an
operating temperature of 93o C with a Response Time Index of less than 50 shall be
o
used for rooms maintained above freezing which is deemed to be 5 C or more.

16.11.5 Cold rooms, freezers and fridges irrespective of construction materials or constructed of
composite panels using expanded plastics, hydrocarbons or similar products such as polystyrene
whether or not impregnated with retardants and irrespective of size shall be fully sprinkler protected.

16.12 Shopping malls and building atria

16.12.1 The protection of shopping malls and building atria normally shall not be omitted as
operation of these critical sprinklers under a fire condition means that life safety and structural
stability will have been severely compromised had these not been installed.

16.12.2 Sprinklers may be omitted from shopping malls and atria but not shop fronts where

a) the shopping mall is of lofty construction, i.e. above 15,0 m,

b) the shopping mall is of non-combustible construction,

c) the amount of combustible material, (floor level and overall construction), is negligible,

d) those portions of the shopping mall or atrium under consideration are not used for seating,
display or retail purposes,

e) there is a rated fireproof barrier between each adjacent shop in the shopping mall,

f) the void areas are fully sprinkler protected if these exceed 800 mm in depth,

g) the shop frontage is sprinkler protected on the shopping mall side, and

h) there is a fireproof barrier between the shopping mall and shops or atrium and the ceiling void
above the shops regardless of whether or not such a void is or is not sprinkler protected.

16.13 Ventilation in sprinkler-protected premises

16.13.1 Sprinkler systems shall be designed to ensure that the sprinkler heads are not positioned
beneath the throat of a ventilator or an extract area.

16.13.2 In life safety structures where the opening of vents will facilitate in the evacuation of
occupants, a fast opening system such as that linked to a fire detection system should be
considered.

16.13.3 Manually operated ventilators shall be used within storage premises where the growth of a
fire may be rapid and especially where fast response or specialized sprinklers are used.

16.13.4 Where there are no high stacks of goods or products that represent a high fire load
ventilators may open under a fire condition using fusible links, the operating temperature of the link
shall be set to above the operating temperature of the roof or ceiling level sprinkler protection.

16.14 Machinery pits where waste may collect and the underside
of production lines
Such machinery pits and production lines shall be fully sprinkler protected.

195
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

16.15 Hoists, lift shafts and enclosed chutes through floors

16.15.1 All hoists, lift shafts and chutes inside or in communication with the sprinkler protected
buildings other than as permitted within this standard shall be protected by sprinklers.

16.15.2 Where sprinklers are installed at the head of lift shafts, these shall be protected by
approved metal guards.

16.16 Elevators, rope or strap races, gearing boxes and dust receivers
16.16.1 A sprinkler shall be fitted in the box at the top of every elevator, (other than those of the
pneumatic type or which comprise a slow moving endless chain fitted with rings, loops or forks,
capable of functioning only when the elevator is full). The sprinkler in each case shall be so placed
as to command the head and both legs or shafts of the elevator.

16.16.2 Sprinklers shall be fitted internally in all rope or strap races, gearing boxes and in all
enclosed belt or shaft machine drives.

16.16.3 Sprinklers shall be fitted in dust cyclones, collection chambers and boxes where

a) housed within the protected building,

b) erected outside and directly above the protected building unless the roof is of incombustible
construction, and

c) external to but connected with and closely adjacent (within 10,0 m) to the protected buildings.

16.16.4 Where dust cyclones, collection chambers and boxes are erected above non-combustible
roofs or where they are situated remote from the protected building (more than 10,0 m) at least one
sprinkler shall be fitted inside the trunking where it leaves the protected building.

16.17 Corn, rice, provender and oil mills

16.17.1 Sprinklers shall be fitted not more than 3,0 m apart inside all dust trunks which are more
o
than 30 from the vertical and constructed of combustible materials.

16.17.2 A sprinkler shall be fitted at the head of every dust trunk.

16.17.3 When centrifuges or similar machines are placed one above another in tiers and are less
than 1,0 m from each other, sprinklers shall be fitted in the spaces as shown in figure 34.

196
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 34 — Suitable location for sprinklers protecting centrifuges

or cyclones spaced less than 1,0 m apart
16.18 Bins and silos
2
16.18.1 All bins and silos of combustible construction having a plan area in excess of 9 m for the
storage of flour, bran, or other similar material which has undergone any process of reduction, (in
such premises as flour mills, granaries, oil mills or distilleries), or for the storage of sawdust, wood
flour, pulverized coal and similar easily ignitable materials which can be extinguished by water, shall
2
be internally protected by sprinklers on the basis of one sprinkler per 9 m of the bin or silo area.

16.18.2 If the bin or silo contains material which will swell if wet and thereby incur the risk of
bursting, exemption from this rule may be specially allowed.

16.19 Escalators and lift shafts

16.19.1 Providing the area beneath an escalator or stairwell contains no combustible materials or
is used for concessions, protection will not be required beneath these structures but the number of
sprinklers around the peripheral opening formed by the escalator or stairwell shall be increased.

16.19.2 Sprinklers shall not be more than 1,8 metres apart and shall not exceed 0,5 metres from
the face of the opening.

16.19.3 For the purpose of hydraulic calculation, only the sprinklers on the longer side of the
opening need be considered.

16.20 Canopies

16.20.1 Sprinklers shall be installed under all canopies where goods are offloaded, stored or
handled and which communicate with the sprinkler-protected building. The design density of
discharge for the protection of a canopy shall not be less than that within the main facility.

16.20.2 Canopies which are of incombustible construction and do not extend more than 2,3 m
from the wall of the building need not be fully protected provided that cut-off sprinklers are fitted
under the canopy over each of the openings into the sprinkler-protected building.

197
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

16.20.3 Where such openings do not exceed 2,5 m in width, one sprinkler positioned centrally over
each opening will suffice. Where openings exceed 2,5 m in width, the sprinklers over the openings
shall be spaced not more than 2,5 m apart and not more than 1,25 m from the sides of the opening.

16.20.4 Where canopies or loading ways for warehousing are less than 1,2 m wide or are over a
public street designated as such by a municipality, protection may be waived.

16.20.5 The maximum distance from the edge of a canopy to the terminal sprinklers shall not
exceed 1,5 m.

16.21 Exterior docks and platforms

Sprinklers shall be installed under exterior docks and loading platforms of combustible construction
unless such space is closed off against the accumulation of debris.

16.22 Enclosed paint lines, drying ovens and drying enclosures

16.22.1 Sprinkler protection shall be provided inside the above structures. Sidewall sprinklers may
be used for this purpose.

16.22.2 Obstructions below sprinklers likely to delay the operation thereof and impair effective
water distribution require additional sprinklers beneath them.

16.22.3 Cellophane bags having a thickness of 0,076 mm or less or thin paper bags shall be used
to protect sprinklers for spray areas and mixing rooms and in areas where over spray or residue
may settle on the sprinklers.

16.22.4 Coverings shall be replaced periodically so that heavy deposits of residue do not
accumulate.

16.22.5 Sprinklers that have been painted or coated shall be replaced in accordance with the
requirements of this standard.

16.23 Internal mezzanine floors, overhead platforms, heating panels,

galleries, walkways, stagings, stairs, stairways, conveyors and chutes
Sprinklers are required under these structures if they exceed 800 mm in width regardless of whether
they are open grid or of solid construction unless there is at least 150 mm clearance from adjacent
walls or partitions and 500 mm clearance below the sprinkler deflector to top of structure when the
width without protection may be 1,0 m.

16.24 Ducts
Sprinklers are required under rectangular ducts exceeding 800 mm in width and under circular ducts
exceeding 1,0 m in diameter, unless there is at least 150 mm clearance from adjacent walls and
500 mm clearance below the sprinkler deflector to top of the duct, when the width without protection
may be 1,0 m and 1,2 m respectively.

16.25 Cooking hoods and extract equipment

16.25.1 Cooking areas and surfaces including deep fat fryers shall be sprinkler protected with
nozzles specifically approved for this application. FM or similar listed and approved 6,4 mm orifice
o
or smaller stainless steel wide-angle (120 or larger) full cone discharge water spray nozzles are
deemed to be acceptable.

198
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

16.25.2 Where the supply has to be taken from a sprinkler installation protecting the remainder of
the building, a subsidiary stop valve can be provided to isolate the sprinklers in the event of
operation.

16.25.3 Where deep fat frying occurs, if nozzles specifically approved for this purpose are not
used, an automatic foam, dry powder or gas extinguishing system shall be installed.

16.25.4 Water from a sprinkler will initially excite a fat fire before the suppression process
commences, occupants of a sprinkler protected kitchen shall leave immediately if a fire occurs.

16.25.5 Sprinkler protection shall be installed within all cooking equipment ventilation systems.

16.25.6 Extraction canopies where these are designed to extract grease laden vapours or heat
through a ventilation system shall be fully sprinkler protected, inclusive of exhaust ducts and
exhaust plenum chambers, using 93 or 141 °C operating temperature spray pattern type nozzles as
appropriate unless alternative protection is installed.

16.25.7 The operation of the fire protection measures taken to protect extract canopies shall
automatically shut off any source of fuel and heat.

16.26 Work tables

Additional sprinkler protection shall be required beneath work tables over 800 mm in width where
the undersides are used for housing of motive power or under which combustible process waste or
storage may accumulate.

16.27 Hoods over paper-making machines

16.27.1 The underside of hoods or shields over the dry ends of paper-making machines shall be
sprinkler protected. Sidewall sprinklers may be used for this purpose.

16.27.2 Subsidiary stop valves to control these sprinklers may be allowed.

16.28 Film and television production studios

Overhead platforms or walkways including those for lighting or other equipment, whether slatted or
not, together with stairs thereto, shall be fitted with sprinklers on the underside if they exceed
800 mm in width. This does not apply to temporary platforms in connection with sets.

16.29 Theatres and music halls

16.29.1 Protection on the stage side of the proscenium wall

16.29.1.1 In addition to the normal sprinkler protection at the roof, sprinklers are to be placed under
the grid iron, under the flies, under the stage and in every portion of the stage side of the
proscenium wall and in any buildings communicating therewith otherwise than by fireproof doors.

16.29.1.2 Where a fireproof curtain is fitted, it shall be provided with a line of open drenchers
spaced at no more than 2,0 m intervals on the apron side of the curtain. The control valve shall be
of the quick-opening type and shall be fitted in an easily accessible position at least 10,0 m away
from the line of drenchers.

16.29.1.3 The water supply to these open sprinklers or drenchers may be taken from the upstream
side of any automatic sprinkler installation valve and shall be capable of catering for the combined
operation of the drenchers and the sprinkler system.

199
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

16.29.2 Protection on the auditorium side of the proscenium wall

16.29.2.1 Sprinklers are to be placed in the dressing rooms, scenery, storerooms, refreshment
bars, cellars, anteroom, in the boxes, under the dress circle, upper circle and under and in the
gallery, also directly over the pit and under the ceiling and in the spaces between the ceiling of the
auditorium and the roof, whether that space is used for the storage of stage props or not.

16.29.2.2 Where movable scenery is in use (for example under fly gallery floors) and there are
projecting sprinklers, particular care shall be taken to ensure that the scenery can be moved safely
and that the sprinklers are protected from damage.

16.29.2.3 Sprinklers shall be sited with particular care where personnel might work in close
proximity, for example, under the grid, to reduce the risk of impact and injury.

16.29.2.4 Stage floors are subject to frequent modification with some parts being removed and
others replaced. This is to be taken into account when sprinkler pipework is fitted under the stage.

16.29.2.5 Where hydraulic lifts, etc. are used, special consideration is to be given to the protection
as standard sprinkler protection may not be suitable.

16.30 Computer areas and archive rooms

16.30.1 Sprinkler protection to computer areas or archives is accepted common practice. Circuits
within the computer are generally resin-coated with storage media being hermetically sealed. These
usually dry quickly after a fire. The hesitation of introducing water into a computer area is outdated
and based on equipment that was constructed from vulnerable valves and transistors.

16.30.2 However, where a computer is not only a necessity to the operation of a company, but
also very costly to replace, two forms of protection shall be installed, i.e. a sprinkler installation and
an approved automatic gas flooding system.

16.30.3 Sprinklers protecting computer areas shall, where practicable, comprise a separate
installation fed directly from the trunk main through a set of main installation control valves. Fast
response sprinklers with a response time index of less than 50 shall be used.

16.30.4 However, where the supply has to be taken from a sprinkler installation protecting the
remainder of the building, a subsidiary stop valve shall be provided to control the sprinklers in the
computer area. The valve shall be either

a) electrically monitored at a continuously manned position at which any partial closing of the valve
shall be signalled by a visible and audible alarm, or

b) of the interlocking key type.

16.30.5 A local indication of sprinkler operation in the computer area may be given by either a
subsidiary alarm valve with hydraulic alarm or an approved water flow switch.

16.30.6 A special visual check of sprinkler heads and pipework shall be carried out prior to
commissioning.

16.30.7 The system pipework shall be pressurized to 250 kPa with air for 24 h and then retested
with water to 1500 kPa. Any leaks revealed by the air pressure test shall be rectified before
charging the system with water.

200
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

16.30.8 Facilities shall be provided for drainage of the protected area.

16.30.9 Notwithstanding that voids less than 800 mm deep may be left unprotected, there shall be
sprinkler protection in such floor and ceiling voids forming cable ways wherever practicable, unless
they are protected by an approved automatic gas extinguishing system.

17 Early suppression fast response sprinklers (ESFR)

17.1 Preliminary arrangements

17.1.1 The information provided at the preliminary or estimating stage shall include an assessment
to establish ability to comply with critical requirements.

17.1.2 The assessment shall include a review of the intended actions to comply with all
requirements as listed within this standard.

17.1.3 Any known non-compliance with any other requirements shall be declared.

17.2 Management systems

17.2.1 ESFR sprinkler protection shall only be used in buildings where the property, storage
systems and contents are controlled by appropriate management systems.

17.2.2 The management system documentation shall include procedures throughout consisting of
at least the following:

a) risk assessment controls for incoming goods;

b) routine checking and inspection procedures;

c) sprinkler system maintenance contract with an approved sprinkler installer;

d) maintenance of an outline specification for the building and fire protection with a record of any
changes which may influence the performance of the sprinkler systems;

e) bi-annual review of storage methods;

f) bi-annual review of the hazard;

g) bi-annual review of compliance with ESFR installation requirements; and

h) dealing with non-compliance.

17.2.3 A bi-annual review of the hazard shall include checking that the aisles and flues in the
storage comply with the respective requirements.

17.2.4 These procedures shall encompass actions to be taken where major non-compliance
occurs and shall include informing the fire department authorities and the leading insurers.

17.3 Occupancies and fire hazards

17.3.1 ESFR sprinklers may be used to protect storage in accordance with tables 8 and 304 to
321.

201
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

17.3.2 ESFR sprinklers may be used to protect ordinary hazard and high hazard process areas
adjacent to the ESFR protected storage areas.
17.3.3 ESFR sprinklers shall not be used to protect areas where one of the following may be
present:

a) materials on which fires cannot readily be controlled by sprinklers, ( example, acrylic fibre yarn);
or

b) commodities or storage configurations which may give rise to unusual fire characteristics, (for
example, lightweight paper, such as rolls of tissue); or

c) open top containers, (example, plastic storage boxes such as tote boxes with solid bottoms); or

d) commodities which have not been assessed or tested for protection by ESFR sprinklers; or

e) automatic smoke venting; or

f) combustible roof insulation.

17.3.4 ESFR sprinkler protection may be used in conjunction with manually operated smoke
ventilation systems, suitable only for smoke ventilation purposes, operated by the fire brigade.

17.4 Automatic smoke venting

ESFR sprinkler protection may be used in conjunction with manually operated smoke ventilation
systems, suitable only for smoke ventilation purposes, operated by the fire brigade or fusible links
with an operating temperature of above 180 °C with a manual override. Ventilation may also be
operated using a flow switch within the rising feed main set to activate once the initial critical
sprinklers have opened.

17.5 Combustible roof insulation

ESFR sprinklers may not be installed beneath combustible roof insulation.

17.6 Racked, shelved and post pallet storage

17.6.1 All longitudinal and transverse flues shall be continuous for the full height of each block of
storage, vertically aligned, free of stored goods and regularly spaced having dimensions as follows:

a) Transverse flues shall be at least 75 mm wide and shall be spaced at distances of not more
3,0 m.

b) Longitudinal flues shall be at least 150 mm wide and shall be spaced at distances of not more
than 3,0 m.

17.6.2 Some ESFR sprinklers are not suited for the protection of shelving solid or slatted and in all
cases the manufacturer’s literature shall be adhered to. As a guide, where ESFR sprinklers are
acceptable for the protection of shelving, the open plan area of any shelf may not be less than
50 %.

Where acceptable to the manufacturer, single and double-row shelved racks shall comply with one
of the following:
2
a) Shelves having openings of less than 50% of the plan area shall not exceed 2,0 m total plan
area and shall be bounded on all four edges by flue spaces of not less than 150 mm width;

202
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) Slatted shelves shall have shelf-open areas, uniformly interspaced of at least 50% of the shelf
plan area. The distance openings shall not exceed 150 mm, or;

c) Grated or mesh-type shelves shall have uniform openings of at least 50% of the shelf plan area.
The horizontal distance between openings shall not exceed 150 mm.

d) In multiple row pushback, post pallet, drive in and flow through racks where pallet loads abut one
another, longitudinal flues are required at maximum intervals of 4,8 m.
2
e) Products stored on racks shall not create single areas of obstruction greater than 2m plan area.

17.7 Storage tables

17.7.1 The heights given in the tables 304 to 321 refer to the ceiling height which shall be taken as
the maximum vertical distance measured from the floor to the underside of the ceiling and maximum
allowable storage heights.

17.7.2 The pressures referred to in the tables 304 to 321 are the minimum operating pressure of
any ESFR sprinkler within the assumed maximum number of sprinklers operating.

17.7.3 Table 49 provides a guide to ESFR storage tables.

TABLE 49 - ESFR storage table guide

1 2 3 4 5
Free Post
Solid or Beam
Standing Pallets
Commodity Slatted Pallet
Block Multiple
Shelving Racking
Storage Rows
Aerosols Table 8 - - Table 304
Unexpanded plastics in cartons Table 305 Table 305 Table 306 Table 306
Exposed unexpanded plastic Table 307 Table 307 Table 308 Table 308
Expanded plastic in cartons Table 309 Table 309 Table 310 Table 310
Exposed expanded plastics Table 311 Table 311 Table 312 Table 312
Medium weight paper rolls on end Table 313 - - -
Rolls of tissue paper on end Table 314 - - -
Heavy weight paper rolls on end Table 315 - - -
Plastic coated heavy weight paper rolls on end Table 316 - - -
Rubber tyres - - Table 317 -
Mezzanine floors various commodities Table 318 - - -
Mezzanine floors various commodities - - Table 319 -
Category I, II and III storage Table 320 - - -
1
Category I, II and III storage - - Table 321 Table 321
1
Post pallets with open bases

203
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 304 - ESFR palletised racking of aerosols

1 2 3 4 5 6
Aerosol Based Product Minimum
Maximum
Alcohol Nominal Sprinkler
Aerosol Packaging Hydrocarbon Ceiling
Storage K-Factor Operating
Materials Storage Height Height
Height Pressure
(metres) (metres)
(metres) (kPa)
6,0 - 7,6 20,0 350
4,6 - 9,0 20,0 350
Cardboard Cartons
- 4,6 7,6 20,0 350
- 4,6 9,0 20,0 520
Plastic Film 4,6 - 9,0 20,0 350
Encapsulation - 4,6 9,0 20,0 520
The packaging materials referred to are those which enclose the aerosols.

Where either the packs of aerosols or the pallets are encapsulated in plastic film, the values for
―plastic film encapsulation‖ shall be applied.

The aerosol content is the base material which shall be either:

Alcohol based: typically hair spray, antiseptics and anaesthetics.

Hydrocarbon based: typically paints, lubricants and oil based anti-antiperspirants.

204
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 305 - Unexpanded plastics in cartons. (A)

1 2 3 4 5
Free standing
Storage Block storage
Solid or slatted shelving less than 1,0 metre wide
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2 13,7
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 520 520 620
9,1 - 520 520 620
10,7 - - 520 620
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 360 360 430
9,1 - 360 360 430
10,7 - - 360 430
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 520 - -
9,1 - 520 - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 360 - -
9,1 - 360 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 170 240 310 350
9,1 - 240 310 350
10,7 - - 310 350
12,2 - - - 350
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
7,6 140 210 270 350
9,1 - 210 270 350
10,7 - - 270 350
12,2 - - - 350

205
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 306 - Unexpanded plastic in cartons. (B)

1 2 3 4 5
Post pallets in single rows with aisles not less than 2,4 metres wide
Storage Post pallets in multiple (including double) rows
Beam pallet racking
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2 13,7
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 520 520 620 + 1 level of in-rack
9,1 - 520 520 620 + 1 level of in-rack
10,7 - - 520 620 + 1 level of in-rack
12,2 - - - 620 + 1 level of in-rack
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 360 360 430 + 1 level of in-rack
9,1 - 360 360 430 + 1 level of in-rack
10,7 - - 360 430 + 1 level of in-rack
12,2 - - - 430 + 1 level of in-rack
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 520 - -
9,1 - 520 - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 360 - -
9,1 - 360 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 170 240 310 350
9,1 - 240 310 350
10,7 - - 310 350
12,2 - - - 350
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
7,6 140 210 270 350
9,1 - 210 270 350

206
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

10,7 - - 270 350

12,2 - - - 350

TABLE 307 - Exposed unexpanded plastic. (A)

1 2 3 4 5
Free standing
Storage Block storage
Solid or slatted shelving less than 1,0 metre wide
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2 13,7
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 520 520 620
9,1 - 520 520 620
10,7 - - 520 620
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 360 360 430
9,1 - 360 360 430
10,7 - - 360 430
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 - - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 - - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 240 350 350 430
9,1 - 350 350 430
10,7 - - 350 430
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
7,6 240 350 350 430
9,1 - 350 350 430
10,7 - - 350 430

207
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 308 - Exposed unexpanded plastic. (B)

1 2 3 4 5
Post pallets in single rows with aisles not less than 2,4 metres wide
Storage Post pallets in multiple (including double) rows
Beam pallet racking
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2 13,7
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 520 520 620 + 1 level of in-rack
9,1 - 520 520 620 + 1 level of in-rack
10,7 - - 520 620 + 1 level of in-rack
12,2 - - - 620 + 1 level of in-rack
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 360 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
9,1 - 360 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
10,7 - - 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
12,2 - - - 430 + 1 level of in-rack
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 240 350 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
9,1 - 350 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
10,7 - - 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
12,2 - - - 430 + 1 level of in-rack
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
7,6 240 350 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
9,1 - 350 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
10,7 - - 410 430 + 1 level of in-rack
12,2 - - - 430 + 1 level of in-rack

208
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 309 - Expanded plastic in cartons. (A)

1 2 3 4 5
Free standing
Storage Block storage
Solid or slatted shelving less than 1,0 metre wide
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2 13,7
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 - - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 - - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 - - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 - - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 240 - - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
7,6 240 - - -

209
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 310 - Expanded plastic in cartons. (B)

1 2 3 4 5
Post pallets in single rows with aisles not less than 2,4 metres wide
Storage Post pallets in multiple (including double) rows
Beam pallet racking
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2 13,7
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 - - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 - - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 - - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 - - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 240 - - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
7,6 240 - - -

210
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 311 - Exposed expanded plastics. (A)

1 2 3 4 5
Free standing
Storage Block storage
Solid or slatted shelving less than 1,0 metre wide
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 7,6 9,1 10,7 12,2
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
6,1 350 690 - -
7,6 - 690 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
6,1 240 690 - -
7,6 - 690 - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
6,1 350 - - -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
6,1 240 - - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
6,1 170 480 - -
7,6 - 480 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
6,1 140 480 - -
7,6 - 480 - -

211
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 312 - Exposed expanded plastics. (B)

1 2 3 4 5
Post pallets in single rows with aisles not less than 2,4 metres wide
Storage Post pallets in multiple (including double) rows
Beam pallet racking
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 7,6 9,1 10,7 12,2
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
6,1 520 690 - -
7,6 - 690 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
6,1 360 480 - -
7,6 - 480 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
6,1 360 480 - -
7,6 - 480 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
6,1 360 480 - -
7,6 - 480 - -

212
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 313 - Medium weight paper rolls on end.

1 2 3 4
Free standing
Storage Block storage
Medium weight paper rolls stored on end
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
6,1 610 610 610
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,2
6,1 340 520 520
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
6,1 170 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
6,1 140 210 270

Medium weight paper - non-absorbent paper or board with a hard or smooth surface weighing more
2 2
than 49 g/m and less than 98 g/m .
2
Protection is not suitable for lightweight paper weighing less than 49 g/m such as toilet paper and
paper towelling.

Suitable for paper rolls with or without steel bands or steel wires to prevent the paper from unrolling.

Not suitable for protecting paper roll storage where the roll stacks are separated in both directions at
100 mm and more.

213
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 314 - Rolls of tissue paper on end.

1 2 3
Free standing
Storage Block storage
Tissue paper rolls stored on end
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 12,2
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
a b
7,6 510 510

2
Tissue paper – lightweight paper weighing less than 49 g/m such as toilet paper or paper towelling.

Suitable for paper rolls with or without steel bands or steel wires to prevent the paper from unrolling.

Not suitable for protecting paper roll storage where the roll stacks are separated in both directions at
100 mm and more.
a
Minimum operating pressure for the required number of ESFR sprinklers included in the design,
i.e. 16 sprinklers.
b
Minimum operating pressure for the required number of ESFR sprinklers included in the design,
i.e. 25 sprinklers.

This particular ESFR protection scheme is not designed for suppression but rather for the control of
a fire.

214
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 315 - Heavy weight paper rolls stored on end.

1 2 3 4
Free standing
Storage Block storage
Heavy weight paper rolls stored on end
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 340 520 520
9,1 - 520 520
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,2
7,6 240 360 360
9,1 - 360 360

2
Heavy weight paper - non-absorbent paper or board weighing 98 g/m or more.

Where the paper roll stacks are separated in both directions by 100 mm or more the paper roll shall
have steel bands or steel wires to prevent the paper from unrolling, otherwise the protection is
suitable for paper rolls with or without steel bands or steel wires.

215
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 316 - Plastic coated heavy weight paper rolls stored on end.

1 2 3 4
Free standing
Storage Block storage
Plastic coated heavy weight paper rolls stored on end
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 10,7 12,2
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
6,1 340 520 520
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,2
6,1 240 360 360

2
Heavy weight paper - non-absorbent paper or board weighing 98 g/m or more.

Where the paper roll stacks are separated in both directions by 100 mm or more the paper roll shall
have steel bands or steel wires to prevent the paper from unrolling, otherwise the protection is
suitable for paper rolls with or without steel bands or steel wires.

216
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 317 - Rubber tyres.

1 2 3
Open bottom post pallets in multiple rows
Storage Open bottom palletised racking system

Maximum Ceiling Heights

Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 12,2
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,2
7,6 240 -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 170 -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
7,6 140 -
9,1 - 520

Tyres may be stored on side or on tread, but not laced

TABLE 318 - Various commodities on mezzanines. (A)

1 2
Free standing
Storage
Block storage

Unexpanded plastics cartoned

Exposed unexpanded plastics
Commodities Expanded plastics cartoned
Exposed expanded plastics
Medium weight paper rolls stored on end (See Table 313)

Maximum storage Maximum Ceiling Heights

height (metres)

217
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

not greater than roof or ≤4,5

ceiling height minus Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
1,0 metre
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
350

TABLE 319 - Various commodities on mezzanines. (B)

1 2
Post pallets in multiple rows
Storage
Palletised racking

Unexpanded plastics cartoned

Exposed unexpanded plastics
Commodities
Expanded plastics cartoned
Exposed expanded plastics

Maximum Ceiling Heights

(metres)
Maximum storage ≤4,5
height Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
not greater than roof or ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
ceiling height minus 1,0
350
metre
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
240

218
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 320 - Category I, II and III goods. (A)

1 2 3 4 5 6
Free standing
Storage
Block storage
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 9,7 10,6 12,2 13,7
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
7,6 350 410 520 - -
9,1 - - 520 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 290 360 360 -
9,1 - - 360 360 -
10,6 - - - 360 -
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 290 360 - -
9,1 - - 360 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 140 210 240 280 280
9,1 - 240 240 280 280
10,6 - - - 280 280
12,2 - - - - 280
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0
7,6 140 140 140 170 280
9,1 - - 140 170 280
10,6 - - - 170 280
12,2 - - - - 280
Excludes rolled paper and plastic

219
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

TABLE 321 - Category I, II and III goods. (B)

1 2 3 4 5 6
Post pallets with open bases
Storage
Beam pallet racking
Maximum Ceiling Heights
Maximum
(metres)
Storage
Height 9,1 9,7 10,6 12,2 13,7
(metres) Minimum unfavourable sprinkler operating pressure (kPa)
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 20,0
Not suitable for post pallets
7,6 350 410 520 620 620+ 1 level of in-rack
9,1 - - 520 620 620+ 1 level of in-rack
10,6 - - - 620 620+ 1 level of in-rack
12,2 - - - - 620+ 1 level of in-rack
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 290 360 - -
9,1 - - 360 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
Not suitable for post
pallets
7,6 240 290 360 360 430+ 1 level of in-rack
9,1 - - 360 360 430+ 1 level of in-rack
10,6 - - - 360 430+ 1 level of in-rack
12,2 - - - - 430+ 1 level of in-rack
ESFR upright sprinkler nominal K-Factor 24,0
7,6 240 290 360 - -
9,1 - - 360 - -
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 32,0
7,6 170 240 240 280 280
9,1 - - 240 280 280
10,6 - - - 280 280
12,2 - - - - 280
ESFR pendent sprinkler nominal K-Factor 36,0

220
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

7,6 140 140 140 170 280

9,1 - - 140 170 280
10,6 - - - 170 280
12,2 - - - - 280
Excludes rolled paper and plastic

17.8 Roof or ceilings

17.8.1 Only non-combustible roof insulation that complies with internationally acceptable testing
criteria shall be installed at roof or ceiling level.

17.8.2 The ceiling slope influences the movement of hot gases across the ceiling and therefore
influences the operation of the sprinkler heads during a fire. Excessive ceiling slope may result in
the operation of sprinklers remote from the fire whilst delaying the operation of those sprinklers in
close proximity to the fire.

17.8.3 The roof or ceiling slope shall not exceed 9,5o, (170 mm per metre).

17.8.4 Where the roof or ceiling slope exceeds 9,5°, the roof or ceiling shall be under drawn with a
false ceiling. The false ceiling shall be of non-combustible construction, having an acceptable
slope. ESFR sprinklers shall be deployed below the false ceiling. Standard sprinkler protection shall
be employed in the roof or ceiling space in accordance with this standard.

17.8.7 Ceilings and any sub-ceilings shall be firmly secured and shall be capable of withstanding a
2
vertical upward thrust of 50 N/m .

17.8.8 Ceiling materials considered suitable are 10 mm gypsum board, corrugated and sheet steel
and mineral tiles.

17.8.9 Roof lights shall be flush to the ceiling or under drawn at ceiling level.

17.8.10 Roof lights shall be capable of withstanding a temperature of 300 °C for a period of not
less than 15 min.

17.9 Ventilation
Automatic ventilation or open natural ventilation shall not be installed in conjunction with ESFR
sprinkler protection.

If roof vents or other roof openings are unavoidable, they shall be operated manually.

17.10 Powered ventilation – High Volume Low Speed Fans

Where High Volume Low Speed (HVLS) fans are installed in buildings protected with ESFR
sprinklers, the following shall be complied with:

a) the maximum fan diameter shall be 3,7m;

b) HVLS fans shall be centred between 4 sprinklers;

c) the vertical distance between HVLS fan blades to sprinkler deflector shall be ≥0,9m;

221
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

d) all HVLS shall be shut down immediately upon sprinkler or fire alarm detection (whichever
occurs first).

Where ESFR sprinkler protection is to be employed, any ventilation openings at roof level must
close automatically upon sprinkler or fire alarm detection (whichever occurs first).

Powered ventilation systems shall be shut down immediately upon sprinkler or fire alarm detection
(whichever occurs first).

Powered ventilators and fire dampers should be stopped before the first sprinkler operates. Fire
detection systems should be either:

a) aspirating smoke detectors installed in all ventilation ducts extracting from the ESFR
protected risk; or

b) a fire detection system of detection performance equivalent to an aspirating smoke

detection system.

17.11 Installation types

17.11.1 Sprinkler protection shall only be installed on the wet pipe system.

17.11.2 Sprinklers shall be approved to the appropriate standard.

17.11.3 The sprinklers used shall be in accordance with table 63.

Table 63 — Sprinkler nominal K-F and shank thread relationship

1 2 3
Sprinkler nominal Sprinkler shank thread
Sprinkler pattern
K-factor mm
11,5 Spray 20
20,0 and 24,2 ESFR 20
32,0 and 36,0 ESFR 25

17.11.4 ESFR sprinklers and any spray pattern sprinklers below walkways and mezzanine shall
have a fast response thermal sensitivity rating.

17.11.5 All sprinklers shall have one of the temperature ratings given in table 64 and shall be
correspondingly colour-coded.

Table 64 — ESFR sprinkler temperature ratings and colour coding

1 2 3 4
Glass bulb sprinklers Fusible link sprinklers
Temperature rating Temperature rating Colour of yoke
Colour of bulb liquid
°C °C arms
68 Red 68 to 74 Uncoloured
93 Green 93 to 104 White

222
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

o
Under normal circumstances the 74 C operating temperature sprinkler shall be used and the higher
temperature ratings shall only be used where needed due to high ambient temperature conditions.

17.12 ESFR sprinkler location relative to obstructions at or near the

ceiling or roof

17.12.1 ESFR Sprinklers shall be located at the appropriate horizontal distance from obstructions
at the ceiling and roof such as beams, ducts, joists, distribution pipes, range pipes or light fittings as
given in table 65.

17.12.2 ESFR sprinklers shall be located no closer than 100 mm horizontally from the bottom
nearside edge of joists, trusses or similar obstructions. In some instances it may be advantageous
to vary ESFR sprinkler spacing across the ceilings to avoid obstructions to the sprinkler water
distribution.

17.12.3 In the case of upright ESFR sprinklers, obstructions not exceeding 100 mm in width can be
located directly below the sprinkler deflector. Upright sprinklers can be installed on range pipes up
to and including 80 mm (outside diameter) without the need for risers to raise the sprinkler above
the range pipe.

Table 65 — ESFR sprinkler location relative to ceiling obstructions

1 2 3
a a
Distance "a" Distance "b"
Minimum horizontal distance from sprinkler axis to side obstruction Maximum height of ESFR
sprinkler deflector above (+)
Greater than Less than bottom of obstruction
mm mm mm
100 300 0
300 500 40
500 600 75
600 800 140
800 900 200
900 1 100 250
1 100 1 200 300
1 200 1 400 380
1 400 1 500 460
1 500 1 700 560
1 700 1 800 660
1 800 1 850 790
a
See figure 36 for ESFR sprinkler locations relative to ceiling obstructions.

223
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 36 — ESFR sprinkler locations relative to ceiling obstructions

17.13 Calculation parameters

17.13.1 ESFR sprinkler systems flow and pressure demand shall be hydraulically calculated in
accordance with this standard.

17.13.2 ESFR sprinkler systems shall be fed from a pumped water supply operating under positive
head conditions. A duplicate water supply is strongly recommended.

17.13.3 The minimum nominal bore of any range pipe shall not be less than 25 mm.

17.13.4 The maximum nominal bore of any range pipe shall not exceed 100 mm.

17.13.5 The calculated discharge pressure of any ESFR sprinkler, when all the sprinklers in the
assumed maximum number of sprinklers operating plus any additional sprinklers under obstructions
are operating shall not be less than that given within the applicable tables used relating to ESFR
sprinklers in this standard.

17.13.5 Any additional ESFR sprinklers beneath obstructions, walkways and conveyors may be
disregarded in hydraulic calculations.

17.13.6 The number of sprinklers in the assumed maximum number of sprinklers operating shall
be 12, except for mezzanines less than 4,0 m high where the assumed maximum number of
sprinklers operating shall be 6, plus any additional sprinklers deemed to be operating such as
sprinklers under obstructions, walkways or conveyors or intermediate level sprinklers.

17.13.7 For hydraulic calculation purposes, the assumed maximum number of sprinklers operating
of 12 sprinkler heads and any in-rack sprinklers shall be located at the hydraulically most
unfavourable location based upon the balanced calculation for the 12 ceiling sprinklers plus any in-
rack sprinklers included.

17.13.8 Any additional ESFR sprinklers beneath obstructions within the assumed maximum area
of operation shall be assumed to be in simultaneous operation at a pressure of not less than that
specified for the ESFR sprinkler as specified in this standard.

224
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

17.13.9 The shape of the assumed maximum area of operation shall be taken as four adjacent
sprinklers on a range operating on each of three adjacent range pipes plus any additional sprinklers
beneath or above the assumed maximum area of operation.

17.13.10 Where ESFR sprinklers are used to protect storage areas beneath mezzanines and
where the assumed maximum number of sprinklers deemed to be in simultaneous operation is
reduced to 6 ESFR sprinklers, then 3 adjacent sprinklers on a range shall be assumed to operate
on each of 2 adjacent ranges.

17.13.11 Where range pipes have fewer than the designated number of ESFR sprinklers per
range, for example, fed from an end-side arrangement, all adjacent sprinklers on a range are
assumed to be in simultaneous operation and the number of adjacent ranges shall be increased to
compensate.

17.13.12 Changes in sprinkler spacing, array design, elevation, range spacing as well as possible
location, whether on or between distribution pipes, shall be considered for the hydraulically most
unfavourable location of the assumed maximum number of sprinklers operating.

17.13.13 Full calculation for each possible location is necessary except where it is obvious that an
array is similar to another array under consideration and hydraulically nearer the water supply.

17.13.14 Continuous operation of the assumed maximum number of sprinklers operating at the
hydraulically most unfavourable location creates the most adverse pressure. This is used to
establish that the minimum ESFR sprinkler flow pressure is achieved.

17.13.15 Changes in sprinkler spacing, array design, elevation, range spacing as well as possible
location, whether on or between distribution pipes shall be considered for the hydraulically most
favourable location of the assumed maximum number of sprinklers operating.

17.13.16 Continuous operation of the assumed maximum number of sprinklers operating at the
hydraulically most favourable location defines the flow rate which is used to determine that the
pipework design is compatible with the water supply pressure flow characteristic.

17.13.17 Proof of correct position in grid systems is established by displacing the assumed
maximum area of operation by one sprinkler pitch in each direction along ranges and by one range
pipe in each direction along distribution pipes.

17.13.18 Any additional ESFR sprinklers beneath obstructions within the assumed maximum
number of sprinklers operating shall be assumed to be operating, at not less than the specified
ESFR sprinkler flow pressure as defined in the tables relating to this protection.

17.14 Sprinklers beneath walkways and conveyors

17.14.1 Walkways and conveyors exceeding 3,0 metres in width shall be treated as a mezzanine.

17.14.2 Where sprinklers are installed below walkways as required within this standard, two
sprinklers shall be assumed to be in simultaneous operation at a pressure as given within table 66.

17.14.3 It shall be assumed that the ceiling sprinklers and two sprinklers beneath each walkway in
the assumed maximum area of operation are in simultaneous operation.

17.14.4 Elevated walkways, conveyors or similar obstructions are not permitted within racking and
aisles.

225
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

17.14.5 Elsewhere, walkways and conveyors, not exceeding 3,0 m width, shall be protected
underneath by a centrally located single row of ESFR sprinklers or spray pattern sprinklers. The
sprinklers shall be spaced not more than 3,0 m apart. Walkways and conveyors exceeding 3,0 m
width shall be treated as mezzanines.

Table 66 — Minimum operating pressure for sprinklers beneath walkways and

conveyors

1 2 3
Minimum operating pressure
Sprinkler nominal K-factor Sprinkler pattern
kPa
11,5 Spray 350
20,0 ESFR 350
24,2 ESFR 240
32,0 ESFR 170
36,0 ESFR 140

17.15 Sprinkler protection beneath mezzanines

Where mezzanines exist, they shall be continuous throughout the extent that they feature in the
building. Penetrations through the mezzanine shall be adequately fire-stopped. Draught or smoke
curtains of depth at least 600 mm shall be installed at the open face perimeter of the mezzanine.

Where the height of the mezzanine level(s) exceeds 4.5 m, the underside of the mezzanine shall be
protected by ESFR sprinklers. Where the height of the mezzanines level(s) above the floor is 4,5 m
or less, ESFR or appropriate spray pattern sprinkler protection may be employed.

Where spray pattern sprinkler protection is used below low mezzanines, it shall fully comply with the
appropriate SANS clauses 6.10 and 6.11.

Where mezzanines have openings into the protected building, the storage beneath the mezzanine
shall not be closer to the open face than within the bounds of a 600 mm deep draught or smoke
curtain.

17.16 Sprinkler spacing and location

17.16.1 ESFR sprinklers shall be installed in a standard and uniform layout pattern.

17.16.2 The area coverage and spacing of ESFR sprinklers shall comply with table 67.

17.16.3 Sprinklers shall be located beneath the ceiling in accordance with table 68.

Table 67 — ESFR sprinkler spacing

1 2 3 4 5
Distance between sprinklers Area of coverage per sprinkler
Ceiling height
Min. Max. Min. Max.
2 2
m m m m m
≤9 2,4 3,7 7,5 9,0
> 9 ≤ 13,7 2,4 3,0 7,5 9,0

226
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 68 — Sprinkler distance from underside of ceiling

1 2 3 4
Vertical distance from the underside of the ceiling to the
Sprinkler nominal Sprinkler sprinkler deflector
K-factor pattern Not less than Not more than
mm mm
11,5 Spray 75 150
20,0 and 24,2 (pendant) ESFR 150 350
32,0 and 36,0 (pendant) ESFR 150 460
20,0 and 24,2 (upright) ESFR 75 300

17.16.4 Where roofs or ceilings are constructed using beams and girders or profile panelling,
sprinklers shall be located in bays rather than under beams. Bays formed by these methods of
ceiling construction shall not exceed 750 mm in depth.

17.16.5 Where the ceiling is profiled, the distance from the ceiling shall be measured from the top
of the profile. The deflector position relative to the ceiling profiling shall comply with this standard.

17.16.6 ESFR sprinklers shall be installed with the waterway axes perpendicular to the floor,
except that where the ceiling slope is ≤5° from horizontal it shall also be acceptable for them to be
installed with the waterway axes perpendicular to the ceiling.

17.16.7 Throughout the protected area and regardless of hazard rating or occupancy, the clear
space below an ESFR sprinkler shall not be less than 1,0 m.

17.16.8 Where draught or smoke curtains are fitted at the ceiling level, the draught or smoke
curtain shall be treated as a boundary.

17.16.9 Areas of ESFR protection shall not be subdivided by draught curtains, smoke curtains or
barriers (except where required elsewhere in this standard, for example, in the case of the perimeter
of mezzanines.

17.16.10 Where ESFR sprinkler protection adjoins areas protected by standard sprinklers, the
following measures shall be complied with:

a) where ESFR and the adjacent sprinklers are at the same ceiling height or where the ESFR
sprinklers are installed at a greater ceiling height than standard sprinklers, smoke and draught
curtains shall be installed at the ceiling separating the ESFR and standard sprinklers. The smoke
and draught curtains shall be at least 600 mm deep and shall be located at the midpoint between
the ESFR and standard sprinklers. The smoke curtain shall be made of non-combustible
material;

b) an aisle of not less than one 1,2 m wide, free of all stored goods, shall be maintained between
ESFR protected areas and those protected by standards sprinklers. The centre of the aisles shall
coincide with the midpoint between the ESFR and standard sprinklers.

17.16 Intermediate sprinklers in ESFR occupancies

Where indicated, ESFR protection specified within this standard, allows for extended storage
heights in racks provided intermediate sprinkler protection is installed. Intermediate sprinklers shall
be in accordance with the following requirements:

a) at least one level of intermediate sprinklers shall be installed;

227
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) the vertical distance from floor to the intermediate sprinklers shall be half the rack height to within
one tier height level;

a) intermediate sprinklers shall have the following properties:

1) spray pattern sprinklers;

2) K-Factor of 11,5;

3) fast response sprinkler with an RTI of less than 50;

4) nominal operating temperature of 68 °C;

5) be fitted with an approved 75 mm diameter metal water shield; and

6) be fitted with an approved sprinkler guard.

d) be located within the longitudinal flue at each transverse flue intersection at a maximum spacing
of 1,5 m in either direction;

e) at least eight intermediate sprinklers shall be assumed to be in simultaneous operation;

f) the minimum pressure of any operating intermediate sprinklers shall not be less than
350 kPa; and

g) the water supply shall have sufficient capacity of simultaneous operation of the roof level ESFR
sprinkler protection plus the flow requirement for the intermediate sprinklers.

18 Enhanced protection extended coverage (EPEC) sprinklers

18.1 General

18.1.1 The use of EPEC sprinklers, complying with an exacting performance specification, allows
2
increased sprinkler coverage in areas of up to 17,64 m per sprinkler. The protection described has
been based on extensive sprinkler tests involving the actual delivered density and commodity fire
tests.

18.1.2 EPEC sprinklers have a nominal K-Factor of 11,5 and are developed for use at 17,64 m 2.
They have a significantly different water distribution characteristic from conventional and spray
pattern sprinklers.

18.1.3 The reduced water supply storage volume is allowed as a result from the increased
effectiveness of the sprinkler protection. The sprinkler may be identified by the marking "EPEC".

18.2 Design practice

18.2.1 The system design and general protection method shall be in accordance with this
standard, except where otherwise specified under this heading.

18.2.2 EPEC sprinkler installations shall also comply with any requirements or limitations stated in
the sprinkler suppliers data sheet.

18.2.3 All pipe sizing shall be by hydraulic calculation.

228
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

18.2.4 Where dry-pipe sprinkler installations are to be used, the time for the water to discharge
from any sprinkler in the installation shall be predicted by calculation at the design stage and shall
not exceed 30 s. It may be prudent to assume a time period of less than 30 s at design stage to
ensure compliance when tested.

On completion of the installation a discharge test shall be carried out at the remote sprinkler point in
order to verify the time taken from operation of sprinkler to discharge of water.

18.3 Occupancy and fire hazard

18.3.1 The occupancies to be protected in accordance with the requirements of this standard shall
be ordinary hazard in character and shall be subdivided into the following two groups:

a) ordinary hazard 10,0 referred to as OH-10 in table 69 table 70 and table 72;

b) ordinary hazard 12,5 referred to as OH-12,5 in table 69 table 70 and table 72.

18.3.2 The following conditions shall be met:

a) the maximum storage heights specified in table 69 shall not be exceeded;

2
b) the maximum storage area shall not exceed 100 m for any single block with less than 1,5 m
clearance around the block;

c) the maximum ceiling height shall not exceed 5,5 m;

d) the ceiling slope shall not exceed 9,5° (170 mm per metre);

e) containers with an open top shall not be stored in the protected areas; and

f) no process occupancy or special hazard shall be within the protected area.

Table 69 — Maximum storage heights for ordinary hazard EPEC protection

1 2 3 4 5
Maximum storage height
Type of m
installation OH-10 Wet-pipe and pre-action OH-12,5 Wet-pipe and pre-action
OH-12,5 Dry-pipe systems systems
Beam pallet Beam pallet
Free standing or Free standing or
Storage category racking and shelf a racking and shelf
block storage block storage a
storage storage
I 4,0 3,5 4,5 4,0
II 3,0 2,6 4,0 3,5
III 2,1 1,7 3,1 2,6
IV 1,2 1,2 1,5 1,5
a 2
Storage to the height specified may not exceed 4 m in plan area. Category IV shall not include
exposed expanded plastics.

18.3.3 Storage in OH-12,5 protection, which exceeds the height for OH-10, shall not be greater
2
than 4,0 m in plan area but may be contiguous with lower height storage allowed for OH-10.

229
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

18.3.4 Where there is more than one area of storage to these heights within a continuous block of
storage, storage heights above the heights specified for OH-10 shall be separated by gaps of not
less than 1,5 m.

18.3.5 This form of protection shall not be used where any of the following conditions occur:

a) materials in which fires cannot readily be controlled by sprinklers, for example, acrylic fibre yarn
storage;

b) commodities or storage arrangements which may give rise to unusually severe fire
characteristics, for example, lightweight paper storage;

c) open top storage containers, for example, open top tote boxes;

d) ceilings with joists, deep beams or significant obstructions;

e) dry-pipe installations where the calculated time for water to discharge from any sprinkler in the
installation or the measured time from a test valve exceeds the maximum time allowable (30 s);
and

f) a town main connection where the performance of the town main has not been verified by
extensive and comprehensive testing.

18.4 Sprinkler selection

Sprinklers installed for ceiling or roof protection shall be classed as EPEC sprinklers with a nominal
K-factor of 11,5 and shall be of the fast response type.

18.5 High and low flow conditions

18.5.1 The minimum design density and minimum sprinkler operating pressure shall not be less
than the appropriate value given in table 70.

Table 70 — EPEC flow design criteria

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Low flow conditions High flow conditions
Assumed maximum area of
operation
Maximum Minimum m
2

area per Minimum

Hazard operating Number of
sprinkler design
classification sprinkler sprinklers density Wet pipe and
pressure operating pre-action Dry pipe
type B installation
installation
2
m kPa mm/min
OH-10 ≤ 16 200 4 6,0 160 –
OH-12,5 ≤ 16 310 4 6,5 160 200
> 16
OH-10 240 4 6,0 160 –
≤ 17,64
> 16
OH-12,5 370 4 6,5 160 200
≤ 17,64

230
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

18.5.2 The minimum sprinkler operating pressure shall not be less than the values specified in
table 69 for the low flow conditions when either all the sprinklers in the room or four sprinklers are
operating, whichever is the least.

18.5.3 The minimum design density shall not be less than the values specified in table 69 for the
high flow conditions when all the sprinklers in the room or the sprinklers in the areas specified are in
operation, whichever is the least.

18.5.4 The shape of the high flow condition area shall comply with this standard and shall, where
possible, encompass the number of sprinklers operating on a single range.

18.5.5 The shape of the low flow condition group of sprinklers used for hydraulic calculation
purposes shall, where possible, be a square or rectangular.

18.5.6 In order to determine that the installation requirements are met, three sets of pressure and
flow calculations given in table 71 shall be carried out.
Table 71 — Calculation of maximum flow demand, minimum
allowable densities and pressures

1 2 3 4 5
Assumed
maximum area Location of assumed
Condition of operation
Calculation maximum area of
specified in (Sprinklers Calculation results
set operation or
table 69 operating) sprinklers operating
2
m
Flow from sprinklers in the
Maximum High flow 160 wet pipe Hydraulically most assumed maximum area
demand flow condition 200 dry pipe favourable of operation, any
additional sprinklers
Density from hydraulically
Minimum most unfavourable four
High flow 160 wet pipe Hydraulically most
allowable sprinklers within the
condition 200 dry pipe unfavourable
density assumed maximum area
of operation
Minimum
Sprinkler operating
sprinkler Low flow Hydraulically most
4 sprinklers pressure for four
operating condition unfavourable
sprinklers operating
pressure

18.6 Water supplies

18.6.1 The water supplies for the installation shall be capable of providing sufficient pressures and
flows to satisfy the installation demand conditions determined by the calculations in table 70.

18.6.2 If the water supply is used by other fire-fighting systems, all qualifying conditions shall be
complied with.

18.6.3 The duration of the water supply to the sprinkler installation shall be assumed to be 30 m or
the duration required for the other fire-fighting systems, whichever is the greater.

18.6.4 Each water supply shall have sufficient capacity for the minimum duration required.

231
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

18.6.5 In the case of town mains and other inexhaustible water supplies, the duration is implicit for
the requirements for those supplies.

18.6.6 The water supply shall be at least one of the following in accordance with this standard:

a) town main;

b) pump and tank;

a) elevated private reservoir; or

b) gravity tank.

18.6.7 The required water volume for the sprinkler installation shall be calculated by multiplying the
maximum water flow demand by the required 30 min or the duration required for the other
fire-fighting systems, whichever is the greater.
18.6.8 Where a town main is used either as a direct connection to the sprinkler system or for tank
in-fill, the flow capacity of the town main shall be assumed to be not more than 75 % of the
measured capability at a time of lowest flow capacity.

18.6.9 The lowest flow capacity of the town main may occur either at the time of the highest
demand from users or may in some instances, occur at night depending on the water supplies
pressure management strategy.

18.6.10 In the case of a pump a nominal rating of at least 120 % of the maximum demand flow at
the high flow condition at a pressure of at least 50 % of the maximum demand flow pressure
requirement shall be satisfied.

18.6.11 The pump shall provide a pressure of at least 50 kPa higher than that required, when
measured at the supplies test facility.

18.6.12 For suction pumps a water supply at the normal level shall be used to determine the
rating.

18.7 Spacing and location of sprinklers

18.7.1 A clear space of at least 1,0 m shall be maintained below the deflector of roof or ceiling
sprinklers.

18.7.2 The maximum area of coverage per sprinkler and spacing between sprinklers shall be in
accordance with table 72.

18.7.3 Any sprinkler coverage of spacing recommendations or limitations specified in the supplies
data sheet shall be complied with.

Table 72 — Maximum coverage and spacing between EPEC sprinklers

1 2 3 4 5
Maximum distances as shown in this standard
Maximum area per
Hazard class sprinkler Standard layout Staggered layout
S and D
2
m S D
OH-10 ≤ 16 4,2 4,6 5,3

232
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

OH-12,5 > 16 ≤ 17,64 4,2 4,6 5,9

18.7.4 The minimum spacing between sprinklers shall not be less than 2,0 m unless provisions are
made to prevent cooling or wetting of adjacent sprinklers.

18.7.5 The maximum distance from walls and partitions shall be:

a) 2,1 m for standard spacing;

b) 2,3 m for staggered spacing;

c) 1,5 m from the open face of open faced buildings; and

d) 1,5 m where the external walls combustible or metal, with or without combustible linings or
insulating materials.
18.7.6 Sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with the supplies data sheet. Unless otherwise
recommended, sprinkler deflectors shall be located between 30 mm to 150 mm below the underside
of the ceiling or roof.

18.7.7 Sprinklers shall be located at the horizontal distances from high-level obstructions, such as
light fittings, in accordance with table 73 or figure 37.

Table 73 — Sprinkler location relative to high-level obstruction

1 2
Dimension "A" Dimension "B"
Minimum horizontal distance from sprinkler Maximum height of sprinkler deflector above
vertical axis to side of obstruction the bottom of the obstruction
mm mm
200 0
400 0
600 0
800 65
1 000 180
1 200 310
1 400 450
1 600 570
1 800 700
2 000 820
NOTE 1 Dimensions may be interpolated.

NOTE 2 See figure 38 for the relationship between sprinkler and obstruction.

18.7.8 The position of EPEC sprinklers relative to low level vertical obstructions, such as floor
standing screens, moveable partitions or privacy curtains, shall be in accordance with table 74 or
figure 38.

233
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 74 — Sprinkler location relative to low level floor standing

or suspended vertical obstructions

1 2
Dimension "D" Dimension "H"
Horizontal distance from sprinkler vertical axis Minimum height of sprinkler deflector above
to far side of obstruction (+) the top of the obstruction
mm mm
0 1 100
500 1 700
1 000 1 700
1 500 1 100
2 000 1 100
2 100 1 100
NOTE 1 Dimensions may be interpolated.

NOTE 2 See figure 38 for the relationship between sprinkler and obstruction.

Figure 37 — Relative position of EPEC sprinkler to high-level obstructions

234
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 38 — Relationship between EPEC sprinkler and

low level, floor standing or suspended vertical obstruction

18.8 Protection of concealed spaces in EPEC protected buildings

18.8.1 Concealed space sprinkler protection using EPEC sprinklers is allowed at extended
coverage providing that specified criteria are met.

18.8.2 Where sprinkler protection is required in concealed ceiling or floor spaces in EPEC sprinkler
protected buildings, the concealed space protection shall be installed in accordance with this
standard using either standard sprinkler protection or EPEC sprinklers.

18.8.3 The space shall be sprinkler protected if the height of the concealed space at the roof,
ceiling or floor exceeds 800 mm, measured between

a) the underside of the roof and the top of the suspended ceiling,

b) the floor slab and the suspended ceiling, and

c) between the underside of the raised floor and the top of the floor slab.

18.8.4 If the height of the concealed space is less than 800 mm, the space shall be sprinkler
protected only if it is constructed of combustible materials or contains combustible materials.

235
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

18.8.5 Electrical cables carrying voltages less than 250 V, single-phase, with a maximum of 15
cables per tray are permitted in concealed spaces.

18.8.6 In concealed spaces where the surface above the sprinklers protecting the space does not
o
exceed a slope of 9,5 , (170 mm in 1,0 m), the sprinklers may be installed at a maximum area per
2
sprinkler of 17,64 m .

18.8.7 Where the slope exceeds 9,5o, the maximum area per sprinkler shall not exceed 12 m2. The
maximum distance between adjacent sprinklers shall not exceed 4,2 m.

18.8.8 The degree of obstruction in the concealed space shall also be considered when
determining the spacing and positioning of sprinklers to protect the concealed space. In highly
2
obstructed concealed spaces the maximum area coverage per sprinkler shall not exceed 12 m .

18.8.9 Sprinklers used in concealed spaces shall be in accordance with table 75.

18.9.10 The pipework feeding sprinklers in concealed spaces shall be configured in accordance
with this standard.

Table 75 — Sprinkler selection and design details

1 2 3 4 5
Minimum assumed
Concealed space
Sprinkler Design density maximum area of
Nominal K-factor depth
pattern operation
2
mm mm/min m
Conventional 8,0 < 800 5,0 72
upright 11,5 < 800 5,0 72
Conventional 8,0 ≥ 800 < 2400 5,0 72
upright or
pendent 11,5 ≥ 800 < 2400 5,0 72
8,0 ≥ 2 400 5,0 72
Spray
11,5 ≥ 2 400 5,0 72
The minimum
assumed maximum
The supplier’s
Use in accordance Use in accordance area of operation
Approved ceiling recommended
with suppliers data with suppliers data shall not be less than
or roof void value or 5,0 mm per 2
sheet indicated in sheet indicated in the 72 m or the suppliers
sprinklers minute, whichever
the approval listing. approval listing. recommended value,
is the greater
whichever is the
greater.
NOTE Upright sprinklers should be used where practicable. Upright sprinklers are usually more effective
than pendent sprinklers where the height of the concealed space is restricted.

236
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19 System components
19.1 Sprinklers

19.1.1 Sprinklers shall be of approved makes and types.

19.1.2 Generally the Factory Mutual and Loss Prevention Certification Board are deemed to be an
acceptable approving authority.

19.1.3 Sprinklers shall not be altered in any respect nor have any type of ornamentation, coating
applied or be painted other than by the manufacturer after leaving the manufacturer’s facilities or
except as provided in this standard.

19.1.4 Sprinklers shall not be screwed into range pipes before range pipe erection and may only
be installed once the pipework is secured in place.

19.1.5 Only the manufacturer’s sprinkler wrench may be used to fit sprinklers to pipework.

19.1.6 Where it is necessary to screw sprinklers into prefabricated ranges at ground level, pipe
racks shall be used, and the practice only undertaken immediately prior to hoisting the range into
position.

19.1.7 Where sprinkler head protectors are used for shipping in order to prevent damage to the
sprinklers, these shall remain in place and be removed when the sprinkler is in its intended installed
position.

19.1.8 Sprinkler heads that have been in service may not be reused or relocated regardless of the
circumstances. Once a sprinkler or a sprinkler pipe with sprinkler fitted to it is unscrewed from the
fitting it shall be discarded.

19.1.9 The year of installation shall as far as possible correspond to that of manufacture.

19.1.10 Where a sprinkler is contaminated by paint or any other substance that adheres to any
part of the sprinkler, it shall not be cleaned but shall be replaced with a new one.

19.1.11 Sprinklers shall be installed with the sprinkler frame running parallel to the pipe in order to
avoid pipe or frame shadow.

19.1.12 Sprinkler heads shall not be intermixed. All sprinklers within any compartment at roof or
ceiling level shall have identical operating characteristics inclusive of K-factor manufacturer,
distribution patterns, orientation and thermal sensitivities. A compartment is defined as a room or
area separated from any adjoining area with walls or partitions where a door lintel is at least
200 mm below the level of the sprinkler deflector.

19.1.13 On new installations and as far as is practicable for existing systems that are being
extended, sprinkler equipment may not be intermixed.

19.1.14 Where rack or shelf sprinklers are installed the sprinkler, water shield and guard shall be
supplied by the same manufacturer.

19.1.15 Spray pattern sprinklers with a K-factor greater than 11,5 may be used in high hazard
installations only where the roof or ceiling insulation is classed as incombustible in accordance with
recognised international standards. In all other instances preference shall be given to conventional
pattern sprinklers.

237
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.1.16 The operation of sprinklers operation is susceptible to side draughts which may be
produced by roof ventilation, it is therefore preferable that roof ventilation be manually operated in
the event of fire.

19.2 Type of sprinklers

19.2.1 General

19.2.1.1 In all cases the manufacturer’s requirements and approval listing relating to the installation
of a sprinkler shall be adhered to.

19.2.1.2 The following types of sprinklers given in 19.2.2 to 19.2.17, but not necessarily limited to
these, are accepted for use.

19.2.2 Conventional pattern

19.2.2.1 These sprinklers are designed to produce a spherical type of discharge with a proportion
of water being thrown upwards to the ceiling.

19.2.2.2 They are usually designed with a universal type deflector, enabling the sprinkler to be
erected in either the upright or pendant position.

19.2.2.3 Some conventional pattern sprinklers are made in two types, one suitable for erection in
the upright position and the other in the pendent position.

19.2.2.4 Conventional pattern sprinklers are to be used

a) to protect premises or portions thereof where there is exposed steelwork, and

b) to provide optional protection of flat smooth concrete roofs or ceilings.

19.2.3 Spray pattern

19.2.3.1 These sprinklers are designed to produce a hemispherical discharge below the plane of
the deflector with little or no water being discharged upwards to wet the ceiling.

19.2.3.2 They are made in two types, one suitable for erection in the upright position and the other
in the pendent position.

19.2.3.3 Spray pattern sprinklers are to be used, if suitable, for the protection of

a) rack and shelf in accordance with this standard,

b) concrete beneath, coffer or smooth flat ceilings or roofs, and

c) offices with under-drawn ceilings.

19.2.3.4 Fast response spray pattern sprinklers are used, for example, for the protection of life
safety environments and intermediate level protection of racks and shelves.

19.2.3.5 Standard response spray pattern sprinklers may be used, for example, the protection of
the underside of suspended ceilings and concrete construction where the premises do not comply
with life safety.

238
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.2.4 Flat spray sprinklers Field Code Changed

A flat spray sprinkler produces a flatter spray pattern than a standard sprinkler, enabling them to be
used with lower clearances above suspended open ceilings, the underside of mezzanine floors, in
racks and within concealed spaces.

19.2.5 Ceiling (flush) pattern

19.2.5.1 The use of ceiling flush sprinklers for life safety applications such as hotels and offices is
not acceptable as these are regarded as "double knock" operation. The cover plate shall fall away
before the fusible element is exposed. In South Africa, the experience with this type of sprinkler is
exceptionally poor in that they are either initially or eventually painted or plastered in thus rendering
them useless.

19.2.5.2 Concealed sprinklers cannot be examined for correct installation or condition without
removing the concealing plate assembly. These sprinklers take longer to respond to a fire due to
their design and positioning of the fusible element relative to the fire gas flow.

19.2.5.3 These sprinklers are designed for use with concealed pipework and are installed pendent
with a plate or base flush with the ceiling. The heat-sensitive element is positioned above the ceiling
line. They are made with spray pattern discharge deflectors.

19.2.5.4 The following are the three types of concealed sprinklers:

a) those having fixed deflectors;

b) those having retracted deflectors that drop to the normal position on actuation; and

c) those having fusible cover plates.

19.2.5.5 Sprinklers of the type where the deflector drops to the normal operating position shall not
o
be fitted under stairs or sloping roofs where the angle of the stairs or roof exceeds 45 from the
horizontal.

19.2.5.6 Ceiling flush pattern sprinklers are not considered suitable for use in atmospheres which
are corrosive, subject to high dust content or rooms or areas subject to positive pressure.

19.2.5 Semi-concealed sprinklers

19.2.5.1 A sprinkler may be semi-concealed by using a recessed escutcheon plate. The

escutcheon plate is fitted into the ceiling and rises slightly above it and the sprinkler is screwed into
the fitting directly above the escutcheon plate.

19.2.5.2 These sprinklers are usually spray pattern type and are suitable for under-drawn or
plastered ceilings where the pipework is concealed.

19.2.5.3 In all cases, no part of the escutcheon plate shall project from the ceiling below the top of
the visible portion of the heat sensitive element of the sprinkler or that of the manufacturer’s
requirement.

19.2.6 Sidewall pattern

19.2.6.1 These sprinklers are designed for installation in ordinary hazard occupancies only along
the walls of a room close to the ceiling.

239
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.2.6.2 The design of the sprinkler is usually similar to the standard sprinkler except for a special
deflector which causes most of the water to be discharged to one side in a pattern somewhat
resembling one quarter of a sphere with a small proportion discharging on the wall behind the
sprinkler.

19.2.6.3 Sidewall pattern sprinklers are not considered a substitute for standard sprinklers and their
use is, in the main, limited to offices, entrance halls, lobbies, corridors, etc..

19.2.6.4 Sidewall sprinklers can, however, be used with advantage in the case of drying tunnels
and hoods over paper-making machines where condensate dripping from sprinklers and pipework
at the ceiling might be troublesome. They can also be used in certain other locations such as sales
shop windows and under platforms, etc., having low headroom, where standard sprinklers would be
subject to damage.

19.2.6.5 Sidewall sprinklers may also be used for the protection of corridors in high hazard
occupancies where no storage takes place, cable ducts and for the protection of columns and
structural members in high hazard storage facilities.

19.2.6.6 Sidewall sprinklers shall not be used in high hazard or ordinary hazard storage
occupancies or above suspended ceilings for general protection purposes.

19.2.7 Extended coverage horizontal sidewall

19.2.7.1 These sprinklers are designed for use within ordinary hazard occupancies excluding
storage risks and have coverage greater than a standard sidewall sprinkler.

19.2.7.2 Their use is limited to low fire loading life safety environments such as offices and hotel
rooms where the room length cannot be adequately covered by normal sidewall sprinklers and the
installation of standard sprinkler protection is not possible.

19.2.7.3 The distances from the ceiling or roof are critical and in all cases the manufacturer’s
requirements shall be adhered to.

19.2.7.4 Care shall be taken in the decision of where to use these sprinklers as the nominal thread
diameter varies.

19.2.8 Extended coverage

19.2.8.1 Extended coverage sprinklers are normally of the spray pattern type and are suitable for
ordinary hazard risks where extended spacing can be advantageous such as open office areas,
retail areas or shopping malls.

19.2.8.2 In all cases the manufacturer’s specifications with respect to the spacing of the sprinklers
and the flows and pressures at the predetermined spacing shall be adhered to.

19.2.9 Enhanced protection extended coverage

19.2.9.1 EPEC sprinkler protection is specialised and are used specifically for storage of
commodities that have undergone fire tests and for ordinary hazard occupancies.

19.2.9.2 The protection is to be installed in accordance with the requirements of this standard.

240
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.2.10 Early suppression fast response sprinklers (ESFR)

19.2.10.1 Early suppression fast response, sprinklers are thermo-sensitive devices designed to
react at a predetermined temperature by automatically releasing a stream of water and distributing it
in a specified pattern and density over a designated area to provide early suppression of a fire when
installed on the appropriate sprinkler piping with a suitable water supply.

19.2.10.2 ESFR sprinklers are quick-acting high-performance sprinklers which have the capability
of suppressing fires within storage risks.

19.2.10.3 There is no room for error in the design and installation of ESFR sprinkler systems. The
design principles and the operating characteristics are significantly different from standard sprinkler
protection.

19.2.10.4 ESFR sprinklers may be unable to cope with adverse design features and
non-compliance, which may be common practice when installing standard sprinkler protection. It is
therefore essential that all the requirements of this standard are complied with, without exception,
when applying ESFR protection.

19.2.11 Dry pendent pattern

19.2.11.1 These sprinklers are approved for use in portions of premises protected by a dry pipe or
an alternate wet and dry pipe system where it is not practicable to install standard sprinklers in the
upright position or on a wet pipe system where the sprinklers may be subject to frost or freezing
such as cold rooms or exposed portions of a building.

19.2.11.2 Apart from the valve arrangement, the sprinklers are of standard design having either
conventional or pendent spray pattern type deflectors.

19.2.11.3 Dry pendent pattern droppers are manufactured integral with drop pipes of varying
lengths, the valve being so placed that there is no pocket or depression within which water can be
trapped.

19.2.11.4 Dry pendent droppers may not be screwed directly into elbows; in all cases tees shall be
used.

19.2.12 Dry upright pattern

19.2.12.1 These sprinklers are essentially the same as the dry pendent types except that instead if
of the spray pattern, an upright type deflector is incorporated.

19.2.12.2 Dry upright pendent pattern are used for the protection of unheated concealed roof
spaces in connection with installations on the wet pipe system.

19.2.13 Intermediate level or in-rack sprinkler

19.2.13.1 A sprinkler that is primarily designed for use within in-rack storage and fitted with an
approved and listed water shield where the operating element or parts close to this shall be shielded
from the water discharged from sprinklers at a higher elevation.

19.2.13.2 They may also be used under gratings, on pilot sprinklers for deluge systems, outdoors
as a weather shield or any other application where water shielding is required.

19.2.13.3 The sprinkler is approved and listed with a water shield as an intermediate level/rack
sprinkler.

241
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.2.14 Medium velocity and high velocity sprayers

19.2.14.1 These are special purpose sprayers that produce a downward conical spray pattern
directional onto the risk for use in water spray systems, (which may or may not form part of standard
sprinkler systems), intended for the extinguishment or control of fires involving flammable liquids
and for the cooling of storage tanks, process plant and exposed structural steelwork against heat
from an exposure to fire.

19.2.14.2 Medium velocity spray systems are not recommended to be used for the protection of
transformers. It is preferable to emulsify the oil used for cooling purposes and for this purpose high
velocity spray systems will be required.

19.2.14.3 Where medium or high velocity spray systems are fed from a separate set of valves or
tail end system, the requirements of NFPA 15 shall be used.

19.2.14.4 These sprayers have directional discharge characteristics with cone angles ranging from
o o
40 to 180 and with orifice sizes varying from 5 mm to 13 mm.

19.2.14.5 The medium velocity sprayers are produced as either

a) sealed sprayers with glass bulbs or soldered links or levers as for standard sprinklers, or

b) open sprayers.

19.2.14.6 They are designed essentially for cooling purposes when dealing with fires involving low
flash point fire hazards as, for example, liquefied petroleum gases.

19.2.14.7 In such risks the aim is not for automatic extinguishment, but to control the burning within
safe limits until the source of gas supply has been shut off, thus avoiding the danger following a fire
incident of these heavier-than-air gases continuing to escape and collecting in low lying areas
producing an explosion hazard.

19.2.14.8 The high velocity sprayers are of the open type and are designed for the extinguishment
of fires involving high flash point liquids.

19.2.15 Multiple-jet-controls

19.2.15.1 These are heat-sensitive sealed valve controlled outlets, (single or double), using either
glass bulbs or soldered links or levers as the heat sensitive device. They are approved for use in
systems using medium or high velocity sprayers of the open type in circumstances where it is
required to operate small groups of sprayers simultaneously.

19.2.15.2 The controls are made in various sizes relevant to the diameter of the valve and the
number of sprayers that are to be fed therefrom.

19.2.15.3 Typically multiple-jet-controls are used for the protection of small flammable liquid stores
and standby generators.

19.2.15.4 Multiple-jet-controls have sliding valve components and are susceptible to build-up of
corrosion, paint and environmental deposits which may render the device unserviceable or slow to
operate.

19.2.15.5 Depending on the installed conditions and service life, these need to be examined on a
regular basis and, if necessary, overhauled or replaced.

242
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.2.16 15 mm shank threads and K-factors of 11,5

Sprinklers with a 15 mm shank thread and a K-factor of 11,5 shall only be used in refit applications.
Replacing 15 mm sprinklers (K-factor of 8,0) is allowable in installations where the suitability of the
water supplies, pipework and enlarged sprinkler head orifice has been proven and remains within
the maximum allowable parameters of the requirements for full hydraulic calculation.

19.2.17 Recessed, horizontal sidewall and concealed heads

19.2.17.1 Recessed, horizontal sidewall and concealed heads are not designated with a thermal
sensitivity rating.

19.2.17.2 The standard thermal sensitivity test is not appropriate and these are classified as
unrated due to at least one of the following reasons:

a) the nature of the sprinkler assembly;

b) orientation of the sprinkler frame when installed;

c) location of the temperature-sensitive element in relation to the roof or ceiling line; and

d) sprinklers with protective coatings over the heat-sensitive element.

19.2.17.3 The temperature-sensitive elements and their supporting components used in the
construction of these sprinklers shall operate in accordance with the special or quick response
requirements when tested on a conventional spray or sidewall pattern sprinkler frame or suitable
mounting assembly.

19.3 Sprinkler orifice sizes

19.3.1 Sprinklers having the nominal sizes in column 1 of table 76 are approved for the respective
hazard classes given in column 2.

Table 76 — Conventional pattern sprinkler nominal pipe thread diameters

1 2
Nominal size
Hazard class
mm
15 Ordinary and high hazard
20 High hazard only
25 High hazard only

19.3.2 To avoid the possibility of inadvertent interchange between sprinklers of different orifice
sizes, table 76 shows the general relationship that shall exist between sprinkler nominal thread size
and nominal orifice size (see table 77).

19.3.3 Unless allowed for by this standard, sprinklers of differing types, operating temperature,
response times, fusible bulb diameters or distribution patterns may not be intermixed.

19.3.4 The same manufacturer’s equipment is to be used for new installations and extensions to
existing systems, i.e. control valves, sprinkler heads, flow switches, detection, etc. as far as
practical.

243
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.3.5 Sprinklers shall be marked on the body or the deflector with an indication of nominal orifice
size, type of distribution pattern, approving authority and sprinkler identification number.

Table 77 — Water flow performance constant "K"

1 2 3
Sprinkler nominal thread All sprinklers excluding dry
Sprinkler nominal orifice size
size types
mm mm K-factor
15 15 8,0
a
15 20 11,5
b
20 20 11,5
20 20 16,0
20 20 20,0
20 20 24,2
25 25 32,0
25 25 36,0
a
Retrofit application only
b
Includes enhanced protection extended coverage sprinklers

19.4 Types of sprinklers

19.4.1 The types and sizes of sprinklers which are applicable for the hazard classes are indicated
in table 78.

19.4.2 With the exception of K16 sprinklers which are used for high hazard installations, spray
pattern sprinklers for ordinary hazard and high hazard risks are allowed where there is no exposed
structural steelwork or combustible materials at the roof or ceiling.

244
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 78 — Types of sprinklers for the hazard classes

1 2 3
Sprinkler nominal orifice
Hazard class Type of sprinkler size
mm
Ordinary hazard Conventional pattern
15
commercial Standard response
a
Ordinary hazard Spray pattern
15 or 20
life safety Fast response
b
Ordinary hazard Sidewall pattern
15 or 20
life safety Fast response
High hazard Conventional pattern
15 or 20
commercial Standard or fast response
High hazard roof Spray pattern
15 or 20
commercial with racks Standard or fast response
High hazard Spray pattern
20 or 25
ESFR Fast response
High hazard
Spray pattern
High piled storage intermediate 15 or 20
Fast response
level sprinklers
a
Includes enhanced protection extended coverage sprinklers
b
Includes 20 mm extended coverage sidewall sprinklers

19.5 Temperature rating

19.5.1 Sprinklers are approved in nominal temperature ratings ranging from 57 °C to 260 °C.

19.5.2 The temperature rating chosen shall be as close as possible to, but not less than, 30 °C
above the highest anticipated temperature conditions.

19.5.3 For normal conditions in Southern Africa, a rating of 68 °C or 79 °C will be generally

suitable for ordinary hazard occupancies.

19.5.4 Under glazing and in unventilated concealed spaces which includes ceiling or roof voids
and show windows, it will be necessary to install sprinklers with a temperature rating between 93 °C
and 141 °C.

19.5.5 In Ordinary Hazard systems installed within cold rooms and freezers where the temperature
o o
is maintained below 5 C, 68 C operating temperature fast response sprinklers with an RTI of less
than 50 shall be used.

19.5.6 In High Hazard systems, installed within cold rooms and freezers where the temperature is
o o
maintained below 5 C, 93 C operating temperature fast response sprinklers with an RTI of less
than 50 shall be used at roof or ceiling level whether the risk protected is process or protection over
racks.

19.5.7 Unless otherwise stipulated, in high hazard systems, 93 °C sprinklers shall be used on all
high hazard risks whether they are process or roof protection over racks.

245
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.5.8 Where high temperature sprinklers are installed within, for example, drying ovens or hoods
over paper-making machines, sprinklers at the ceiling or roof immediately over and to a distance of
3,0 m beyond the boundary of such structures shall be of the same temperature rating, subject to a
maximum of 141 °C.
19.5.9 In all cases where sprinklers are installed in buildings having PVC, GRP, polycarbonate or
similar translucent roof lights, sprinkler heads shall not be installed directly below such roof lights.
The sprinkler spacing requirements of this standard shall, however, be observed.

19.5 10 If sprinklers are positioned beneath roof lights, these shall be flush to the ceiling or under
drawn at ceiling level. Roof lights shall be capable of withstanding a temperature of 300 °C for a
period of not less than 5 min.

19.5.11 In all cases in high hazard risks and where sprinklers having temperature ratings
exceeding 68 °C are installed in ordinary hazard risks, the use of PVC roof light or similar material
above the sprinklers shall be restricted as follows:
2
a) the area of each roof light shall not exceed 5 m ;

b) the distance between individual roof lights shall not be less than 1,8 m; and

c) the total area of such roof lights does not exceed 15 % of the plan area of the buildings.

19.5.12 Tables 79 and 80 colour codes have been adopted to distinguish sprinklers of different
nominal temperature ratings:
Table 79 — Yoke arm colour codes

1 2
Soldered and fusible chemical type
Colour of yoke arms
°C
68 and 74 Uncoloured
93 and 100 White
141 Blue
182 Yellow
227 Red

Table 80 — Fusible bulb colour codes

1 2
Glass bulb types
Colour of bulbs
°C
57 Orange
68 Red
79 Yellow
93 Green
141 Blue
182 Mauve
204 and 260 Black

246
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.5.13 The choice of the sprinkler head at roof or ceiling level is critical in ensuring that the
optimal design density of discharge is achieved.

19.5.14 Sprinklers spaced to maximum coverage are less effective in controlling a fire than when
spacing is reduced due to the higher pressures required in order to achieve the density of
discharge.
19.5.16 The higher the pressure the smaller and less efficient the droplet will be and the greater
the likelihood of a larger number of sprinklers operating for the control of a fire will be. Preference
should be given to a low pressure system.

19.5.17 Table 81 defines the minimum K-factor of sprinkler to be used for specific design densities
of discharge.

Table 81 — Sprinkler K-factor against design density of discharge

1 2 3
Design density K-Factor
Category of risk mm per minute
2 Metric
per m
Ordinary hazard 5,0 K8,0
High hazard ≥ 7,5 ≤ 10,0 K8,0 or K11,5
High hazard ≥ 12,5 ≤ 17,5 K11,5 or K16,0
High hazard > 17,5 K16,0

19.5.18 Where spray pattern sprinklers, K16,0, are used for the protection of a risk under exposed
steel construction, it shall be ensured that the roof level insulation is non-combustible and that the
necessary precautions in the form of supplementary protection is taken for the steel supports.

19.6 Stock of replacement sprinklers

19.6.1 A stock of spare sprinklers shall be maintained on the premises so that any sprinklers that
have been operated or have been damaged in any way may be promptly replaced.

19.6.2 Spare sprinklers shall be kept in cabinets located in a central prominent and easily
accessible position where ambient temperature conditions will not exceed 38 °C.

19.6.3 In order to prevent pilfering or misuse of spare sprinklers suitably sized pipe plugs can be
kept within the spares cabinet and the stock of replacement sprinklers can be kept within a remote
secure area.

19.6.4 The correct sprinkler spanners as provided by the manufacturer shall be kept within the
spares box as well as any pipe wrench that may be required in order to remove any sprinkler of the
types installed and replace these or plug off the outlet.

19.6.5 The number of spare sprinklers to be maintained on the premises will largely depend on the
size of the protected premises and the hazard class of the system.

19.6.6 The minimum number of spare sprinklers and plugs shall be maintained of standard
temperature ratings used for the installation under consideration (see table 82).

247
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 82 — Stock of replacement sprinklers

1 2
Hazard Number of spares and plugs
Ordinary hazard systems 24
High hazard systems 36
ESFR and special Assumed maximum number of sprinklers in operation

19.6.7 Where there is more than one installation, the stock of replacement sprinklers and plugs
shall be increased by 50 %.

19.6.8 Should the systems include sprinklers of higher temperature ratings as, for example, in
boiler rooms or drying ovens an adequate number of spare sprinklers of the appropriate
temperature rating shall be maintained.

19.6.9 Similarly, if the systems include differing or special types of sprinklers or if there are any
multiple-jet-controls, an adequate number of these spares shall be maintained.

19.6.10 The sprinkler installer(s) shall be requested, immediately after an incident, to replenish the
spares. Their advice shall be sought regarding the possible necessity of replacing sprinklers on the
perimeter of the area, which may not have actually operated, but which might have been affected by
the fire.

19.7 Anti-corrosion treatment of sprinklers

19.7.1 Sprinklers used in bleach, dye and textile print works, alkali plants, organic fertiliser plants,
foundries, pickle and vinegar works, electro plating and galvanizing works, paper mills, tanneries,
and in any other premises or portions of premises where corrosive vapours are prevalent, shall
have approved corrosion resistant coating (applied by the manufacturer) or shall be coated twice
with a good quality petroleum jelly, the first coat to be applied before erection and the second after
installation.

19.7.2 The petroleum jelly coatings are to be renewed at periodic intervals as may be necessary,
but only after the existing coatings have been thoroughly wiped off.

19.7.3 In the case of glass bulb type sprinklers, the anti-corrosion treatment need only be applied
to the body and yoke.

19.8 Sprinkler guards

In situations where sprinklers are liable to accidental or mechanical damage, for example, cold
rooms, freezers, the underside of mezzanine floors, intermediate rack or shelf protection or
sprinklers protecting low structures, sprinklers shall be protected by fitting approved metal guards as
provided by the manufacturer of the sprinkler heads.

19.9 Escutcheon plates

19.9.1 Escutcheon plates or rosettes are plates that cover the gap between the shank or body of a
sprinkler projecting through a suspended ceiling and the ceiling.

19.9.2 Where installed, these shall be manufactured from either metal or thermosetting plastic
material.

248
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

19.9.3 The escutcheon plate shall not be used to support ceilings or other structures. No part of
the escutcheon plate may protrude beyond the top of the visible portion of the sprinkler heat
sensitive element.

19.9.4 Escutcheon plates used with recessed, semi recessed or flush type sprinklers shall be part
of the approved sprinkler assembly.

19.9.5 Cover plates used with concealed sprinklers shall be part of the approved sprinkler
assembly.
20 Pipework
20.1 General care of materials and protection of pipework

20.1.1 Sprinkler pipework shall be suitably rated in terms of the maximum working pressure of a
sprinkler system.

20.1.2 Sprinkler pipework that has been in service may not be reused and shall be discarded if
stripped out from its original location.

20.1.3 All sprinkler pipework concealed or exposed either above ground or in-ground shall be
suitably cleaned, primed and painted with a finished coat in accordance with SANS 10140-3.

20.1.4 Components shall be properly stored on site until they are required for installation.

20.1.5 The unloading stacking and storage of components shall be done with care to prevent
damage to pipe and pipe threads, valves and sprinklers, gauges and any pump and power units
used in the installation.

20.1.6 Components shall be so stored that they are not damaged by building operations. Site
locations shall be prepared in advance of delivery so that heavy items, such as fire pumps and
strainers can be transported direct to their final locations.

20.1.7 Pipes shall be protected, for example, by caps against the entry of foreign matter, such as
rubble and cordage, and shall be examined for such matter before erection.

20.1.8 The open ends of pipes shall be capped as building construction proceeds.

20.1.9 Pipes shall be protected from the effects of the vehicular traffic and shall not be located
where they are liable to be damaged by forklift trucks or mobile equipment.

20.1.10 Pipes above gangways that are not situated above the maximum equipment height shall
be fitted with approved guards as shall sprinkler pipework beneath mezzanine floors, racks or under
shelves.

20.1.11 Where possible the pipes shall be so located as to be protected from mechanical damage.

20.1.12 If mobile equipment is used, guard rails shall be provided and safety guidelines shall be
marked on the floor around pipe risers.

20.1.13 Water supply pipework in the non-sprinkler protected buildings shall be installed at the
ground level and enclosed by fire rated dwarf walls covered by concrete slabs.

249
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

20.1.14 It is not acceptable to route sprinkler supply pipework to a sprinkler protected building
either through a building that is not sprinkler protected or externally above ground unless the pipe is
enclosed within a fire rated enclosure.

20.1.15 It is not acceptable practice to run sprinkler pipework in the open or within an unprotected
building and provide sprinkler protection above the pipe.

20.1.16 Trunk mains to installations that protect buildings with hazardous processes or explosion
hazards (or both) shall either be outside the building or shall be protected against possible damage
owing to collapse of the building.

20.1.17 Sprinkler pipework shall not be chased into the walls or embedded in the concrete floor or
ceiling of the building.

20.1.18 Sprinkler pipes shall not be concealed in any situation where this would result in difficulty
or undue expense when the installation is to be modified or expanded.

20.1.19 Underground piping shall be set at a depth that is sufficient to prevent the water they
contain from freezing and from the effects of vehicular traffic. A minimum depth of 900 mm below
finished ground level is usually deemed to be acceptable. All underground pipe shall be suitably
protected and laid on a bed of washed river sand of not less than 250 mm depth and covered to at
least 250 mm above the top of any flange or fitting with washed river sand.

20.1.20 All the necessary precautions in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements and
recommendations regarding the installation of underground pipework thrust and anchor blocks shall
be adhered to. The calculation of thrust and anchor blocks is complex whereby soil types and
compaction criteria are critical to the overall mass requirements.

20.2 Pipework that feeds sprinklers and sprayers

20.2.1 Individual sprinklers shall be not connected direct to distribution pipes. These are connected
using an arm pipe which is a pipe other than the last section of a range pipe that feeds a single
sprinkler.

20.2.2 Arm pipes or drop pipes of nominal diameter not exceeding 32 mm shall be used to connect
individual sprinklers where these are fed from pipes of nominal diameter exceeding 65 mm.

20.2.3 In the case of range pipes and terminal distribution pipes in ordinary hazard installations,
any single sprinkler shall be fed by pipework of nominal diameter at least 25 mm.

20.2.4 The nominal diameter of range pipes shall not be less than 25 mm.

20.2.5 Except where allowed in this standard such as in the case of ESFR sprinkler protection, the
nominal diameter of range pipes shall not exceed 65 mm, except where individual sprinklers are
connected to pipes of nominal diameter exceeding 65 mm, when the array shall comply with this
standard.

20.2.6 Any common main feed or distribution pipe shall be of nominal diameter of at least 65 mm.

20.2.7 Gridded systems shall be of a uniform pipe diameter. Ranges and mains shall be uniform
and shall not increase or decrease in diameter.

250
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

20.3 Pipework that feeds upright or pendent conventional pattern

or spray sprinklers
20.3.1 If upright or pendent conventional or spray sprinklers are installed within 400 mm of the pipe
axis alongside a pipe of nominal diameter exceeding 65 mm, the deflector shall be not more than
the appropriate distance given in table 83 above the lower edge of the pipe.

20.3.2 If a sprinkler is fitted in a drop from a pipe of nominal diameter exceeding 65 mm, the
horizontal centre line of the exposed portion of the sprinkler detector element shall be at least
75 mm below he lower edge of the pipe.

20.3.3 The vertical centre line of detection elements of sidewall sprinklers that are fed from the
side of and that spray away from a pipe of nominal diameter exceeding 65 mm shall be situated at
least 75 mm distance from the side of the pipe.

Table 83 — Location of sprinklers alongside feed pipes exceeding 65 mm

1 2 3
Minimum horizontal
distance from pipe centre Maximum height of sprinkler deflector above lower edge of pipe
line to sprinkler centre line

mm
Spray sprinkler, (upright and
Conventional sprinkler installed
pendent) and pendent
mm upright
conventional sprinkler
100 0 17
200 17 40
400 34 100
NOTE Dimensions can be interpolated.

20.4 Pipes and sprinkler fittings

20.4.1 Pipes and sprinkler fittings shall be suitable for sprinkler use.

20.4.2 The following pipes fittings are deemed suitable for sprinkler use (depending on the
particular application):

a) steel pipes that comply with the requirements of SANS 62-1;

b) steel pipes, large bore, that comply with SANS 719;

c) fabricated flanged steel pipes and fittings used upstream of the alarm valve above ground and
that comply with the requirements of SANS 1476;

d) shouldered-end pipes, fittings and couplings that comply with the requirements of SANS 815-1
and SANS 815-2,270 and specifically approved for sprinkler use by an accredited authority;

e) malleable cast iron pipe fittings that comply with the requirements of SANS 14;

f) cast iron fittings for fibre-cement pressure pipes that comply with the requirements of
SANS 1223;

251
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

g) cast iron fittings and couplings for shouldered-end pipes that comply with the requirements of
SANS 815-1 and SANS 815-2;

h) fibre-cement pressure pipes that comply with the requirements of SANS 1223;

i) polypropylene pressure pipes and fittings installed below ground;

j) pre-stressed concrete pressure pipes that comply with the requirements of SANS 975;

k) reinforced concrete pressure pipes that comply with the requirements of SANS 676; and

l) class 16 pipe and components of PVC-U pressure pipe systems that comply with the
requirements of SANS 966-2 (see table 107).

20.4.3 Black polyethylene pipe (HDPE) is not deemed suitable for sprinkler use.

20.4.4 One piece reducing fittings shall be used where a change in the size of the pipe is made.
Hexagonal or face bushings shall be permitted in reducing the size of openings of fittings only when
standard fittings of the required size are not available.

20.4.5 Galvanized pipe shall be used for dry pipe systems and shall be used for the downstream
pipework of any test or drain valve installed on the system.

Shouldered or grooved couplings are not suitable for use in dry pipe systems. Fittings for dry pipe
systems shall be flanged or screwed.

20.4.6 Galvanized pipe shall not be used for systems where foam is introduced.

20.4.7 Where possible and practical the socket or connection for a distribution or feed pipe,
sprinkler ranges or return bends (swivel arrangements) shall be taken from the top or side of the
pipe feeding in order to avoid the accumulation or deposit of sediment within the pipe.

20.5 CPVC plastic pipe

20.5.1 The term "CPVC pipe" refers to both CPVC plastic pipe and CPVC plastic pipe fittings.
CPVC requirements in this standard shall be read in conjunction with the supplier’s installation
instructions (see table 110).

20.5.2 If the occupancy under consideration is clearly not suitable for protection as defined within
this standard, CPVC pipe may not be used.

20.5.3 Where the system is designated as life safety, careful consideration of the use of CPVC
pipe is required.

20.5.4 Sprinkler heads installed with CPVC pipe shall have a temperature rating not exceeding
79 °C.

20.5.5 CPVC pipe can be used only in occupancies classed as ordinary hazard which include or
are similar to hotels, hospitals (excluding kitchens and plant rooms) museums, libraries, (excluding
stock rooms), court rooms, nursing homes, offices and data processing rooms, schools colleges,
prisons, churches, restaurant seating areas, theatres and auditoriums (excluding stages and
prosceniums), unused attics and retail sales areas.

252
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

20.5.6 Where used in retail sales areas, the storage type is limited to ordinary hazard free standing
or block storage of category I goods. Only concealed pipework shall be used for the protection of
storage areas, exposed pipework may not be used.

20.5.7 CPVC pipe may only be used in wet pipe systems. CPVC shall not be used in dry pipe,
alternate, pre-action or recycling systems. Consideration shall be given to the use of gridded or
looped systems such that the operation of a single sprinkler exposes the pipework to flow which will
assist in added cooling to the pipe.

20.5.8 CPVC pipework shall only be installed downstream of the installation alarm valve. The
maximum nominal bore of pipework shall not exceed 80 mm for distribution pipes and 65 mm for
range pipes.

20.5.9 CPVC pipe shall not be installed or used outdoors or in locations that are exposed to UV
radiation. Paint or lagging (or both) that is approved by the pipe manufacturer can be used to
protect CPVC pipe indoors from UV radiation.

20.5.10 CPVC pipe shall only be used where the expected ambient temperature is in the range
from −2 °C to 50 °C.
20.5.11 Where CPVC pipe is used in corrosive conditions, the pipe and fittings shall be tested and
approved for use in such areas or conditions by a recognised sprinkler approving authority.

20.5.12 The suppliers’ guidelines or design manual (or both) and any requirement of a competent
person in this field shall be followed when installing CPVC pipe.

20.5.13 Following installation joints shall be left to cure for the appropriate minimum periods as
given by the suppliers’ installation instructions. Particular care shall be taken that the correct curing
times for cementing of CPVC pipes are maintained. The pipe size, tightness of fit, temperature and
relative humidity, all influence the set and cure times. Drying time is faster for smaller pipes, tighter
fits, higher temperatures and drier environments.

20.5.14 Sprinkler heads shall not be installed until after the correct curing time has elapsed.

20.5.15 Only PTFE tape, paste or other substances which have been tested and approved by the
supplier shall be used when making threaded joints.

20.5.16 CPVC installations shall be pressure tested to 1 500 kPa or 1,5 times the maximum
working pressure, whichever is the greater for a period of not less than 2 h. Only water shall be
used for pressure testing of pipework. CPVC piping systems are not designed for use of
compressed gas, including air and these shall not be used. Any fault disclosed, such as permanent
distortion, rupture or leakage shall be corrected and the test repeated.

20.6 CPVC-exposed pipework

20.6.1 Where CPVC pipe is exposed, the following shall be met:

a) sprinkler heads shall be rated as fast response with an RTI of less than 50;

b) sprinkler pipework shall be installed beneath smooth, flat horizontal ceilings;

c) pendent sprinklers shall be installed with their deflectors not more than 150 mm below the ceiling
at centres not exceeding 4,0 m;

d) upright sprinklers shall be installed with their deflectors not more than 100 mm below the ceiling
at centres not exceeding 4,0 m; and

253
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

e) sidewall sprinklers shall be installed with their deflectors not more than 150 mm below the ceiling
and 100 mm from the wall.

20.6.2 Protection above an open cell, or open grid ceiling, shall comply with the above
requirements for exposed pipework as well as the requirements for suspended open ceilings as
detailed in this standard.

20.6.3 The maximum system working pressure under flowing conditions shall not exceed 690 kPa
or in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

20.7 Flexible connectors

20.7.1 Approved flexible connectors suitable for sprinkler service only are acceptable and shall
comply with the following requirements given in 20.7.2 to 20.7.15, and as shown in figure 39 and
figure 40.

20.7.2 Approved flexible connectors shall comply with the supplier’s instructions and shall not
exceed any limitations of use stated in their certification listing.

20.7.3 These may be used on wet pipe installations only.

20.7.4 The total aggregate bend shall not exceed the value stated in the product certification
listing.

20.7.5 All flexible connector sprinkler terminations shall be supported by a product supplier’s
certificated support bracket assembly.

20.7.6 The flexible connection shall be of the appropriate length.

20.7.7 Pipe bending to reduce the effective flexible connector length is not permissible.

20.7.8 Flexible connectors can only be used to connect a single sprinkler to a distribution pipe.

20.7.10 Where the distribution pipe outlet is on top of the distribution pipe the flexible pipe shall
o
follow a 180 arc before falling vertically towards the sprinkler. For all other connection locations on
a distribution pipe, the flexible connector may run either horizontally or be inclined towards the
sprinkler termination location.

20.7.11 The bend radii shall not be smaller than the specified minimum bend radius for the product
o
identified in the product certification listing and all bends greater than 45 shall be fitted with the
minimum radius indicator.

20.7.12 Any flexible connector which is damaged or kinked shall be replaced.

20.7.13 Flexible connectors shall only be used in accessible locations.

20.7.14 Flexible connectors shall not be used above plasterboard ceilings.

20.7.15 Flexible connectors are used to connect single sprinklers to distribution pipes with a
minimum diameter of 32 mm.

20.8 Flanges and bolting

254
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

20.8.1 Flanges and bolting shall be suitable for sprinkler use.

20.8.2 The following flanges and bolting are normally deemed suitable for sprinkler use (depending
on the particular application):

a) flanges that comply with the requirements of SANS 1123;

b) bolts and nuts that comply with the requirements of SANS 1700;

c) hexagon locknuts that comply with the requirements of SANS 1700;

d) mushroom-head and countersunk-head bolts and nuts that comply with the requirements of
SANS 1143; and

e) shouldered and grooved couplings that comply with the requirements of SANS 815.

Figure 39 — Acceptable single sprinkler flexible connector configurations

255
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

1
1

3
3

2
6 2
6

4
4

5 Key
5
1. Distribution pipe
2. Flexible connector
3. Bends less than the minimum bend radius
4. Sprinkler
5. Ceiling
6. Flexible connector/sprinkler support assembly

Figure 40 — Unacceptable single sprinkler flexible connector configurations

20.9 Protection of pipework

20.9.1 In all cases underground pipes shall be protected against corrosion.

20.9.2 Bituminous paint is not regarded as being adequate protection for underground pipework.

20.9.3 Degreasing is an important process step in the surface treatment of sprinkler pipework.
Degreasing shall take place in a purpose made bath and it is to be ensured that the grease and
ferric oxide contents are kept to within acceptable limits before changing the degreasing agent.

20.9.4 Where pipes are to be welded, degreasing with a suitable deoxidizing agent is required in
order to provide an improved weld.

20.9.5 Non-galvanized ferrous pipes above ground shall be supplied on site with one external coat
of suitable self-etching primer already applied which is to be touched up after erection.

20.9.6 Ferrous pipes and fittings shall be painted with a suitable finished coat of paint in-situ as
soon as practicable after installation.

20.9.7 If hemp is used as a pipe jointing method, the excess hemp shall be cut away from the
exposed pipe threads after erection.

20.9.8 Above ground ferrous pipework in premises where corrosive conditions exist shall be
thoroughly cleaned and then be protected by suitable coating.

256
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

20.9.9 In bleach, dye and textile print works, paper mills, tanneries and in other premises where
corrosive conditions exist, pipework shall be thoroughly cleaned and protected by suitable means,
for example, by two coats of good quality bituminous paint, one coat to be applied before and one
after erection. While this treatment will materially lengthen the effective life of the pipes, it will
probably be found necessary to renew the coatings from time to time at intervals from one to five
years according to the severity of the conditions.

20.9.10 All installations of 20 years of age or older or where there are obvious signs of corrosion
shall have sections of main and range pipes removed for examination, the resultant report shall then
be submitted to the relevant authority.

20.10 Welded pipes

20.10.1 The specification used for welding procedure qualification shall be SANS 15614-1.

20.10.2 Only pipes 50 mm and above may be joined together by welding, provided the joints are
fabricated and welded in the workshops of the installing engineers whose welding procedures are
approved.

Where sockets are welded onto pipes, no part of the socket shall protrude into the pipe.

20.10.3 No welding or heat cutting is permitted on any site of erection unless

a) a hot work permit has been issued, and

b) special permission has been obtained from the owner or developer of the building.

20.10.4 Welding offsite is preferred for the sake of safety and quality control.

20.10.5 On-site welding shall be carried out under controlled conditions and appropriate safety
precautions shall be observed.

20.10.6 Before galvanised pipes are welded, the zinc coating on both pipes, on the ends and on
the outside it, over a distance of 25 mm from the joint, shall be removed by grinding.

20.10.7 After pressure testing of the welded joint, the exposed metal and weld shall be coated with
two coats of a zinc rich metal paint.

20.11 Concealment of pipework

20.11.1 Sprinkler pipework shall not be embedded in the concrete floors of a building, nor can it be
concealed in any other situation where difficulty or undue expense would be involved in making
alterations or additions which may subsequently become necessary.

20.11.2 Concealment of pipework is particularly to be deprecated in the case of buildings of

multiple occupancy or tenure when erection of partitions to suit tenants may impair the effective
distribution of water from the sprinklers and necessitate alterations in the positioning of sprinklers.

20.12 Feed pipes to high temperature sprinklers

The sprinklers in ambient temperature above 70 °C shall be on the dry system.

257
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

20.13 Protection of pipework in non-sprinkler protected buildings

20.13.1 Under no circumstances may pipework be fastened to the outside of buildings whether or
not such buildings are sprinkler protected.

20.13.2 Sprinkler or water supply pipework when above ground shall be in a sprinkler-protected
area.

20.14 Protection of pipework against mechanical damage

20.14.1 Sprinkler work shall not be erected in locations where it is prone to damage by forklift
trucks and other mobile equipment; in particular, they shall not cross gangways where such
equipment is used unless the headroom is in excess of the height of the equipment concerned.

20.14.2 Where it is impracticable to avoid areas subject to such traffic, the pipework shall be
protected by adequate guards. Where installation valves or risers are situated in such areas, in
addition to guard rails, floor safety guidelines shall be marked out.

20.15 Flushing of system pipework

20.15.1 There shall be a 50 mm flushing connection fitted on the trunk main below each
installation control valve.

20.15.2 Such flushing points shall be plugged downstream of an isolating valve to prevent misuse.

20.16 Terminal drain valve

20.16.1 25 mm drain valves shall be fitted at the extremity of the distribution pipe at each level of
protection. This is to indicate that there is water at this point and that no blank flanges are left in the
installation.

20.16.2 Should blank flanges be used during installation work or for any subsequent alteration,
addition or extension, these shall be fitted with a white painted handle of not less than 1,0 m long.

20.16.3 A visible numbered indicator tag shall be fitted to the blank flange and shall be numbered
in order to aid timely removal.

20.16.4 The valve shall be clearly labelled as the remote test valve or inspectors test valve, be
positioned at hand operating level, routed to waste and shall be normally chained in the closed
position.

20.16.5 Where ring mains are installed, three test valves shall be fitted in the centre of the
peripheral sides.

20.17 Pipe sizes

Pipes sizes are determined through design by hydraulic calculation. Figures 41, 42, 43 and 44
provide examples of differing system pipework configurations.

258
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 41 — Main elements of a sprinkler system

Figure 42 — Typical sprinkler terminal main configurations

259
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 43 — Typical sprinkler mains configurations

Figure 44 — Main elements of a grid system

260
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

20.18 Sprinklers in concealed spaces — Ordinary hazard

20.18.1 Sprinklers may be fed individually from the main distribution pipes feeding the sprinklers in
the room below.

20.18.2 In determining the sizes of all pipework, the sprinklers above and below the ceiling need
not be taken cumulatively if no communication exists between the two areas.

20.19 Sprinklers in concealed spaces — High hazard

20.19.1 The sprinklers shall be fed by separate pipework from that feeding the sprinklers in the
room below.

20.19.2 The water requirement of the concealed sprinklers need not be taken into account in
assessing the distribution pipework.

20.20 Slope of pipes for drainage

20.20.1 Sprinkler pipes of installations, whether on the wet, dry or alternate system, shall be so
installed that the system can be thoroughly drained.

20.20.2 As far as practicable, all pipes shall be arranged to drain to the installation drain valve
which shall not be less than 50 mm diameter.

20.20.3 The downstream pipework of the installation drain valves shall be galvanized.

20.20.4 Drains shall not be interconnected and shall be taken separately to waste.

20.20.5 Sprinkler pipes shall be laid to the minimum slopes as stated in table 84:

Table 84 — Slope of pipes for drainage

1 2
Type of system Slope of drainage
Wet pipe systems 2 mm in 1 m
Dry pipe and alternate wet and dry pipe systems with pipe diameter 50 mm and above 4 mm in 1 m
Dry pipe and alternate wet and dry pipe systems with pipe diameter less than 50 mm 12 mm in 1 m

20.20.6 The slope required shall be a true slope of pipe and not the slope relative to building
structure level, unless the structure level is truly horizontal.

20.20.7 The true pipework slopes shall be shown on the layout drawings.

20.20.8 All trapped sections of pipework, (except where single sprinklers are situated on drop
pipes below suspended ceilings), shall be drained through permanent pipework provided with drain
valve(s) and plug(s) or cap(s) situated at a level of not more than 3,0 m above floor level to facilitate
the task of drainage.

20.20.9 Pipework and valves provided for drainage shall conform to table 85.

20.20.10 Trapped sections of range pipes may be drained by 25 mm pipework and valves.

261
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 85 — Pipe diameter for drainage purposes

1 2
Size of pipework to be drained Size of drain, pipework and valves
mm mm
Up to 50 25
65 and 80 40
100 and above 80

21 Valves
21.1 Installation control valves
21.1.1 Each installation shall be provided with a set of installation control valves which shall
conform to the original approval standard comprising, but not necessarily limited to:

a) a main isolating stop valve;

b) an alarm valve (wet pipe) or an alarm valve (dry pipe) (or both), or a complete alarm valve
suitable for either wet or dry systems;

c) a water motor alarm and gong;

d) a "B" pressure gauge located upstream of the alarm valve and "C" pressure gauge located
downstream of the alarm valve (see figure 45);

e) a 15 mm test pipe;

f) a 50 mm drain pipe;

g) a 50 mm flushing connection;

h) a direct reading flow proving test arrangement;

i) a centrifugal false alarm prevention pump or approved retarding chamber; and

j) fire brigade booster connection inlet.

21.1.2 In order to ensure that the entire reticulation need not be isolated in the event of
maintenance, a block piece shall be fitted between any isolating stop valve positioned upstream or
downstream of any alarm valve or device.

21.1.3 The downstream pipework of the installation test and drain valves shall be galvanized and
routed in such a way so as to prevent the water from the test and drain pipes from wetting the
person conducting tests.

21.1.4 All drain pipes of any description on a sprinkler installation shall not be interconnected and
shall be taken separately to waste. This prevents back-pressure from being created in pipework
which can result in failure of a component or water backing up a pipe and discharging from the entry
point.

21.1.5 The installation control valve assembly shall be externally located as close to an entrance
as possible, preferably the main entrance to the premises, in such a position it will always be readily
visible and accessible to authorized persons.

262
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

21.1.6 The installation control valve assembly shall not be located internally if there is any
possibility of storage, under a fire condition, having an adverse effect upon the valve assembly or
impeding access to these.

21.1.7 Where located internally, the valve assembly shall be protected against mechanical
damage with a barrier and shall be located as close as possible to an external door.

21.1.8 The main control valves shall, where possible, be installed outside the protected premises,
providing a substantial brick, concrete or stone compartment with a substantial locked door is built
to house them. This compartment shall be sprinkler protected.

The rising feed main above the control valve assembly shall be located within the sprinkler
protected cabinet or premises and shall not rise on an external face of the building being protected.

21.1.9 Each installation control valve shall have four stop valves fitted, one on each side of a single
alarm valve and one on each side of the bypass connection non-return valve. The bypass
connection stop valves will be normally closed. For life safety systems only each of the four stop
valves shall be fitted with tamper proof devices to monitor their status for all other systems
monitoring of the valves is optional (see figure 45).

To installation

Flow switch (optional if not life safety)

To externally located fire brigade booster connections

Downstream stop valve Bypass stop valve (mandatory)

Water proving
test arrangement
Non-return valve
Alarm valve (optional if fed from a pumped water supply otherwise mandatory)

Upstream stop valve Bypass stop valve

(optional if fed from a pumped water supply otherwise mandatory)

From water supply

Figure 45 — Typical installation control valve arrangement

263
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

21.2 Fire brigade booster connection inlets

21.2.1 Installations shall be fitted with a fire brigade booster connection inlet connected
downstream of the installation control valves, to enable the fire brigade to pump water into the
installation by the use of their own equipment.

It is permissible to install a common fire brigade booster connection inlet upstream of the installation
control valves at a location acceptable to the local authority.

21.2.2 The minimum connection shall not be less than 100 mm diameter over its entire length or
equal to the size of the alarm valve if this is smaller.

21.2.3 The fire brigade booster connection inlet shall be fitted directly into an expansion chamber
that will not restrict the opening of the valve.

21.2.4 If additional fire brigade booster connection inlet are required based on the flow
requirements of the installation, these shall be installed to the requirements of the local chief fire
officer.

21.2.5 The minimum number of fire brigade inlets shall not be less than two per installation.

21.2.6 The positions of fire brigade inlets shall be externally located and indicated by a notice
reading as follows:

SPRINKLER FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER CONNECTION INLET

PRESSURE LIMIT 1 200 kPa

21.2.7 It shall be ensured that, when the booster connectors are fully opened, they can accept the
flow and pressure the system is designed to.

21.2.8 Fire brigade booster connection inlet shall be equipped with approved plugs or caps,
properly secured to the body of the unit and arranged for easy removal by fire departments.

21.3 Pressure gauges

21.3.1 All pressure gauges fitted to a sprinkler system shall

a) read in kPa,

b) have a maximum scale value of 150 % of the maximum working pressure of the system,

c) have divisions not exceeding 20 kPa for pressures up to 1 000 kPa,

d) have divisions not exceeding 50 kPa for pressures above 1 000 kPa and up to 1 600 kPa,

e) have divisions not exceeding 100 kPa for pressures above 1 600 kPa,

f) have a dial face of not less than 100 mm in diameter,

g) be of the glycerine filled type, and

h) be fitted with an isolating gauge cock with bleed to be able to confirm gauge operation back to
zero and enable each pressure gauge to be readily removed without interruption of the
installation water supplies.

264
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

21.3.2 On all installations there shall be a pressure gauge (gauge "C"), fitted immediately above
the alarm valve and another ("B" gauge), immediately below the alarm and main stop valves.
21.3.3 In the case of installations having a town main connection with a non-return valve on the
supply pipe, a pressure gauge (gauge "A"), is to be installed on the supply pipe, (or pipes if there is
more than one town main involved), on the town side of the non-return valve, so as to register the
pressure in the town main at all times.

21.4 Signage

21.4.1 A valve location plate shall be fixed on the outside of an external wall, as near to the main
stop valve as possible, bearing the following words in raised letters or other approved type of letters:

SPRINKLER
STOP VALVE
INSIDE

21.4.2 The words shall be in letters of at least 35 mm in height. It is recommended that the words
be painted white on a black background.

21.4.3 A weatherproof valve instruction chart that relates specifically to the control valve assembly
installed (not a generic instruction chart) shall be mounted on a wall within the control valve cabinet
or if the valves are internally located, as close to these as possible.

21.4.4 A weatherproof block plan of the risk with the position of the main stop valve or valves
clearly indicated thereon shall be placed within the building where it can be readily seen by firemen
or others responding to the alarm.

21.4.5 A copy of the block plan shall be mounted on a wall within the valve cabinet or room.

21.4.6 The block plan of the premises shall show

a) the type(s) of installation(s) and the hazard class(es) and storage categories in the various
buildings,

b) the extent of the systems with details of any unprotected areas,

c) the calculated flow and pressure requirement of each installation,

d) Pmax and Qmax where a pumped water supply is provided.

e) general details of the water supply,

f) by means of colour shading or hatching the area covered by each installation,

g) the location of any subsidiary stop valves,

h) where installations are arranged in zones, the block plan shall additionally indicate the positioning
of the zone control valves, and

i) a cross-section of the full height of the building or buildings indicating the height of the highest
sprinkler with respect to a stated datum level.

21.4.7 It is the responsibility of the installer to confirm the respective hazard class or classes to
which the protection is to be designed.

265
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

21.5 Prevention of false alarms

21.5.1 Town main water supplies often have widely fluctuating pressure characteristics such as to
exceed the normal installation pressure and thereby cause false alarms.

21.5.2 A retarding chamber or centrifugal false alarm prevention pump shall be installed for each
installation or group of installations should a false alarm prevention pump be used. These pumps
will be subject to a maximum boosting pressure of 1 200 kPa.

21.6 Water supply proving test assembly

21.6.1 The assembly shall be of an approved direct reading flow meter type and accurate to
within 5 %.

21.6.2 The proving test pipe cannot be used in combination or multiples but shall be a single unit
calibrated to the required flow.

21.6.3 The measuring device shall be designed to be fitted directly on the downstream side of the
installation control valves, to straight pipes or into elbow fittings or globe valves or their hydraulic
equivalent.

21.6.4 The drain pipework downstream of the proving pipe shall be galvanized and be well
secured to prevent movement.

21.6.5 The pipework shall terminate with a horizontal pipe routed to discharge water without
flooding into a drain.

21.6.6 The proving test assembly is to be fitted to the installation control valves, regardless of the
type of water supply to the installations, in the following situations:

a) where there is a number of installation control valves sited together, it is permissible to provide
only one proving test assembly to the highest demand; and

b) where the installation control valves are scattered around the premises, each installation control
valve shall have its own proving test assembly.

21.7 Identification of alarm valves and alarm gongs

In buildings containing more than one installation, each alarm valve shall have a number indicated
thereon and the relevant alarm gong shall bear the same number in bold figures.

21.8 Alarm devices — Water motor alarms

21.8.1 Every installation shall be fitted with an approved water motor alarm and it shall be
externally located to the building as near the alarm valve as practicable so that in the event of it
sounding, it may be recognised for what it is.

21.8.2 The total length of pipework shall not exceed 25,0 m when taking into account all equivalent
lengths for fittings.

21.8.3 The water motor alarm shall not be located higher than 6,0 m above the valve. The
pipework shall be galvanized, (inside and outside), or be of a non-corrosive material, (brass, copper,
gunmetal). Where the length does not exceed 6,0 m, the use of 15 mm nominal diameter is
acceptable otherwise it shall be of 20 mm nominal diameter throughout.

266
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

21.8.4 The pipework shall be arranged to drain through a fitting (drip union), having an orifice not
larger than 3 mm diameter. The orifice plate (which may be integral with the fitting) shall be of
stainless steel or of suitable nonferrous material such that the hole will not become blocked by
corrosion.

21.8.5 Water motor alarms shall be tested at least once a week. For this purpose there shall be a
15 mm test valve on the installation side of the alarm valve.

21.8.6 In the case of installations on the alternate wet and dry pipe system using both wet pipe and
dry pipe alarm valves, testing valves shall be fixed both above the dry pipe alarm valve, (for use
when the installation is under water pressure), and between the wet pipe and dry pipe alarm valves
(for use when the installation is under air pressure).

21.8.7 The water motor alarm shut off cock shall have an indicator showing whether it is open or
closed.

21.8.8 Water motor alarm drain pipes shall be galvanized, taken separately to waste and may not
be interconnected into common drains due to back-pressures created within the water motor during
testing which causes intermittent ringing or eventual failure of the unit.

21.9 Electrically operated alarms

21.9.1 Water flow alarm switches

21.9.1.1 Approved water flow alarm switches may be incorporated in the system pipework above
the alarm or dry pipe valves to indicate on a central control panel the particular section of the
system which is operating.

21.9.1.2 A water flow alarm switch shall detect any flow equal to or more than that from a single
operating sprinkler.

21.9.1.3 A 25 mm galvanized steel test pipe fitted with a stop valve shall be fitted not less than two
diameters downstream of each water flow alarm switch in order to periodically test the switches and
shall simulate the operation of a single sprinkler.

21.9.1.4 The test valve shall be accessible at hand level and are to be normally locked closed.

21.9.1.5 The test pipe shall run into a common drain and shall be fitted above this in order to see
the test water flow or shall be fitted with a suitable sight glass.

21.9.1.6 For terminal main feed sprinkler systems, where multiple water flow alarm switches are
installed and there is a chance of simultaneous operation, an approved non-return valve shall be
fitted two diameters upstream of the alarm switch.

21.9.2 Electric alarm pressure switches

21.9.2.1 Approved electric alarm pressure switches are permitted on a system as an auxiliary
warning device.

21.9.2.2 Electric alarm pressure switches are not accepted as a substitute for the standard water
motor alarm device and shall be fitted with a minimum of a 150 mm sludge and sediment trap of
non-corroding material such as galvanized steel.

267
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

21.9.3 Transmission of alarm signals to a fire brigade control room or station

21.9.3.1 When arrangements are incorporated in a sprinkler system for the automatic transmission
of alarm signals to a fire brigade control room or station, such arrangement will only be regarded as
approved if they comply with the following conditions whereby there shall be either:

a) a connection directly or through a central fire alarm depot approved for sprinkler use or through a
public fire brigades' control with a public fire station manned by full-time personnel (or both), or
part-time retained personnel alerted by sirens and call bells and so situated as to be capable of
providing an attendance at the premises of at least one mobile pumping appliance within a
maximum time limit of 10 min, or

b) a direct connection to a permanently manned watch room of a private fire brigade consisting of at
least one officer and three men always available on the premises and equipped with a power
pump or with hydrants, and

c) the direct line from the premises whether to the public fire station, approved central alarm depot
or public fire brigade control, shall terminate in a watch room or control room permanently
manned day and night. The use of automatic dialling systems is not approved.

21.9.3.2 The apparatus, including the alarm switch and control unit, shall be approved for sprinkler
use and the installation shall be carried out by manufacturers of approved automatic fire alarm
systems or sprinkler systems or other contractors specially approved by such manufacturers for the
purpose.

21.9.3.5 Alarm signals may be initiated either

a) by a flow of water in the sprinkler system using an electric alarm pressure switch connected to
the alarm valve in a similar manner to the sprinkler alarm motor or using water flow alarm
switches in the system pipework above the alarm valve, or

b) by a fall in pressure in the system pipework above the alarm valve.

21.9.3.6 Pressure switches for transmitting alarm signals to the Fire Brigade shall be of the
diaphragm, bellows or a bourdon tube operated type and shall be mounted on a vertical branch pipe
at least 300 mm long.

21.9.3.7 Pressure switches shall be sufficiently sensitive to operate when only one sprinkler is
actuated.

21.9.3.8 When the alarm switch is situated on the pipe leading to the sprinkler alarm motor, the
stop valve controlling the flow of water to the sprinkler alarm motor shall be positioned on the alarm
motor side of the alarm switch.

21.9.3.9 When an installation is on the dry system, an approved means can be employed to ensure
that pressure operation of the alarm switch cannot be prevented either in the event of a fire or
during the weekly test of the alarm motor.
21.9.3.10 If at any time the connection to the Fire Brigade is severed as, for example, during
hydraulic testing, then attention shall be automatically drawn to this fact by means of duplicate
warning lights conspicuously placed and a buzzer.

21.9.3.11 A test shall be made every weekday (with the exception of holidays), of

a) the brigade connection,

268
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) the circuit between the alarm switch and control unit, and

d) the batteries.

21.9.3.12 It is permissible for the test to be carried out by the Fire Brigade if the latter are prepared
to give a written undertaking to perform this duty.

21.9.3.13 Where the circuits are continuously monitored or due to special conditions or
environments, tests need only be made once per week.

21.9.3.14 There shall be a notice in close proximity to the sprinkler test valves on each installation
to indicate that there is a direct alarm connection to the Fire Brigade.

22 Stop valves
22.1 General

22.1.1 All stop valves regardless of type shall be specifically approved for sprinkler use and shall
be pressure rated accordingly.

22.1.2 Any valve fitted to a sprinkler system shall not close in less than 5 seconds when operated
at the maximum possible speed from the fully open position.

22.1.3 Zinc base alloys whether or not protected by electro-plating or any other coating is not an
acceptable material for valves when used in sprinkler installations.

22.1.4 All stop valves shall have an open or shut indicator fitted to them.

22.1.5 All stop valves, (except those fixed by the Water Authorities on the branches from a town
main), shall be "right-handed", i.e. they shall be so constructed that in order to shut the valve, the
spindle shall turn clockwise.

22.1.6 The controlling wheels of all stop valves shall be clearly marked showing in which direction
the wheel is to be turned to close the valve; there shall be an indicator also which will show whether
the valve is open or shut.

22.1.7 Stop valves shall be exercised at every periodical inspection and at least once every three
years to ensure that they are working freely.

22.2 Stop valves controlling water supplies

22.2.1 All stop valves controlling water supplies shall be secured open by a keyed alike padlocked
chain or a padlocked or riveted strap.

22.2.2 In the case of elevated private reservoirs and gravity tanks, the stop valve shall be fixed
close to the non-return valve and on the reservoir or tank side thereof.

22.3 Isolating screwed valve

Screwed butterfly or ball valves constructed of bronze, stainless steel or other suitable material shall
be supplied with a hole drilled in the handle to facilitate securing.

22.4 Butterfly valves

269
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

These shall be gear driven. Lever operated valves are not acceptable for use in sprinkler systems.

22.5 Main stop valves

22.5.1 Each installation shall be provided with a main stop valve, which when closed, will shut off
all supply of water to the installation.

22.5.2 It shall be secured open by a keyed alike padlocked or riveted chain or strap and
adequately protected from the action of frost.

22.6 Subsidiary stop valves

22.6.1 Stop valves subsidiary to the main stop valve, i.e. above the alarm valve, apart from the
installation drain and test valves or as allowed within this standard, are not permitted except in the
following circumstances:

a) to facilitate the testing of a dry pipe valve when a system is permanently on the dry system
subject to the valve being of an approved glandless interlocking key type;
2
b) to control small groups of sprinklers in areas not exceeding 100 m , which are exposed to frost
conditions as for example in exposed cart ways, loading places, outside hoists, kitchen canopies
or exhaust ducts, outside staircases or gangways. Suitable auxiliary drainage facilities shall be
provided;

c) to control sprinklers on a tail-end dry pipe system provided:

1) the stop valve is of the interlocking key type;

2) the valve is positioned in a conspicuous place where, when the valve is temporarily closed,
the key is readily visible; and

3) there are suitable auxiliary drainage facilities;

d) in connection with hoods over the drying ends of a paper making machine, to enable cylinders to
be changed etc., provided the stop valves are padlocked in the open position when the hoods are
in position;

e) in connection with flushing connections;

f) in connection with outlets at the level of the highest sprinkler, where it is required that periodic
running pressure tests be carried out at this level.;

g) in connection with the test facilities for water flow alarm switches; and

h) life safety by-pass arrangement for multi-storey buildings.

22.6.2 Taps, cocks or other attachments for drawing water from an installation other than as
permitted in this standard are strictly forbidden.

22.7 Non-return valves

22.7.1 All non-return valves shall be approved for sprinkler use and shall be suitably pressure
rated.

270
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

22.7.2 Where there is more than one water supply to an installation, a non-return valve is to be
fitted in each water supply connection and a test cock for testing the valve is to be provided
between the non-return valve and the supply control valve subject, in the case of town mains, to the
Water Authority raising no objection.

22.7.3 Non-return valves shall be readily accessible for testing and maintenance. Where the fitting
of a non-return valve below ground is unavoidable, the position of the valve shall be indicated and
an inspection chamber shall be provided in such cases. The inspection chamber shall be suitably
sized to allow full access in order to service the valve.

22.8 Alarm valves

An alarm valve is an approved check or non-return valve of either the wet, dry or composite type
that also initiates a water motor fire alarm when the sprinkler system operates.

22.9 Alarm (wet pipe) valves

Alarm, (wet pipe), valves (often referred to as ordinary alarm valves), shall be of an approved type.
They shall be fixed on the main supply pipe immediately above the block piece that is located above
the main stop valve and before any connection is taken off to supply any part of the installation.

22.10 Alarm (dry pipe) valves

22.10.1 Alarm (dry pipe), valves (often referred to as "Air valves" or "Dry pipe valves"), shall be of
an approved type. They shall be fixed on the main supply pipe immediately above the main stop
valve, and the alarm (wet pipe), valve in the case of installations on the alternate wet and dry pipe
system not employing a composite alarm valve and before any connection is taken off to supply any
part of the installation.

22.10.2 In the case of systems maintained permanently under air pressure, the alarm gong water
motor shall be connected to the atmospheric chamber of the alarm motor auxiliary valve of the
alarm (dry pipe), valve.

22.10.3 In order to facilitate the carrying out of flow tests when the installation is under air
pressure, an additional 50 mm drain valve may be fitted below the alarm (dry pipe), valve.
Alternatively, a stop valve of approved type may be installed immediately above the alarm (dry
pipe), valve.

22.10.4 Alarm (dry pipe) valves are to be exercised at least twice yearly.

22.11 Composite alarm valves

These valves which shall be of approved type, are dual purpose valves suitable for either wet or dry
systems.

22.12 Accelerators or exhausters for alarm valves (dry system)

22.12.1 This is a device that reduces the delay in operation of a dry alarm valve, or composite
alarm valve in dry mode, by early detection of the drop in air pressure when a sprinkler operates.

22.12.2 These devices which shall be of an approved type are designed to accelerate the
operation of an alarm (dry pipe), valve. They shall be located as close as possible to the alarm (dry
pipe), valve or composite alarm valve.

271
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

22.12.3 Care shall be taken to ensure that the connection to the device from the system is so
located that the restriction orifice and other operating parts are not likely to become flooded with
priming water or back drainage under normal conditions.

22.13 Pressure reducing valves

22.13.1

22.13.2 A pressure reducing valve on the branch from a town main to an installation is not
normally allowed but where installed this shall be specifically designed for sprinkler use.

22.13.3 The controlling mechanism for the valve is to be operated from the low pressure side.

22.14 Deluge and pre-action valves

22.14.1 Deluge and pre-action valves shall be overhauled annually.

22.14.2 In order to facilitate testing, an isolating stop valve shall be fitted downstream of a deluge,
pre-action or similar valve.

22.14.3 Deluge valves which shall be of an approved type are employed to control the water to an
array of open sprinklers or sprayers which are required to discharge simultaneously.

22.14.4 The valve normally held closed is released automatically by a loss of air pressure from
independent pipework carrying purpose made detector sprinklers or initiated by the operation of an
approved heat or smoke detection system.

22.14.5 Alarm equipment is normally connected to the outlet pipework from the valve so that an
alarm is given when water flows into the distribution pipework.

22.14.6 Pre-action valves, which are to be of an approved type, are employed

a) to control the water supply to a dry sprinkler installation either to prevent water discharge from
pipework of sprinklers which have suffered mechanical damage, or

b) to admit water to the pipework of a dry installation prior to the operation of a sprinkler or
sprinklers.

22.14.7 In the case of preventing water discharge after mechanical sprinkler damage, the normally
closed valve will be released by the operation of a heat or smoke detector system and the valve will
be of similar type to the deluge valve but the sprinkler pipework will be charged with air under
pressure.

22.14.8 In the case of admitting water prior to sprinkler operation, the valve may be a standard
alarm (dry pipe) valve, (which may be fitted with an accelerator).

22.14.9 The heat or smoke detector system is arranged to trip the valve in a similar manner to the
operation of an accelerator.

22.15 Hazardous process and explosion hazard — Special

precautions concerning pipework and valves
22.15.1 In buildings or sections of premises in which particular hazardous processes are carried
on or conditions exist which are liable to result in explosions

a) a separate set or set of valves shall be provided to control the sprinklers therein, and

272
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) the valves shall be installed in a separate building, accessible from the open and cut-off from the
building in which the said processes are carried on.

22.15.2 Alternatively,
a) where it is not practicable to house the valves in this manner, an isolating stop valve of the
interlocking key type shall be provided external to the buildings concerned, at least 6,0 m
therefrom, which will control the water to the particular sprinkler installations,

b) trunk mains leading to and from such installations shall be either carried external to the buildings
concerned or be adequately protected from damage arising from building collapse following an
explosion, and

c) no water supplies such as pumps or gravity tanks may be housed therein.

23 Support of pipework for sprinkler installations

23.1 General

23.1.1 Sprinkler pipes shall be adequately supported from the building structure which shall be
capable of supporting the additional load of water filled pipes.

No object of any description can be attached to or suspended from sprinkler pipework. This
includes, but is not necessary limited to all types of wiring regardless of whether or not these carry
electrical current, decorations and signage.

23.1.2 During equipment selection, design and erection of sprinkler pipework, consideration shall
be given to the following:

a) the thermal movement of pipework, pipe supports and the structure;

b) relative movement between the elements of the structure to which pipes are attached, for
example the movement of the roof of the building (possibly wind-generated) relative to a
sprinkler-protected platform or duct below. It might be necessary to use flexible or swivelling
couplings to allow for the relative movement of the two parts of the installation;

c) the reaction caused by the sudden filling of pipework, pumping effects and water discharge from
sprinklers, (particularly when the water is aerated), or water hammer.

d) the uniformity of support;

e) vibration;

f) possible mechanical damage resulting from movements of the plant and machinery; and

g) maintaining the integrity of the installation under fire conditions.

23.1.3 Pipe supports, support fittings and associated components, and also the material from
which they are manufactured, shall be suitable for sprinkler use.

23.1.4 Pipe supports, support fittings and associated components, the adequacy in respect of
which an accredited laboratory familiar with the requirements of sprinkler systems has issued a
favourable test report or a favourable evaluation certificate, are normally deemed suitable for
sprinkler use.

23.1.5 All threads shall be standardized metric sizes.

273
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

23.1.6 All parts of pipe supports shall be of thickness not less than:
a) 1,2 mm, in the case of stainless steel of Grade 3045-15, or

b) 1,2 mm, 1,6 mm or 2,0 mm as applicable to the nominal pipe diameter, when protected against
corrosion in accordance with SANS 10064 or galvanized,in accordance with SANS 121, or

d) 3,0 mm, in the case of all other ferrous materials that are not protected against corrosion other
than stainless steel.

23.1.7 Eye rods shall be formed from mild steel bar and the eye shall be either
a) made separately from square bar and attached to the circular cross-section rod by screwing or
welding, or

b) forged integrally, or

c) a loop, that has been hot or cold formed.

23.2 Strength of pipe supports

23.2.1 The following provisions shall apply in respect of the strength of pipe supports:
a) There shall be no failure of or damage to a support assembly when the proof load appropriate to
each sprinkler pipe nominal diameter given in table 87 is gradually applied through the
appropriate size mandrel to the pipe clip.

b) With the exception of any initial movement caused by the application of the appropriate pre-
measurement load given in table 86, the bedding-down extension shall not exceed 5,0 mm as the
load increases from the pre-measurement load to the proof load.

Table 86 — Test loads for support assemblies

1 2 3 4
Nominal diameter of sprinkler pipe
mm Pre-measurement load Proof test load
Exceeding Not exceeding
mm mm kg kg
– 50 40 500
50 100 120 850
100 150 220 1 000
150 200 340 1 500
200 250 450 2 450

23.2.2 The following pipe support assemblies shall be deemed to comply with the provisions of this
standard:

a) pipe clips that are made from rolled strip iron, cast iron or malleable iron and that comply with the
requirements of 87;

b) sling rods, (a rod with a sling eye or screwed ends used for the support of pipe clips, rings, band
hangers etc.), and U bolts that comply with the requirements of table 88; and

274
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

c) fasteners that comply with the requirements of table 89 or table 90.

Table 87 — Minimum dimensions of pipe clips

1 2 3 4 5
Type of material
Minimum cross-section
Nominal diameter of pipe mm
Maximum
diameter of
Non-corrosion Corrosion hole in clip
mm protected ferrous, protected ferrous,
other than stainless stainless steel or
steel non-ferrous
Exceeding Not exceeding
mm
– 65 20 × 3,0 20 × 1,2 11
65 100 25 × 3,0 25 × 1,2 11
100 150 32 ×3,0 32 × 1,6 13
150 200 40 × 3,0 40 × 2,0 18
200 250 50 × 3,0 50 × 2,0 22

Table 88 — Sling rods and U bolts

1 2 3
Nominal diameter of pipe
Minimum diameter of single
mm
sling rod or bolt
Exceeding Not exceeding
mm
– 50 8
50 100 10
100 150 12
150 200 16
200 250 20

275
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 89 — Coach screws, coach bolts and bolt fasteners

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Nominal diameter of pipe
Coach bolt Coach screw Minimum
mm number per
Not Diameter Length Diameter Length support
Exceeding assembly
exceeding mm mm mm mm
– 50 10 65 10 65 1
50 65 10 65 10 65 2
65 100 10 100 10 100 2
100 150 12 100 10 150 2
100 150 12 150 – 150 2
150 200 12 150 – – 2
200 250 16 200 – – 2

Table 90 — Drill or non-drill fasteners in concrete, brickwork

or block-work minimum diameters for drill or non-drill anchors

1 2 3 4
Nominal diameter of pipe
Minimum diameter Minimum diameter
mm
single fixing double fixing
Exceeding Not exceeding
mm mm
– 50 10 10
50 65 – 10
65 100 – 10
100 200 – 12
200 250 – 20

23.3 CPVC pipe support

23.3.1 The distance between the pipes supports measured along the line of connected pipes,
(whether the pipes run nominally horizontally or at some intermediate angle, or change direction),
shall not be less than that given in table 91.

23.3.2 Vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor or at 3,0 m intervals, whichever is the smaller
distance.

23.3.3 Pipework shall not rely on fittings or joints for support.

23.3.4 All pipe hangers shall have a load bearing surface of not less than 12,7 mm 2 and shall be
free from any rough or sharp edges which could come into contact with the pipe. They shall be
loose fitting and shall allow free axial movement of the pipe.

23.3.5 The amount of bending or snaking in the pipe shall not exceed that as given in the
manufacturer’s recommendations.

276
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 91 — Maximum distance between pipe supports

1 2
Pipe nominal bore Maximum support spacing
mm mm
25 1 800
32 2 000
40 2 100
50 2 400
65 2 700
80 3 000

23.3.6 Where upright sprinkler heads are used, the maximum horizontal distance from the centre
line of the sprinkler to the pipe support shall be 150 mm.

23.3.7 Where pendent sprinkler heads are used, the maximum horizontal distance from the centre
line of the sprinkler to the pipe support shall not exceed that given in table 92 for end of range
sprinklers and that given in table 93 for sprinklers other than at the end of range.

Table 92 — Maximum distance from end of range sprinkler to bracing

1 2 3
Pressure ≤ 700 kPa Pressure > 700 kPa
Pipe size
(Maximum distance) (Maximum distance
mm mm mm
25 300 225
32 400 300
40 to 65 600 300

Table 93 — Maximum distance from sprinklers other than at the end of range to bracing

1 2 3
Pressure ≤ 700 kPa Pressure > 700 kPa
Pipe size
(Maximum distance) (Maximum distance)
mm mm mm
25 1 520 1 220
32 1 830 1 520
40 to 65 2 130 2 130

23.4 Fasteners

23.4.1 Fasteners and plugs shall be made of steel, shall provide a stable fixing and shall not be
used in mortar.

23.4.2 The manufacturer's recommended maximum safe working load shall be not exceeded, and
when fixed as recommended by the manufacturer, the fastening and the building element shall not
fail or suffer damage when test-loaded in accordance with this standard.

277
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

23.4.3 When fixed as recommended by the manufacturer, the fastener shall not fail when the
appropriate test load given in table 94 is applied gradually.

23.4.4 There shall be no movement as the load is increased from the pre-measurement load to the
test load.

23.4.5 Test certificates shall be submitted if required to the installing company, client or client
representative.

23.4.6 When installing angle iron brackets for trapeze bars between purlins, table 95 shall be used.

Table 94 — Test loads for on-site testing of fasteners

1 2 3 4
Nominal diameter of pipe
Pre-measurement
mm Proof test load
load
Exceeding Not exceeding
kg kg
– 50 15 60
50 65 20 80
65 80 40 170
80 100 50 260
100 150 100 510
150 200 100 810
200 250 100 1 290

278
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 95 — Angle iron brackets – Trapeze or between purlins

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Trapeze or between purlin span
Nominal
size of size
pipe mm

1 2 2 3 3 4 4
mm 900 400 800 300 700 200 700

65× 65× 65× 70× 100 100 100

25 50× 50× 50× 70× ×65 ×65 ×65
5 5 5 6 ×7 ×7 ×7

65× 65× 65× 70× 100 100 100

32 50× 50× 50× 70× ×65 ×65 ×65
5 5 5 6 ×7 ×7 ×7

65× 65× 65× 70× 100 100 100

40 50× 50× 50× 70× ×65 ×65 ×65
5 5 5 6 ×7 ×7 ×7

65× 65× 65× 70× 100 100 100

50 50× 50× 50× 70× ×65 ×65 ×65
5 5 5 6 ×7 ×7 ×7

65× 65× 65× 70× 100 100 100

65 50× 50× 50× 70× ×65 ×65 ×65
5 5 5 6 ×7 ×7 ×7

65× 65× 75× 70× 100 100 100

80 50× 50× 50× 70× ×65 ×65 ×65
5 5 6 6 ×7 ×7 ×7

75× 75× 75× 70× 100 100 100

100 50× 50× 50× 70× ×65 ×65 ×65
6 6 6 6 ×7 ×7 ×7

75× 100 100 100 100 100

150 50× ×65 ×75 ×65 ×65 ×65 100×75×10
6 ×8 ×8 ×7 ×7 ×10

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

200 ×65 ×75 ×75 ×5× ×65 ×65 ×75
×8 ×8 ×8 7 ×10 ×10 ×10

100 150 150 150 150 150 150

250 ×65 ×75 ×75 ×90 ×90 ×90 ×90
×8 ×10 ×10 ×15 ×15 ×15 ×15

23.5 Spacing and location of hangers

23.5.1 Sprinkler pipes shall not rely on each other for support.

279
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

23.5.2 The distance between pipework supports, measured along the line of connected pipes
whether the pipes run vertically, nominally horizontally, (which includes pipes with a slope to drain),
at some intermediate angle, or change direction, (where pipes change direction, the support
spacing dimension is measured along the axis of the connected pipes, and not direct across the
angle from support to support), shall not exceed those given in table 96.

Table 96 — Distance between pipe supports

1 2
Nominal diameter of pipe Maximum spacing
mm

Exceeding Not exceeding

m
– 65 4,0
65 100 6,1
100 250 6,5

23.5.3 There shall be at least one hanger supporting range pipe lengths between adjacent
sprinklers.

23.5.4 There shall be at least one hanger supporting range pipe lengths between a sprinkler and a
distribution pipe.

23.5.5 Pipe supports shall be at least 150 mm from the axial centre line of a sprinkler.

23.5.6 The distance from the last hanger to the end of a range pipe shall not exceed 750 mm, but
where drop or rise pipes up to 600 mm or horizontal arm pipes up to 450 mm are employed, this
distance shall be measured from the end of the drop, rise or arm pipe.

23.5.7 Horizontal arm pipes less than 450 mm or drop or rise pipes less than 600 mm long do not
normally require to be supported unless they are at low level or vulnerable to mechanical impact.
Pipework shall be prevented from twisting. These measurements are not to be taken cumulatively.

23.5.8 The first hanger on any range pipe shall not be more than 2,0 m from the distribution pipe.

23.5.9 The first hanger on any horizontal distribution pipe shall not be more than 2,0 m from the
connection to the main distribution pipe.

23.5.10 The distance from the last hanger to the end of any distribution pipe shall not
exceed 450 mm.

23.5.11 Distribution rise or drop pipes shall be secured directly to the building structure or by
hangers securing horizontal distribution pipes within 300 mm of the riser.

23.5.12 Distribution rise or drop pipes of less than 1,0 m in length feeding range pipes but not
individual sprinklers do not normally require securing.
23.5.13 There shall be at least one pipe support for each mechanical joint in a pipe run.

23.5.14 Each section of pipe between two adjacent mechanical joints shall be supported by either

a) one support, which shall be located not within the central one-third of the section length, or

280
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) two supports, which shall be separated by not less than one-third of the section length.

23.5.15 Elbows and reducers shall have at least one pipe support that is not more than one-third
of the length of the supported pipe away from the fitting on mechanically joined pipes.

23.5.16 On mechanically joined pipes, tees and crosses shall have pipe supports on at least two of
the connected pipe lengths, and each support shall be not more than one-third of the length of the
relevant supported pipe away from the fitting.

23.6 Corrosion protection

Pipe supports in premises or parts of premises where corrosive conditions exist shall be of stainless
steel or suitably corrosion-protected.

23.7 Brackets
The force on any fixing screw or bolt of a bracket shall not exceed the value of the load supported.

23.8 Split-ring assemblies

Split-ring assemblies shall be secured by bolts and nuts.

23.9 Toggle support

Toggle supports shall be used only for the support of:

a) pipes of nominal diameter 65 mm or less, and then only where no alternative type of hanger can
be used, and

b) ranges under ceilings of hollow tile or metal lath and plaster.

23.10 Design and construction

23.10.1 Components of a hanger shall be securely attached to each other by bolts or threaded rod
with nuts, lock nuts and washers. Where threaded rod is used, the end of the rod shall terminate not
more than 5,0 mm above the top of the pipe the hanger assembly is fitted to in order to prevent
undue movement under operational conditions.

23.10.2 Hangers and components in normal corrosive conditions shall be galvanized.

23.10.3 In any abnormal or highly acidic atmosphere, the hangers and components shall be
suitably treated and professional advice shall be obtained.

23.10.4 Split ring assemblies shall be secured by nuts, lock nuts and bolts.

23.10.5 All components shall be true to shape and free from sharp corners. All bolt holes shall be
accurately located and free from distortion.
23.10.6 Hanger assemblies shall be capable of withstanding loads equivalent to the appropriate
proof test loads listed in this standard. The proof test load shall not cause failure or damage to the
hanger assembly. Test loads shall be applied to pipe clips using appropriately sized mandrels.

23.10.7 All hanging material shall be approved for sprinkler use and tested to comply with the
stress loading in tables 86 and 94.

281
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

23.10.8 The manufacturer’s recommended maximum safe working loads for fasteners shall not be
exceeded.

23.10.9 Cantilever supports and supplementary supporting steelwork shall be suitable for sprinkler
use.

23.10.10 The installing company shall provide the client or his representative with a copy of a
certificate stating that the hangers comply with the requirements of this standard.

23.11 Installation

23.11.1 It may be necessary to use flexible pipe or swivelling couplings to allow relative movement
of the two parts of the installation.

23.11.2 Unless otherwise allowed within this standard, hangers shall support the pipes directly
from the building structure and shall not be used to support any other objects, with the exception of
a primary support specially designed for the suspension of several pipes, in which case the
supports and in particular the primary support shall be tested for the full load.

23.11.3 The building itself shall be capable of supporting the additional load of water filled
pipework and shall not impair the performance of sprinklers under a fire condition.

23.11.4 Pipes shall wherever possible be supported from non-combustible building components in
preference to those of combustible materials.

23.11.5 Where pipework rests on a support it shall be secured in position.

23.11.6 The pipes shall be supported independently of the roofing or ceiling cladding and any
associated suspension system.

23.11.7 In cases where sprinkler protection is installed below duct work and the pipes cannot be
supported from the building structure, pipes may be supported from a steel section supporting the
duct work, providing that the steel section and its existing attachments to the building are of
sufficient size and shape to support the combined weight of the duct work and water-filled sprinkler
pipe.

23.11.8 Hangers shall not be screwed into tee pieces or crosses which are part of the sprinkler
installation pipework.

23.11.9 Hangers, other than toggle hangers, which may be attached to the swivel rod by rivets,
shall be held together by bolts, or threaded rods, with nuts and washers.

23.11.10 It is not permissible to use hangers whose sole means of fixing uses the elasticity of the
materials of which they are made, i.e. spring clips.

23.11.11 It is not permissible to support main feed and main distribution pipes from the roof purlins
alone. Purlins may be used as intermediate supports only in conjunction with trapeze bars.

23.11.12 Sprinkler pipes shall be supported from the building structure, which itself shall be
capable of supporting the additional load of the water-filled pipework and shall not impair the
performance of sprinklers under fire conditions.

23.11.13 Sprinkler supports shall not be used to support any other objects except where primary
support is designed for the suspension of piped services.

282
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

23.11.14 Sprinkler pipes shall not be supported from ceiling sheathing or cladding or from any
associated suspension system.

23.11.15 Only pipes of nominal diameter 50 mm or less shall be suspended from metal deck roofs,
for example roofs of which the cross section is trapezoid.

23.11.16 All parts shall be true to shape and free from burrs and sharp edges, and bolt holes shall
be accurately located and free from distortion.

23.11.17 Hangers shall not be welded or secured direct to sprinkler pipework, (for example, as a
redundant tee or cross-fitting), or to structural steel work, or to any portion of the building.

23.11.18 Pipework that rests on a support shall be secured in position and branching pipes shall
not rely on each other for support.

23.11.19 Pipework shall be restrained against twisting and misalignment.

23.11.20 Wherever possible, sprinkler pipes shall be supported from non-combustible building
elements. Where combustible building elements are used for support, extra protection might be
provided by appropriate positioning of sprinklers or by using an appropriate type of sprinkler.

23.12 Fastening to timber

23.12.1 Wood screws and nails shall be not used for fixing hangers and explosively powered
fasteners shall not be used on timber.

23.12.2 Coach screws, coach bolts and bolts shall be located at least 10 shank diameters apart
(centre-to-centre) and the thread of coach screws shall be completely engaged in the structural
timber work.

23.12.3 Pilot holes of the diameter and depth recommended by the manufacturer shall be drilled
before coach screws are fitted.

23.12.4 Where the shank of a coach screw or bolt enters structural timber work, clearance of the
appropriate length shall be drilled to prevent the timber work from splitting.

23.12.5 Coach screws, coach bolts and bolts fixed in the side of a timber joist shall be at least

a) 65 mm above the lower edge of the joist when they support pipes of nominal diameter 65 mm or
less, or

b) 80 mm above the lower edge when they support pipes of nominal diameter exceeding 65 mm.

23.13 Fastenings to concrete, brickwork or block work

23.13.1 Expansion shield fasteners shall be used in brickwork or block work.

23.13.2 When drilling into the building structure, care shall be taken to avoid crumbling of the
structure around the hole.

23.13.3 Holes in the face of a concrete beam shall be sufficiently distant from the lower edge to
avoid the reinforcing rods, and to prevent flaking of the concrete.

23.13.4 Explosive powered fasteners shall be not used in concrete, brickwork or block work.

283
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

23.13.5 Expanding all-steel fasteners or set-in fasteners could be used in structural grade
concrete.

24 Types of systems
24.1 General
24.1.1 The types of systems covered by this standard are classed as standard sprinkler systems
that may incorporate subsidiary special protection in the form of sealed medium velocity sprayers or
open medium (or both) or high velocity sprayers fed through sealed multiple-jet-controls, in relatively
small areas involving flammable liquid hazards, for example oil-fired boiler rooms, paint storage
areas.

24.1.2 These systems include but are not necessarily limited to the following:
a) wet pipe system;

b) alternate wet and dry pipe system;

c) wet pipe or alternate wet and dry pipe system incorporating tail end dry pipe systems;

d) wet pipe system incorporating tail end alternate systems;

e) dry pipe systems

f) pre-action system;

g) recycling pre-action system; and

h) deluge systems using open sprinklers or medium (or both) or high velocity sprayers.

24.2 Number of sprinklers controlled by valve sets

Sprinkler systems shall be so designed to ensure that the number of sprinklers controlled by one set
of valves is logically zoned in either contiguous square area or number of sprinklers in accordance
with table 97.

Table 97 — Number of sprinklers per valve (excluding life safety premises)

1 2 3
Square area
Hazard or class 2 Number of sprinklers
m
Wet pipe ordinary hazard
12 000 1 000
Void is cumulative if communication exists
Wet pipe high hazard
9 000 1 000
Void is cumulative if communication exists
Intermediate level protection
4 000 1 000
Racking and shelving
ESFR protection N/A 1 000
Alternate wet and dry or dry pipe ordinary and
N/A 500
high hazard with an accelerator or exhauster
Alternate wet and dry or dry pipe ordinary and
N/A 250
high hazard without an accelerator or exhauster
Recycling pre-action system N/A 1 000

284
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Pre-action system N/A 1 000

Tail end systems N/A 100

24.3 Wet pipe systems

24.3.1 A wet pipe system is a standard sprinkler system permanently charged with water under
pressure both above and below the installation alarm valve.

23.3.2 Wet pipe systems are to be installed in premises where there is no danger at any time of
the water in the pipes freezing. Where these conditions cannot be ensured throughout the premises,
the areas which are unheated may be on a tail end alternate wet and dry pipe system, provided the
number of sprinklers thereon does not exceed the limits referred to in table 97 otherwise, the
installation shall be erected on the alternate wet and dry pipe system.

23.3.3 Sprinklers in wet pipe systems may be installed in either the upright or pendent position.

23.3.4 Wet pipe systems shall be so designed that either the number of sprinklers or area
controlled by one set of valves does not exceed that stated in table 97.

23.3.5 In designing the area covered by a set of valves, cognisance shall be taken of logically
zoning the roof level protection with intermediate rack or shelf level protection.

23.3.6 Rack or shelf protection may not overlap multiple valve configurations for roof level
protection.

23.3.7 In calculating the total number of sprinklers on one set of valves in wet pipe systems, the
number of sprinklers in concealed spaces or in machines, etc., may be ignored.

24.4 Alternate wet and dry pipe systems

24.4.1 A composite valve is suitable for wet, dry or alternate operation whereas a dry alarm valve
is suitable for a dry system or an alternate installation.

24.4.2 An approved subsidiary stop valve shall be fitted above the alarm valve in order to exercise
the valve.

24.4.3 An alternate wet and dry pipe system is a standard sprinkler system embodying either a
composite alarm valve or a combination set comprising an alarm, (wet pipe), valve and an alarm,
(dry pipe), valve where

a) during the winter months the system piping above the composite or alarm, (dry pipe), valve is
charged with air under pressure, and the remainder of the system below the valve with water
under pressure, and

b) at other times of the year the system operates as a wet pipe system.

24.4.4 Sprinklers in alternate wet and dry pipe systems shall be installed in the upright position
above the line of pipes. An exception to this rule is allowed if approved dry pendent pattern
sprinklers are installed or where standard sprinklers erected pendent have an approved anti-
freezing device incorporated.

24.4.5 Pipework shall be arranged with adequate slope for drainage as described in this standard.

285
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

24.4.6 Alternate wet and dry pipe systems shall be so designed that the number of sprinklers
controlled by one set of valves, (inclusive of tail end extensions), does not exceed that stated in this
standard.

24.5 Dry pipe system

24.5.1 An approved subsidiary stop valve shall be fitted above the alarm valve in order to exercise
the valve.

24.5.2 Fast response sprinklers used for dry pipe systems assist in getting water to the remote
sprinklers faster due to the speed of operation and the likelihood of more sprinklers opening at the
incipient stage of fire.

24.5.3 A dry pipe system is a standard sprinkler system in which the system pipework is
permanently charged with air under pressure above the alarm (dry pipe) valve and with water under
pressure below the valve.

24.5.4 Dry pipe systems are normally allowed in buildings where the temperature conditions are
artificially maintained at less than 5 °C or less such as in cool stores, fur vaults, etc., or where the
temperature is maintained above 70 °C as in drying ovens, etc.. Special approval is required for dry
pipe systems in other circumstances.

24.5.5 Alarm (dry pipe), valves in dry pipe systems shall be exercised at least once every six
months. This may be accomplished by removing the inspection cover plate and manually operating
the moving parts.

24.5.6 Dry pipe systems shall be so designed that the number of sprinklers controlled by one set of
valves does not exceed the limits laid down in this standard for alternate wet and dry pipe systems.

24.5.7 Sprinklers shall be installed in the upright position above the line of pipes in dry pipe
systems. An exception to this rule is when approved dry pendent pattern sprinklers are installed or
where standard sprinklers installed in the pendent position have an approved anti-freezing device
incorporated.

24.5.8 Pipework shall be arranged with adequate slope for drainage as described in this standard.

24.6 Pre-action system

24.6.1 An approved subsidiary stop valve shall be fitted above the alarm valve in order to exercise
the valve.

24.6.2 A pre-action system is a combination of a standard sprinkler system and an independent

approved system of heat or smoke detectors (or both) installed in the same areas as the sprinklers.
In general, heat or smoke detectors (or both) operate prior to sprinklers, and so a pre-action valve
will open to allow water to flow into the sprinkler pipework before the first sprinkler operates.

24.6.3 The sprinkler system pipework is normally charged with air under pressure and is monitored
so that an alarm is given on reduction of the air pressure.

24.6.4 The pre-action alarm valve controlling the water supply is operated either

a) solely by the approved system of detectors to allow the sprinkler pipework to become charged
with water, thus reverting to a wet pipe system. The object is to prevent a discharge of water from
pipework or sprinklers that have suffered mechanical damage, or

286
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) by the approved system of detectors, or independently by the operation of a sprinkler releasing

the air from the sprinkler pipework (or both). The object is to facilitate an earlier discharge of
water from sprinklers on a dry pipe system. Operation of the sprinkler system is unaffected by
any failure in the detector system.

24.6.5 In each case the detection system also automatically operates an alarm. The heat or some
detection system shall operate an approved continuously energized valve, or trip mechanism, to
release the pre-action alarm valve when the valve or trip mechanism becomes de-energized.

24.6.6 The maximum number of sprinklers controlled by a pre-action valve, whether in heated or
unheated buildings, is 1 000. Sprinklers shall be installed in the upright position and the pipework
shall be arranged with an adequate slope for drainage as described in this standard.

24.7 Recycling pre-action system

24.7.1 An approved subsidiary stop valve shall be fitted above the alarm valve in order to exercise
the valve.

24.7.2 A recycling pre-action system is a pre-action system of the type described in pre-action
systems with heat detectors and incorporating a special pre-action flow control valve capable of
repeated on/off cycles appropriate to the possible redevelopment of fire in the protected area.

24.7.3 The cycling occurs as a result of heat detector operation which, acting as an electrical
interlock, causes the pre-action flow control valve to open and close.

24.7.4 As a safety measure, the re-closing of the flow control valve is delayed for a predetermined
period, (usually 5 min), by means of an automatic timer. If, however, the fire rekindles and
re-actuates the heat detectors, the flow control valve is reopened without delay and water will again
flow from the open sprinklers.

24.7.5 The objects of the recycling pre-action system are

a) to restrict water damage after a fire has been extinguished,

b) to obviate the need to close the main stop valve when affecting modifications to the system
pipework or the replacement of sprinklers, and

c) to avoid water damage caused by accidental mechanical damage to the system pipework or
sprinklers.

24.7.6 The heat detectors shall be spaced not more than 12,0 m apart and not more than 6,0 m
from walls.

24.7.7 Sprinklers shall be installed in the upright position and the pipework shall be arranged with
an adequate slope for drainage as described in this standard.

24.7.8 Sprinklers may, however, be installed in the pendent position where the system is installed
in an adequately heated building.

24.8 Deluge systems

24.8.1 An approved subsidiary stop valve shall be fitted above the alarm valve in order to exercise
the valve.

24.8.2 Deluge systems are systems of open sprinklers or nozzles controlled by a quick opening
valve (deluge valve), which is operated by a system of approved heat detectors or sprinklers
installed in the same areas as the open sprinklers.

287
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

24.8.3 Where sprinklers are used as the detector line, these shall be purpose made.
24.8.4 These systems are designed primarily for special hazards where intensive fires with a very
fast rate of fire propagation are expected, and it is desirable to apply water simultaneously over a
complete zone in which a fire may originate by admitting water to open sprinklers or to medium or
high velocity sprayers.

24.9 Tail end alternate wet and dry pipe or tail end dry pipe systems
24.9.1 An approved subsidiary stop valve shall be fitted downstream of the tail end valve in order
to exercise the valve.

24.9.2 These systems are essentially similar to alternate and dry pipe systems as described in this
standard except that they are of comparatively small extent and form extensions to standard
sprinkler installations.

24.9.3 They are permitted as an extension in

a) comparatively small areas where there is possible frost danger in an otherwise adequately
heated building,

b) in high temperature ovens or stoves. The tail end systems would be on the alternate wet and dry
pipe principle in case of frost danger and on the dry pipe principle in the case of freezers, and

c) as extensions to an alternate wet and dry pipe system in high temperature ovens or stoves, when
the tail end systems would be on the dry pipe principle.

24.9.4 Sprinklers in tail end systems shall be installed in the upright position above the line of
pipes. An exception to this rule is allowed if approved dry pendent pattern sprinklers are installed or
where standard sprinklers erected pendent have an approved anti-freezing device incorporated.

24.9.5 The number of sprinklers in a group of tail end systems controlled by one set of wet pipe
system or alternate wet and dry pipe system valves shall not exceed 250 in the aggregate with no
more than 100 sprinklers on any one tail end system.

24.9.6 Each tail end system shall be provided with a 50 mm drain valve and drain pipe and a
pressure gauge fitted at a point above the seating of the tail end valve.

24.9.7 Each tail end system shall be controlled by a subsidiary stop valve as given in this standard
and shall include either a water flow alarm switch or an electric alarm pressure or flow switch to
indicate the particular section operating. These sectional warning systems are additional to the
water motor alarm on the main control valve.

25 Cold room and freezer protection

25.1 General
25.1.1 In cold storage warehouses refrigerated by air circulation, automatic means shall be
provided to shut down the air circulation system immediately on detection of a fire or when the
sprinkler system operates.

25.1.2 If there is a false ceiling within the cold chamber forming a plenum for the air circulation
system, dry pendent sprinklers will also be required therein.

25.1.3 Sprinklers shall be installed in positions where there is no likelihood of mechanical damage
through movement of goods.

288
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

25.1.4 Any sprinklers, other than flush sprinklers, installed in a position where there is a risk of
accidental damage shall be fitted with a metal guard suitable for the purpose of protecting the
sprinkler head.
25.2 Design performance

25.2.1 The water discharge time of dry, pre-action sprinkler systems, including any subsidiary dry
pipe extension in cold stores or where used in other applications, shall be determined by calculation
at the design stage.

25.2.2 The discharge time performance shall be confirmed by tests at the commissioning stage
using the remote test valve as specified in this standard.

25.2.3 The maximum time between sprinkler operation and water discharge shall not be more than
the value given in table 98.

Table 98 — Maximum time difference between sprinkler operation and water discharge

1 2
Maximum time between sprinkler operation and water discharge
Hazard class
s
Ordinary hazard 60
High hazard 30

25.3 Pipework

23.3.1 The installation design shall allow for the inspection of pipework to establish that it is free
from ice or other obstructions. Provision shall be made for the thorough purging of moisture after
valve operation.

25.3.2 Installation pipework shall be above ground and accessible.

25.3.3 The pipework shall be easily dismantled.

25.3.4 At the point of entry of the pipework into the cold chamber and otherwise where practicable,
a change by direction shall be made by a tee having one branch sealed off to allow for inspection.

25.3.5 Pipe fittings shall be fit for purpose and shall facilitate easy removal of the pipework.

25.3.6 Consideration shall be given to the use of compression fittings, mechanical pipe couplings
or preferably flanged joints.

25.3.7 Pipe supports shall be such as to facilitate easy removal of the pipework. Hangers of the
split ring type secured by hexagonal head bolts and hexagonal nuts are recommended.

25.4 Pressurization of dry installation pipework

25.4.1 The installation pipework downstream of the dry system installation control valve and any
tail end control valve shall be pressurized with either

a) dry nitrogen gas, or

289
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

b) air drawn across freezers of lowest temperature in the plant and through a chemical dehydrator.

25.4.2 Nitrogen is an asphyxiating gas and the system owner and user shall be consulted about its
use as a pressurizing agent to enable a risk assessment to be carried out.

25.4.3 Nitrogen cylinders shall be fitted with a suitable pressure reducing valve to control the
pressure.

25.4.4 A pressure relief valve shall be fitted, to operate at the upper limit of the required installation
gas pressure.

25.4.5 The system shall be provided with a low air or gas pressure alarm.

25.5 Pressurization of tail end installations on dry pipe systems

25.5.1 The air or gas pressure in a series of tail-end installations, on one set of main installation
control valves operating on the dry pipe or alternate wet and dry pipe principle, shall not be less
than the pressure in the feed pipe(s) between the main installation control valve and the tail-end dry
pipe.

25.5.2 Differential dry pipe valves used in tail-end installations connected to an installation
operating on the dry pipe or alternate wet and dry principle shall be suitable for sprinkler service and
shall retain a pressure in the installation pipework between the main control valve and the underside
of the tail end dry pipe or valves.

25.6 Dry pendent or upright sprinkler pipe length

25.6.1 The length of the drop or rise pipe on a dry sprinkler within the heated area shall be of
sufficient length to prevent freezing at the wet pipe end due to conduction of heat to the cold store.

25.6.2 Where the temperature of the freezer is above −30 °C, the length of the dry pendent
dropper above the top of the cold room or freezer insulation shall not be less than 305 mm. Where
the temperature of the cold room or freezer is equal to or lower than −30 °C, the minimum length for
the drop pipe above the top of the cold room or freezer insulation shall be determined by using the
following equation:

L = 0,0137 × (Tc + 6,67)+I

where

L is the minimum length of the drop pipe in metres (m), within the heated area, i.e. drop pipe
length exposed in the heated area. It shall not include the length covered by cold store
ceiling insulation or exposed to cold store temperature, which shall be added;

Tc is the minimum temperature of the cold store in degrees celsius (°C).

I is the thickness of the ceiling insulation composite panel in metres

25.6.3 The dry pendent dropper shall not be attached to the fabric of the cold room with mastic or
insulating material that permanently bonds the dropper to the refrigerated structure.

25.6.4 In the event of collapse of the cold room, the cold room material shall drop away from the
sprinkler system.

25.7 Dry pendent or upright calculation

290
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

25.7.1 For water flow and pressure calculations, the K-Factor shall include the friction loss in the
drop pipe of the unit and if appropriate the effect of any internal mechanical device for obstruction.

25.7.2 The static head gain or loss in the drop or rise pipe respectively shall be allowed for in the
hydraulic calculations.

25.8 Dry pendent or upright sprinkler inspection

25.8.1 Dry sprinklers shall be inspected at regular intervals for ice build-up or signs of ice formation
in the sprinkler rise or drop pipe. Visual inspections shall take place at least bi-annually.

25.8.2 Water and water vapour ingress into a dry drop sprinkler shall be avoided. Water ingress
may occur at

a) the valve due to a faulty seal; and

b) the connection between the drop pipe and dry sprinkler valve assembly due to poor seals
allowing atmospheric pressure changes and pressure differentials to draw moist air into the dry
sprinkler pipe.

25.8.3 Significant pressure differentials may be more prevalent in small cold stores, where the
effect of door openings is more significant and with units where they may be cyclical temperature
changes.

25.8.4 Any water ingress into the sprinkler pipe will freeze, resulting in ice build-up. Ice build-up
may seriously impair sprinkler performance and may prevent sprinkler operation or cause
obstructions to the water flow.

25.8.5 Where ice build-up occurs or if ice extrudes through any drain aperture in the sprinkler heat
sensitive element support, the dry sprinkler assembly shall be removed and replaced.

26 Antifreeze systems
26.1 General
26.1.1 Where at all possible, a dry pipe system would be the preferred method of protection as the
use of anti-freeze systems is not recommended and the maintenance requirement for anti-freeze
systems is onerous and, as a result, would be subject to failure.

26.1.2 Approved CPVC sprinkler pipe and fittings shall be protected from freezing with glycerine
only. The use of diethylene, ethylene, or propylene glycols shall be specifically prohibited.

26.1.3 Prior to commissioning, an antifreeze system shall be hydrostatically tested with air to
250 kPa for 24 h.

26.1.4 Where deepfreeze conditions or any condition where water in the pipes is liable to freeze
with resultant damage, the following systems may be employed:

a) dry pendent droppers or dry pendent ESFR systems;

b) dry pipe systems; or

c) where there is no other viable alternative, anti-freeze systems.

291
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

26.1.5 The normal air systems are not suitable where freezing conditions occur as compressed air
invariably has a moisture content which is liable to collect at the lowest point in the pipework with
resultant damage to the pipes. Where compressed air systems are used and to overcome the
moisture content, the air is to be drawn from within the freezer compartment and through a
dehumidifier before being introduced into the dry pipe sprinkler system.

26.1.6 The air circulation fans shall be closed down automatically on operation of the sprinkler
system.

26.2 Antifreeze solutions

26.2.1 Only factory premixed anti-freeze solutions specifically formulated for sprinkler systems and
provided by or endorsed by the manufacturer of the sprinkler system components used can be used
to ensure that the mixture is consistent and that the concentration levels are as required.

26.2.2 Signage at the control valve assembly and entry to the areas where antifreeze systems are
used shall clearly identify the following:

a) the manufacturer of the antifreeze;

b) the type and brand of antifreeze used;

c) the concentration of the antifreeze solution; and

d) the volume of the antifreeze solution in the system.

26.2.3 The use of antifreeze solutions shall be in conformity with any government or local health
regulations.
26.2.4 An antifreeze solution shall be supplied by or endorsed by the manufacturer with a freezing
point of 10 % or 5 °C, whichever is the greater, below the expected minimum temperature for the
locality.

26.4.5 The specific gravity of the prepared solution shall be checked by a hydrometer with suitable
scale.

26.4.6 Where ESFR protection is installed, the entire system, premixed antifreeze solutions used
as well as the ESFR sprinkler heads and all related equipment shall be specifically listed and
approved for that purpose.

26.3 Arrangement of supply piping and valves

26.3.1 The valve arrangement, equipment and supply pipe layout shall comply with the approved
manufacturer’s requirements.

26.3.2 Before freezing weather each year, the solution in the entire system shall be emptied into
convenient containers and either replaced or, if allowable, brought to the proper specific gravity by
adding concentrated liquid as needed and in accordance with the sprinkler manufacturer’s
requirements. The resulting solution may be used to refill the system.

26.3.3 Where the system is continually under freezing conditions, the solution shall be checked
every three months.

26.4 Antifreeze systems solution maintenance

26.4.1 Using installation records, maintenance records, and information from the owner, chemical
tests, or other reliable sources of information, the type of antifreeze in the system shall be
determined as follows:

292
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

a) if the type of antifreeze is found to be a type that is no longer permitted, the system shall be
drained completely and replaced with an acceptable solution;

b) if the type of antifreeze cannot be reliably determined, then the system shall be drained
completely and replaced with a premixed solution acceptable to the manufacturer of the
equipment installed;

c) if the antifreeze is not required to be replaced in accordance with the previous steps, test
samples shall be taken at the top of each system and at the bottom of each system;

d) the specific gravity of each solution shall be checked using a hydrometer with a suitable scale or
a refractometer having a scale calibrated for the antifreeze solution;

e) if a concentration is greater than what is currently permitted to keep the fluid from freezing,
alternate methods of preventing the pipe from freezing shall be employed; and

g) if any of the samples exhibits a concentration in excess or lower than what is permitted, the
system shall be emptied and refilled with a new acceptable premixed solution.

26.4.2 Maintenance shall be carried out annually before the onset of freezing weather, or every
three months in the case where the system is continually under freezing weather. The antifreeze
solution shall be tested as follows:

a) the manufacturer’s instructions shall be permitted to be used with regard to the number of
test points and refill procedure.

b) if the most remote portion of the system is not near the top or the bottom of the system, an
additional sample shall be taken at the most remote portion;

c) if the connection to the water supply piping is not near the top or the bottom of the system,
an additional sample shall be taken at the connection to the water supply;

d) The antifreeze solution shall be tested at its most remote portion and where it interfaces
with the wet pipe system.

e) where antifreeze systems have a capacity larger than 568 litres, tests at one additional
point for every 379 L shall be made.

f) if the results indicate an incorrect freeze point at any point in the system, the system shall
be drained and refilled with new premixed antifreeze;

NOTE Sampling from the top and bottom of the system helps to determine if the solution has settled.
Antifreeze solutions are heavier than water;

g) if the antifreeze compound is separating from the water due to poor mixing, it will exhibit a
higher concentration in the lower portion of the system than in the upper portion of the
system;

h) if the concentration is acceptable near the top, but too low near the water connection, it may
mean that the system is becoming diluted near the water supply; and

i) if the concentration is either too high or too low in both the samples, it may mean that the
wrong concentration was added to the system.

26.4.3 Test samples are to be drawn 4 times per annum especially if any portion of the system has
been drained for maintenance or repairs.

26.4.4 A small hydrometer can be used so that a small sample is sufficient.

293
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

26.4.5 Where the sample indicates that the solution has become weakened, the entire system
shall be emptied and refilled with acceptable solution.

26.4.6 Where systems are drained in order to be refilled, it is not typically necessary to drain drops
as most systems with drops have insufficient volume to cause a problem, even if slightly higher
concentration solutions collect in the drops.

26.4.7 For drops in excess of 1,0 m, drops shall be drained if there is evidence that unacceptably
high concentrations of antifreeze have collected in these.

26.4.8 When emptying and refilling antifreeze solutions every attempt shall be made to recycle the
old solution with the antifreeze manufacturer rather than discarding it.

26.5 Antifreeze systems calculation requirements

For antifreeze systems greater than 150 L in size, the friction losses shall be calculated using the
Darcy-Weisbach formula.

27 High rise and life safety buildings

27.1 General
27.1.1 Notwithstanding the requirements within this standard, special considerations given
in 27.1.2 apply to high rise buildings and other life safety occupancies such as hotels.

27.1.2 A life safety environment is classed as a building which is open to the general public, on
entering the building they are generally not familiar with the layout. Life safety buildings may be
buildings where the occupants are incapacitated or incarcerated. Such buildings include, but are not
necessarily limited to:
a) high rise buildings;

b) stand-alone office blocks or where fed from a separate set of valves in the case of warehouses;

c) hotels;

d) shopping centres: Shopping centres generally do not require fast response sprinkler to be
installed. These structures fall largely into high hazard due to the storage that takes place and in
such instances, the maximum allowable temperature rating of the sprinklers shall not
exceed 93 °C, in all other instances the use of 68 °C sprinklers is required;

e) places of worship;

f) exhibition halls;

g) Places of entertainment for example, cinemas, convention centres, concert halls and theatres;

h) hospitals, medical centres, clinics;

i) education centres for example, schools, universities and libraries; and

j) retirement centres, old age homes, frail care facilities, prisons, mental institutions.

27.1.3 High rise sprinkler installations shall be subdivided into sprinkler installations such that the
height difference between the highest and lowest sprinkler on any installation does not
exceed 45,0 m.

294
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

27.1.4 Pipework, fittings, valves and other equipment shall be capable of withstanding the
maximum pressures likely to be encountered for a high rise building.

27.2 Ordinary hazard

27.2.1 Life safety occupancy include, but are not necessarily limited to, hotels, office blocks and
buildings over 30,0 m in height or of such a height that the fire brigade cannot effect evacuation
from street level with their own equipment.

27.2.2 Where approved fast response sprinklers with a response time index of less than 50 are
used for the protection of life safety occupancies, excluding storage and process risks, shopping
centres and any structure where the ceiling height exceeds 6,0 m the assumed maximum area of
operation may be reduced in accordance with table 101.

27.2.3 In life safety occupancies, the sprinkler installation shall provide progressive protection for
the building whilst under construction.

27.2.4 Where the room design method is used for determining the assumed maximum area of
operation for ordinary hazard life safety occupancies, for hotels and guest houses or residencies,
the water supply flow and pressure requirements shall be based on the room or rooms which
creates the greatest demand subject to a minimum of five sprinklers in operation. This method of
determining the assumed maximum area of operation shall encompass a section of corridor of not
less than 24,0 m in length or six sprinklers whichever is the greater.

27.2.5 To utilize the room design method, the partitions or separating elements between the rooms
shall be equal to or greater than the duration of the water supply for the sprinkler installation. No
2
area, other than corridors shall exceed 130 m . Failing which, the protection shall be based on
2
ordinary hazard design parameters with an area of operation of not less than 216 m .

Table 101 — Ordinary hazard life safety occupancies

1 2
Allowable reduction in the assumed maximum area
Ceiling height
of operation
m %
≤ 3,0 40
≥ 3,0 to ≤ 3,75 35
≥ 3,75 to ≤ 4,5 30
≥ 4,5 to ≤ 5,25 25
≥ 5,25 to ≤ 6,0 20
> 6,0 0

27.3 Control valve assemblies

27.3.1 Each installation shall be provided with a set of installation control valves as laid out in this
standard and generally in accordance with figure 47.

NOTE None-return valve and By-pass stop valve are optional for dedicated pump water supply. See Comment [sabs4]: Proposed statement
figure 47.

27.3.2 The installation control valves shall be located in the central core close to the main escape
stairs, where the valves are positioned at various levels of the building. The number of installation
control valves is determined by either zoning in accordance with 27.7 or table 97.

295
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

27.3.3 The installation control valves shall be located in a sprinkler protected area controlled by
another set of valves.

27.3.4 An indication plate shall be installed adjacent to each set of installation valves giving the
number of the installation and the number of floors which it controls.

27.3.5 Each installation shall be fitted with an approved water motor alarm in accordance with this
standard.

27.3.6 An approved electric alarm pressure switch shall be fitted to each installation control valve,
which will indicate on the central control panel the particular installation which is operating.

27.3.7 Each installation control valve will be fitted with fire brigade booster connection inlet in
accordance with this standard.

27.3.8 Each installation shall have its own proving arrangement incorporating a sight glass.
Adequate drainage shall be provided.

27.3.9 The sprinkler risers feeding the installation control valves shall run through the sprinkler
protected areas or be housed in fireproof ducts with a minimum of 2 h fire resistance. The fireproof
duct shall not have any openings or communicate in any way with unprotected openings.

Figure 47 — Installation control valve bypass arrangement

296
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

27.4 Fire brigade booster connection inlets

27.4.1 For high rise buildings, in addition to the above, each sprinkler riser to the tower block will
be fitted with a fire brigade inlet. The connection for these will be at ground level and be mounted on
the face of the building in an accessible position.

27.4.2 Due to the pressure difference in the requirements for the various sprinkler risers, it will be
necessary to indicate the floors which the riser connection serves and the maximum and minimum
pressure that each riser requires should the fire brigade have to pump water into the installation.

27.4.3 The positions of fire brigade inlets shall be indicated by a notice reading as follows:
SPRINKLERS
MINIMUM PRESSURE _____ kPa
MAXIMUM PRESSURE _____ kPa
SPRINKLER RISER SERVING
FLOOR _____ TO FLOOR _____
INCLUSIVE

27.5 Non-return valves and control valve assemblies

27.5.1 For high rise sprinkler installations the minimum standing pressure at the non-return valve
inlet shall not be less than 1,25 times the static head difference between the valve and the highest
sprinkler on the installation.

27.5.2 Non-return valves controlling installation flow shall operate correctly with a ratio of service
pressure to installation pressure not exceeding 1,16:1, as measured by valve lift and pressure
equalization upstream of the non-return valve.

27.6 Water flow alarm switches

27.6.1 At least one approved water flow alarm switch shall be incorporated in the sprinkler system
pipework on each floor above the alarm valves, to indicate on a central panel the particular floor on
which the sprinkler system is operating.

27.6.2 A bypass arrangement consisting of an isolating valve and a non-return valve shall be fitted
immediately upstream of the water flow alarm switch and an isolating valve on the downstream side
of the water flow alarm switch.

27.6.3 A bypass arrangement locked in the closed position of not less than the diameter of the
distribution pipe feeding the area under consideration shall be fitted.

27.6.4 A 25 mm stop valve shall be fitted not less than 2 diameters immediately downstream of
each water flow alarm switch in order to periodically test the switches. The test valve shall be
accessible at hand level and will be normally locked closed. The test pipe shall incorporate a sight
glass downstream of the test valve which shall feed into an adequately sized common drain running
through the height of the building.

27.6.5 Before more than one water flow alarm switch is installed into the sprinkler system on one
floor, care shall be taken in positioning the flow switches, such that the activation of one flow switch
does not affect another, due to the turbulence caused by the flow of the water.

27.6.6 The central control panel shall ideally be situated on the ground floor in the foyer and where
there is 24 h surveillance.

27.6.7 A repeater panel is required to be situated in the caretaker's or security companies' office.
27.6.8 The central control panel shall comply with this standard pertaining to the construction of
pump drive controller as shall the panel and battery details.

297
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

27.7 Zoning of life safety installations

27.7.1 Zoning is mandatory for wet pipe Ordinary Hazard high rise installations and strongly
recommended for all other life safety structures based on suitability.

27.7.2 The number of sprinklers controlled by any one set of installation control valve set may not
exceed 10 000 based on the following restrictions:

a) the number of sprinklers to be controlled by any one set of wet installation control valves on any
one floor shall not exceed 1,000;

b) the installation shall be zoned in accordance with the requirements of this standard using the life
safety bypass arrangement;

c) car parks and areas involving the unloading and storage of goods shall be on a separate un-
zoned installation; and

d) the building shall be fully sprinkler protected throughout on all floors.

27.7.3 No zone shall

a) include more than 500 sprinklers, and

b) cover more than one floor level which may, however, include a mezzanine floor no greater than
2
100 m .

27.7.4 Each zone shall be independently controlled by a single zone life safety bypass
arrangement as shown in figure 48 which shall be installed in a readily accessible position at the
floor level of the zone it controls.

27.7.5 Each valve shall be secured open and be labelled to identify the area of protection it
controls.

27.7.6 Each zone shall be fitted with a valve of not less than 25 mm nominal diameter, either on
the end of the distribution pipe which is hydraulically most unfavourable from the water supply or on
the end of each distribution pipe as appropriate. The valve outlet shall be taken to a suitable
drainage point.

27.7.7 Zoned sprinkler installations shall be provided with tamper-proof devices to monitor the
status of

a) each stop valve’s position either fully open or not fully open including the subsidiary stop valves
which may be capable of interrupting the flow of water to the sprinklers,

b) water flow into each zone immediately downstream of each zone subsidiary stop valve to indicate
the operation of each zone by means of a water flow alarm switch capable of detecting a flow
equal to or greater than that of a single sprinkler head, and

c) water flow through each main installation control valve assembly.

27.7.8 Permanent test and drainage facilities shall be provided immediately downstream of the
water flow alarm switch on each zone.

27.7.9 The test facility shall simulate operation of any single sprinkler head. Adequate provision
shall be made for the disposal of the waste water.

298
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

27.7.10 The monitoring devices shall be electrically connected to a control and initiating panel
installed at an accessible location on the premises where the following indications and warnings
shall be given:

a) green visual indicators to indicate that each monitored stop valve is in its correct operational
position;

b) audible devices and amber visual indicators to indicate that one or more control valve sets are
not fully open;

c) audible devices and amber visual indicators to indicate that one or more subsidiary stop valves
are not fully open;

d) audible devices and amber visual indicators to indicate that the static pressure in any trunk main
supplying the system has fallen to a value of 50 kPa or more below the normal static pressure;

e) audible devices and red visual indicators to indicate that water is flowing into the installation; and

f) audible devices and red visual indicators to indicate that water is flowing into one or more zones.

27.7.11 Facilities shall be provided at the indicator panel for silencing the audible alarms but the
visual indicators shall continue to operate until the installation is restored to its normal standby
condition.

27.7.12 Fire and fault signals shall be indicated at a permanently manned location.
27.7.13 Any change in the panel alarm or fault indication after the audible alarm has been silenced
shall cause it to resume sounding until it is again silenced or the panel reset to the normal standby
condition.

27.7.14 Where installations are arranged in zones, the site block plan shall additionally indicate the
positions of the zone control valves.

299
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 48 — Sprinkler high rise floor level life safety bypass arrangement

27.8 Special considerations

27.8.1 Fast response sprinklers shall be used for all life safety applications.
27.8.2 Only one zone and the smallest part necessary of a multi-zone installation shall be shut
down at one time and for the minimum time necessary.

27.8.3 The partial or complete shutdown of a life safety sprinkler installation shall be avoided
wherever possible.

27.8.4 When a zone is charged or recharged with water after draining, the flushing valves shall be
used to check that water is available in all zones.

27.9 Special considerations — Hotels and high rise buildings

27.9.1 Garages parking levels
Sprinkler protection is required in all parking levels that are within the high rise footprint or
communicate with the sprinkler protected structure.

Where sprinkler protection is provided, standard response sprinklers shall be used and the
2
assumed maximum area of operation may be reduced to 144 m .

27.9.2 Utility spaces

Complete sprinkler protection in electrical, mechanical, telephone and computer rooms is required.

300
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

27.9.3 Loading docks and truck bays

Full sprinkler protection within loading docks and truck bays is required.

27.9.4 Freezers and cold rooms

o
These shall be protected. When the temperature is likely to drop or is maintained at or below 5 C.,
dry pendent droppers off a wet sprinkler system can be used.

27.9.5 Guestroom bathrooms for hotels

2
27.9.5.1 Sprinklers are not required if the bathroom is less than 5,0 m .

27.9.5.2 Regardless of bathroom area, sprinklers are required when combustible baths or shower
or bath surrounds such as plastic or fibreglass enclosures are used.

27.9.6 Closets, wardrobes, cupboards and pantries

27.9.6.1 Sprinklers are not required in clothes closets, linen closets, wardrobes, cupboards and
2
pantries within a hotel guestroom where the area of the space does not exceed 2,5 m .

27.9.6.2 Closets and pantries with washer, dryer, water heater, mechanical or electrical equipment
within them require sprinkler protection.

27.10 Multi-stage pumps for high rise buildings

27.10.1 For installations where the static head and corresponding performance characteristic of
1 200 kPa is exceeded, approved multi-stage pumps shall be used.

27.10.2 Where the protection of a building exceeds 45,0 m in height as would be the case for high
rise structures, approved multi-stage, multi-take-off pumps shall be used.

27.10.3 The protection shall be subdivided into installations, each serving a set of floors where the
height of the sprinklers on the upper floor of the set above the sprinklers on the lower floor does not
exceed 45,0 m.

27.10.4 The pump shall be of robust and compact design built up from a number of stages held
together by body bolts between two end covers. The end covers shall incorporate the suction and
final delivery branches respectively.

27.10.5 For each intermediate pressure take-off point, an intermediate flanged delivery branch
shall be fitted.

27.10.6 Each effective live stage shall contain guide passages to carry the water being pumped
from the delivery of one impeller to the eye of the next impeller.

27.10.7 A hydraulic balance valve or disc, or alternatively a suitable thrust bearing of the thrust
pad design, shall be fitted to absorb the hydraulic thrusts.

27.10.8 Where the following pump parts are used, the materials given in table 102 shall apply:
Table 102 — Material composition of multi-stage pumps

1 2

301
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Part Material
Balance valve or disc Bronze
Bearings Ball/Roller or sleeve type
Casing neck rings Bronze
Casing neck bushes Bronze
End covers Cast Iron
Glands Bronze
Gland packing High grade graphite cotton
Guide passages of diffusers Bronze
Lantern rings Bronze
Impellers Bronze
Middle bodies Cast Iron
Partition or division plates Cast Iron
Shaft EN 8 Steel
Sleeves Bronze
Thrust bearing Fitting pad double thrust assembly

27.10.9 Cast iron shall not be used for any wetted rotating component or stationary part in close
running contact with the rotating member. Pumps constructed other than as above shall have the
design features suited for sprinkler use.

27.10.10 Figures 49, 50 and 51 indicate differing layouts of water supplies for high rise
installations.

302
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 49 — Typical high rise building sprinkler layout

303
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 50 — Progressive valve layout for a high rise building

304
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 51 — Typical high rise building layout with gravity tank and pumps

305
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

27.11 Centrifugal horizontal shaft design pumps

27.11.1 Approved pumps connected in series may be used as an alternative provided the output
pressure can be adequately controlled.

27.11.2 The performance characteristic of the pump or pumps shall be such that the pressure falls
progressively with the rate of demand, so whilst being capable of providing the rate of flow and
pressure required at the highest and most unfavourable parts of each floor, the output will be so
controlled that the rate of discharge at the lowest level in areas close to the control valves on any
particular floor will not overload the pump set.

27.11.3 Where the height of the building exceeds the capabilities of the sprinkler pumps situated in
the lower level of the building, consideration shall be given to additional sprinkler pumps with
suction tanks situated at intermediate levels of the building.

27.11.4 Pumps used for life safety applications shall be provided with a positive suction.

27.11.5 The closed outlet valve pressure at the pump, under installed conditions, may exceed
1 200 kPa, but shall be within the design limits of the pump and associated pipework.

27.11.6 Each pump shall have its own controller, which shall be specifically designed for sprinkler
fire pump service. The pump drive controller shall comply with this standard.

27.11.7 The pump room shall have its own annunciator panel, audible and visual signalling
devices and a repeater panel, all of which shall be approved for sprinkler use.

27.11.8 The pump house annunciator and pump house repeater panel shall comply with this
standard.

27.11.9 The pump house repeater panel shall also be capable of monitoring the circuits of all
water flow alarm switches.

28 Installation calculation
28.1 General
28.1.1 All sprinkler systems shall be hydraulically calculated in accordance with this standard.

28.1.2 Pre-calculated pipe size tables are inherently flawed and are not acceptable.

28.1.3 Combined pre-calculated and fully hydraulically calculated systems are not permitted.

28.1.4 Combined systems of differing standards are not permitted.

28.2 Calculation accuracy

28.2.1 Calculations shall be carried out in the following units and to the accuracy given in
table 103.

28.2.2 At every hydraulic junction where flows divide or conjoin

a) the total flow into the junction shall equal the total flow out of the junction to an accuracy of 0,1 L
per minute, and

b) the pressure shall balance to within 0,1 kPa.

306
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 103 — Calculation accuracy

1 2 3
Quantity Unit Accuracy
Design density mm/min 0,1
Flow in calculations L/min 0,001
Pressure in calculations kPa 0,001
Velocity m/s 0,001
Pipe elevation m 0,001
Pipe length m 0,001
Equivalent pipe length m 0,001
2
Area m 0,01
Length m 0,01

28.3 Assumed maximum area of operation

28.3.1 The assumed maximum area of operation is deemed to be the maximum area, expressed
in square metres and is the assumed maximum area, over which it is assumed for design purposes,
that sprinklers will operate in a fire.

28.3.2 The assumed maximum area of operation, also known as the AMAO, is that specified in this
standard or reached by agreement between all parties where special circumstances may prevail.

28.4 Hydraulically unfavourable assumed maximum area of operation

28.4.1 For the purpose of determining the hydraulically most unfavourable position the assumed
maximum area of operation shall be located in turn in the hydraulically most unfavourable position
on each distribution pipe, or between distribution pipes where they are connected together by range
pipes, in the installation; unless it is obvious that an array is similar to another array under
consideration and is hydraulically nearer the water supply.

28.4.2 Consideration shall be given to any changes in sprinkler spacing, elevation, range centres,
sprinkler orifice and pipe sizes.

28.4.3 Continuous operation of the assumed maximum area of operation at the hydraulically most
unfavourable position in the installation creates the most adverse pressure condition. This adverse
pressure condition shall be used to establish the minimum sprinkler discharge pressures (P max), and
the required density averaged over any four adjacent sprinklers, as defined in 28.9.

28.5 Hydraulically most favourable position

28.5.1 For the purpose of determining the correct position, the assumed maximum area of
operation shall be located either at the hydraulically most favourable position on each distribution
pipe, or between distribution pipes where they are connected by range pipes, that may represent
the hydraulically most favourable position for the installation. See figures 52, 53 and 54.

28.5.2 Continuous operation of the assumed maximum area of operation at the hydraulically most
favourable position in the installation, when extrapolated onto the water supply pressure/flow
characteristic will create the maximum flow load condition (Q max), at a specified pressure, which
shall be used to determine the water supply requirements.

307
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.6 Shape of the hydraulically most unfavourable position

28.6.1 Terminal range, ring main and looped main systems

28.6.1.1 In the hydraulically most unfavourable position the shape of the assumed maximum area
of operation for terminal range systems, including those with looped distribution pipework, shall be
as near as possibly rectangular (see figure 52 and figure 53).

28.6.1.2 One side shall be defined by the range, or range pair where there is an end-centre
arrangement.

28.6.1.3 Any remaining sprinklers not constituting a full range or range pair shall be grouped close
to the distribution pipe on the next range row to the rectangular area.

Figure 52 — Typically hydraulic most unfavourable and favourable areas

of operation of a terminal main system

308
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 53 — Typically hydraulic most unfavourable and favourable

areas of operation of a ring main system

28.6.2 Gridded systems branch lines

28.6.2.1 Gridded systems may not be installed on the dry pipe system. Where ranges run parallel
o
to the ridge roof with a slope greater than 6 , or along bays formed by beams greater than 1,0 m
deep, the shape of the assumed maximum area of operation for the hydraulically most unfavourable
position shall be rectangular with a length (L), greater than or equal to 2 times the square root of the
area (A).

28.6.2.2 The following method shall be used to determine the number of sprinklers deemed to be in
simultaneous operation on a branch line. Where L has a remainder equal to or greater than 0,5, the
next integer shall be used to determine the number in operation. Where L has a remainder less than
0,5, the actual integer is used to determine the number in operation. See figure 54.

2 A
L≥
S

where

L is the dimensions of AMAO parallel to range pipes, in metres (m);

2
A is the assumed maximum area of operation, in metres squared (m );

S is the average distance between all sprinklers on a branch line under consideration, in
metres (m).

28.6.2.3 In all other cases the shape of the assumed maximum area of operation shall be
rectangular with a length, (L), greater or equal to 1,2 times the square root of the area, A.

309
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.6.2.4 The following method shall be used to determine the number of sprinklers deemed to be in
simultaneous operation on a branch line. Where L has a remainder equal to or greater than 0,5, the
next higher integer shall be used to determine the number in operation. Where L has a remainder
less than 0,5, the actual integer is used to determine the number in operation.

1,2  A
L≥
S

where

L is the dimensions of AMAO parallel to range pipes, in metres (m);

2
A is the assumed maximum area of operation, in square metres (m );

S is the average distance between all sprinklers on a branch line under consideration, in
metres (m).

28.6.2.5 For the purpose of this subclause all measurements shall be made in the horizontal plane,
including installations with sloping pipework.

Figure 54 — Typically hydraulic most unfavourable

and favourable areas of operation of a grid system

28.7 Shape of the hydraulically most favourable position

28.7.1 Terminal range systems

28.7.1.1 In the hydraulically most favourable position the shape of the assumed maximum area of
operation for terminal range systems including those with looped distribution pipework shall be as
close as possible to a square, subject to the limitation that it shall, where possible, involve sprinklers
on one distribution pipe only (see figure 52).

310
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.7.1.2 The number of sprinklers calculated to be operating on ranges, or range pairs in end
centre systems, shall be located on each range or range pair at the hydraulically most favourable
position. Any remaining sprinklers not constituting a full range or range pair shall be located on the
next range row at the hydraulically closest positions.

28.7.1.3 Where the above is not feasible, agreement between all parties shall be reached.

28.7.2 Gridded systems

28.7.2.1 The shape of the assumed maximum area of operation for the hydraulically most
favourable position shall be as close as possible to a square (see figure 54).

28.7.2.2 The number of sprinklers calculated to be operating shall be located on ranges at the
hydraulically most favourable position. If there are a remaining number of sprinklers, they shall be
located on the next range row at the hydraulically closest positions.

28.8 Proof of correct position of assumed maximum area of operation

28.8.1 Proof will be required that the position of the hydraulically most favourable and
unfavourable assumed areas of operation have been established regardless of the type of supply.

28.8.2 Such proof may entail displacing the assumed maximum area of operation by one sprinkler
in each direction along ranges pipes or by one range pipe in each direction along distribution pipes
(or both).

28.9 Density of discharge

28.9.1 The density of discharge is expressed in millimetres per minute per square metre of floor
area.

28.9.2 The density of discharge between any four adjacent sprinklers in a square or rectangle, (or
parallelogram where the sprinklers are staggered), shall be assumed to be the sum of the total flow
from the four sprinklers, (in litres per minute), divided by 4 times the square, rectangle or
parallelogram of the floor area enclosed by the sprinklers.

28.9.3 The calculated density of discharge from any such four adjacent sprinklers within any
maximum assumed area of operation with all sprinklers simultaneously discharging shall not be less
than the design density of discharge required.

28.10 Actual spacing

28.10.1 The area covered by a sprinkler not on the operating area boundary shall be a square or
rectangle centred on the sprinkler and extending along the range to the midpoints between the
sprinkler and adjacent sprinklers on the range and, normal to the range, to the midpoints between
the sprinkler and adjacent ranges.

28.10.2 The area covered by a sprinkler on the boundary shall be a square or rectangle extending,
normal to the boundary, from the boundary to the midway point between the sprinkler and the
adjacent sprinkler or range and, parallel to the boundary, from the sprinkler to the midway points
between adjacent sprinklers or ranges.

311
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.10.3 The minimum discharge from any sprinkler within the protected area shall not be less than
the design density of discharge multiplied by the maximum area covered by any one sprinkler
determined as follows:

A=S×D
where
2
A is the design area per sprinkler, in square metres (m );
S is the greater distance between two adjacent sprinklers along a range pipe or twice the
distance to the wall running parallel to the range pipe, in metres (m);
D is the greater distance between two adjacent sprinklers on adjacent range pipes or twice
the distance between the last sprinkler perpendicular to the wall, in metres (m).

28.11 Nominal spacing

28.11.1 The nominal spacing of a sprinkler installation is determined by the following method:

A
S=
N
where
S is the average spacing of the sprinklers within the area (A) under consideration;
2
A is the area under consideration, in square metres (m );
N is the number of sprinklers within the area (A) under consideration.

28.11.2 The area under consideration shall encompass

a) a single hazard classification, and
b) a single design density of discharge.

28.11.3 Unless the assumed maximum number of sprinklers in operation is given, the nominal
spacing is used to determine the number of sprinklers in operation.

28.12 Number of sprinklers in operation

28.12.1 Sprinkler systems that use an assumed maximum number of sprinklers in operation such
as the ESFR sprinkler have a predefined number of sprinklers in operation and unless otherwise
noted, that number in accordance with this standard shall be used.

28.12.2 The following method shall be used in order to determine the number of sprinklers
deemed to be in simultaneous operation:

A
N= +R
S
where
N is the number of sprinklers deemed to be in simultaneous operation;
2
A is the assumed maximum area of operation, in square metres (m );
S is the nominal spacing as determined in this standard, in metres (m);
R is the number of sprinklers located beneath obstructions in the assumed maximum area of
operation.

312
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.13 Minimum flow

28.13.1 The minimum flow required at any sprinkler, unless otherwise specified in this standard,
deemed to be in simultaneous operation within the assumed maximum area of operation shall be
derived from the actual spacing of the sprinklers as defined in this standard.

28.13.2 The flow through a sprinkler head is determined as follows:

Q=K× P

where

Q is the flow, in litres per minute (L/min);

K is the nominal K-factor of the sprinkler (metric);

P is the pressure, in kilopascals (kPa).

28.13.3 The flow from an individual sprinkler within the area of operation shall be adjusted as
determined by the pressure available at that sprinkler.

28.14 Minimum pressure

28.14.1 The minimum operating pressure of a sprinkler shall not be less than 50 kPa unless the
application for a specific listing has specified a pressure for the sprinkler, the higher pressure shall
be used.

The minimum pressure required shall be determined as follows:

2
Q 
P=  
K 
where

P is the pressure, in kilopascals (kPa);

Q is the flow, in litres per minute (L/min);

K is the nominal K-factor of the sprinkler (metric).

28.14.2 The pressure at any sprinkler with all sprinklers discharging simultaneously within any
appropriate assumed maximum area of operation shall not be less than that stated in table 104.

Table 104 — Minimum discharge pressure

1 2
Nominal pipe thread Minimum operating pressure
mm kPa
a
15 50
b
15 50
20 50
a
Ordinary hazard occupancies 35 kPa.
b
High hazard occupancies 50 kPa.

313
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.15 Nominal K-factor

The nominal K-Factor of a sprinkler is determined as follows:

Q
K=
P

where

K is the nominal K-Factor of the sprinkler (metric);

Q is the flow, in litres per minute (L/min);

P is the pressure, in kilopascals (kPa).

28.16 Calculation of static differences

The static pressure equivalent of differences in height between sprinklers, junctions and datums
shall be calculated by the formula:

P = h ×10

where

P is the pressure gain or loss due to head, in kilopascals (kPa);

h is the difference in height between sprinklers, junctions and datum, in metres (m).

28.17 Characteristic flow demand

28.17.1 The common datum point for the calculation of the characteristic flow demand shall, where
possible, be located at the centre line of the pumped water supply.

28.17.2 The common datum point may not be located downstream of the installation control valves
"C" or installation pressure gauge. See figure 49, 50 and 51.

28.17.3 The characteristic flow, Qmax, and pressure, Pmax, demand of the installation shall be
calculated with sufficient values to determine the intercept of the characteristic system curve of the
installation against the water supply curve.

28.17.4 The characteristic system demand curve of the installation shall be determined as follows:
2
Q 
P = 10h + (Ps – 10h) ×  
 QS 
where

P is the pressure in kilopascals (kPa) to be determined at flow Q, in litres per minute (L/min);

h is the height of the highest sprinkler, in metres (m) in the area of operation under consideration;

Ps is the installations calculated pressure taken at a common datum point, in kilopascals

(kPa);

Q is the flow (litres per minute) at pressure P, in kilopascals (kPa);

Qs is the installations calculated flow in litres per minute (L/min) at pressure Ps, in kilopascals
(kPa).

314
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.17.5 Qmax and Pmax are representative of the total flow and pressure requirement of the sprinkler
installation. This shall include, but is not necessarily limited to

a) the roof or ceiling level sprinkler operation in accordance with the required design density of
discharge to the assumed maximum area of operation, and

b) as determined by this standard, the simultaneous operation of any number of sprinkler located at
or in

1) rack,

2) shelf,

3) mezzanine, or

4) sprinklers beneath the assumed maximum area of operation.

28.18 Calculation of friction and pressure losses

28.18.1 Calculations of pipe friction losses shall not be less than those derived from the Hazen-
Williams formula as follows:

 Q1,85  l 
 
P = 6,05 × 10 ×  C 1,85  D 4,87 
7
 

P is the pressure loss over the length of the pipe, in kilopascals (kPa);

Q is the flow through the pipe, in litres per minute (L/min);

l is the length of the pipe, in metres (m);

C is the Hazen-Williams roughness coefficient (see table 109);

D is the mean nominal inside diameter of the pipe, in millimetres (mm).

28.18.2 A simplified formula can be used for pipes having the appropriate "K" value as given in the
tables 105, 106, 107 and 108.
1.85
P=Q ×K×L

where

P is the pressure loss over the length of the pipe, in kilopascals (kPa);

Q is the flow through the pipe, in litres per minute (L/min);

K the constant for the type of pipe contemplated for use (see table 105, 106, 107 and 108);

L is the length of the pipe, in metres (m).

315
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 55 — Typical pump and system curves

Figure 55 should be explicitly referred to in text before it is shown.
Table 105 — Pipe mean diameters and value of "K" steel pipe

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Not galvanized Not galvanized Galvanized Galvanized
Nominal medium heavy medium heavy
diameter (see SANS 62-1) (see SANS 719) (see SANS 62-1) (see SANS 719)
of pipe Mean Mean Mean Mean
diameter Value of K diameter Value of K diameter Value of K diameter Value of K
mm mm mm mm mm
-3 -3 -3 -3
20 21,63 2,71 × 10 20,42 3,60 × 10 21,46 2,82 × 10 20,24 3,75 × 10
-4 -3 -4 -3
25 27,31 8,72 × 10 25,68 1,18 × 10 27,14 8,99 × 10 25,51 1,22 × 10
-4 -4 -4 -4
32 35,97 2,28 × 10 34,34 2,86 × 10 35,80 2,33 × 10 34,17 2,93 × 10
-4 -4 -4 -4
40 41,86 1,09 × 10 40,23 1,32 × 10 41,69 1,11 × 10 40,16 1,33 × 10
-5 -5 -5 -5
50 52,98 3,46 × 10 51,36 4,02 × 10 52,81 3,51 × 10 51,19 4,09 × 10
-6 -5 -6 -5
65 68,67 9,78 × 10 67,04 1,10 × 10 68,50 9,90 × 10 68,87 1,11 × 10
-6 -6 -6 -6
80 80,68 4,46 × 10 79,06 4,92 × 10 80,51 4,51 × 10 78,89 4,97 × 10
-6 -6 -6 -6
100 105,15 1,23 × 10 103,31 1,34 × 10 104,97 1,24 × 10 103,14 1,35 × 10
-7 -7 -7 -7
150 155,32 1,84 × 10 154,30 1,90 × 10 155,15 1,85 × 10 154,13 1,91 × 10
-8 -8
200 - - 208,30 4,40 × 10 - - 208,13 4,42 × 10

316
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 106 — Pipe mean diameters and value of "K" steel pipe

1 2 3 4 5
Not galvanized Galvanized
Nominal heavy 4,5 mm wall thickness heavy 4,5 mm wall thickness
diameter (see SANS 719) (see SANS 719)
of pipe Mean Mean
diameter Value of K diameter Value of K
mm mm mm
-8 -8
200 210,10 4,22 × 10 209,93 4,23 × 10
-8 -8
250 264,00 1,39 × 10 263,83 1,39 × 10
-9 -9
300 314,9 5,88 × 10 314,73 5,89 × 10
-9 -9
350 346,60 3,68 × 10 346,43 3,69 × 10
-9 -9
400 397,50 1,89 × 10 397,33 1,89 × 10
-10 -10
500 499,00 6,24 × 10 498,83 6,26 × 10
-10 -10
600 600,60 2,53 × 10 600,43 2,54 × 10

Table 107 — Pipe mean diameters and value of "K" cast iron and ductile pipe

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Centrifugally cast
Cast iron Grey cast iron Centrifugally
ductile iron
flanged (Cast flanges) Cast iron
Nominal (Screwed flanges)
diameter
of pipe Mean Mean Mean Mean
diameter Value of diameter Value of diameter Value of diameter Value of
K K K K

mm mm mm mm mm
5, – – – –
3
4 –
5 51,
× –
0 95
1
0-
5

7, 6, 4, 5,
6 0 4 8
4 5 8 1
8 77, 81, 83, 81,
× × × ×
0 41 23 31 90
1 1 1 1
0- 0- 0- 0-
6 6 6 6

1, 2, 1, 1,
9 1 5 5
1 1 5 3 6
102 100 103 107
0 × × × ×
,87 ,45 ,91 ,33
0 1 1 1 1
0- 0- 0- 0-
6 6 6 6

317
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

2, 3, 2, 2,
6 0 2 2
1 9 0 0 5
153 150 154 159
5 × × × ×
,96 ,56 ,68 ,73
0 1 1 1 1
0- 0- 0- 0-
7 7 7 7

6, 7, 5, 5,
6 4 5 7
2 6 1 5 1
205 205 205 211
0 × × × ×
,01 ,50 ,23 ,62
0 1 1 1 1
0- 0- 0- 0-
8 8 8 8

2, 2, 1, 1,
2 5 8 9
2 6 0 9 6
256 250 256 263
5 × × × ×
,00 ,60 ,03 ,49
0 1 1 1 1
0- 0- 0- 0-
8 8 8 8

318
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Table 108 — Pipe mean diameters and value of "K" CPVC and PVC-U

1 2 3 4 5 6
PVC-U
CPVC
Nominal Nominal (Class 16)
diameter Mean diameter Mean
of pipe internal of pipe internal
diameter Value of K diameter Value of K
mm mm mm mm
-3 -5
20 22,199 1,58 × 10 75 63,8 1,05 × 10
-4 -6
25 27,965 5,14 × 10 90 76,6 4,32 × 10
-4 -6
32 35,408 1,63 × 10 110 96,6 1,40 × 10
-5 -7
40 40,589 8,38 × 10 125 109,8 7,48 × 10
-5 -7
50 50,876 2,79 × 10 140 123,0 4,30 × 10
-5 -7
65 61,500 1,11 × 10 160 140,6 2,24 × 10
-6 -8
80 74,900 4,24 × 10 200 175,8 7,55 × 10
-8
– – – 250 219,8 2,55 × 10
-9
– – – 315 277,0 8,25 × 10
-9
– – – 355 312,2 4,61 × 10

Table 109 —"C" values for various types of pipes

1 2
Type of pipe Value of "C"
Cast iron 100
Ductile iron 110
Galvanized steel 120
Mild steel 120
Cement lined cast iron 130
Spun cement 130
Asbestos cement 140
Copper 140
HDPE (Not recommended for sprinkler use) 140
PVC-U 140
Reinforced glass fibre 140
Stainless steel 140
CPVC 150
NOTE The list is not exhaustive.

319
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.19 Pressure loss through fittings and valves

28.19.1 Loss of pressure due to a change in the velocity of the flow in pipe fittings or where the
direction of water is changed through an angle, (other than the change of direction into a sprinkler or
approved sprinkler assembly from an elbow or tee into which the sprinkler assembly is directly
fitted), or through valves, shall be calculated by adding the appropriate equivalent lengths of pipe for
pipe fittings to the actual length of pipe in the network under consideration.

28.19.2 The equivalent length of straight pipe shall be

a) taken from tables 110 or 111 or 112 as appropriate, and

b) as specified by the equipment supplier.

28.19.3 Where there is a bend, tee or fitting or change in direction of flow as well as a change in
diameter at the same point, the equivalent length of pipe shall be determined using the smaller
diameter pipe.

28.19.4 For dry pipe sprinkler assemblies the K-factor shall be considered to apply at the entry to
the sprinkler assembly. Allowances shall be made for the head gain or loss due to the length and
orientation of the dry pipe.

Table 110 — Equivalent length of steel pipe fittings

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Fittings and Equivalent length of steel straight pipe for a ―C‖ value of 120
valves
m
Pipe diameter
20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600
mm
o
90 Screwed elbow
0,76 0,77 1,0 1,2 1,5 1,9 2,4 3,0 4,3 5,7 7,4 9,1 10,0 11,4 14,3 17,3
(standard)
o
90 Welded elbow
0,30 0,36 0,49 0,56 0,69 0,88 1,1 1,4 2,0 2,6 3,4 3,6 4,0 4,6 5,2 5,7
(r/d 1,5)
o
45 Screwed elbow
0,34 0,40 0,55 0,66 0,76 1,0 1,3 1,6 2,3 3,1 3,9 4,9 5,3 6,1 7,7 9,2
(standard)
Standard screwed
Tee or cross
1,3 1,5 2,1 2,4 2,9 3,8 4,8 6,1 8,6 11,0 14,0 18,2 20,0 22,9 28,7 34,5
(Flow through
branch)
Gate valve - straight
– – – – 0,38 0,51 0,63 0,81 1,1 1,5 2,0 2,4 2,7 3,1 3,8 4,6
way
Alarm or non-return
valve – – – – 2,4 3,2 3,9 5,1 7,2 9,4 12,0 15,2 16,7 19,1 21,5 23,9
(Swinging type)
Alarm or non-return
valve – – – – 12,0 19,0 19,7 25,0 35,0 47,0 62,0 72,4 79,7 91,4 114,8 138,1
(Mushroom type)
Butterfly valve – – – – 2,2 2,9 3,6 4,6 6,4 8,6 9,9 10,6 11,7 13,7 15,0 17,4
Globe valve – – – – 16,0 21,0 26,0 34,0 48,0 64,0 84,0 103,0 113,5 129,6 145,8 162,6

320
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.19.5 These equivalent lengths may be converted as necessary for pipes with other "C" values
by multiplying by the factors as given in table 111.

Table 111 — Equivalent lengths of fittings for differing roughness coefficients

1 2 3 4 5 6
"C" value 100 110 120 130 140
Factor 1,406 1,179 1,00 0,868 0,755

Table 112 — Equivalent length of CPVC pipe fittings

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Equivalent length of straight CPVC pipe

Fitting
"C" factor value 150 m

Pipe diameter
25 32 40 50 65 80
mm
Tee (flow through run) 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,6 0,6
Tee (flow through branch) 1,5 1,8 2,4 3,0 3,6 4,5
90o elbow 2,1 2,4 2,7 3,3 3,6 3,9
45o elbow 0,3 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,9 1,2
Coupling 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,6 0,6

Table XXX – Equivalent lengths of PVC-U fittings

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Equivalent length of straight uPVC and mPVC pipe
C factor value 140
Fitting (metres)
Nominal diameter
(mm)
110 125 140 160 200 250 315 355 400 450 500
Tee (flow through
1,0 1,1 1,3 1,5 1,8 2.3 2,9 3,2 3,7 4,1 4,6
run)
Tee (flow through
6,0 6,9 7,7 8,8 11,0 13,7 17,2 19,5 22,0 24,7 27,4
branch)
o
90 elbow 3,0 3,4 3,8 4,4 5,5 6,9 8,6 9,7 11,0 12,3 13,7
o
45 elbow 1,0 1,1 1,3 1,5 1,8 2,3 2,9 3,2 3,7 4,1 4,6
o
90 bend 1,0 1,1 1,3 1,5 1,8 2,3 2,9 3,2 3,7 4,1 4,6
o
45 bend 1,0 1,1 1,3 1,5 1,8 2,3 2,9 3,2 3,7 4,1 4,6
Coupling 3,0 3,4 3,8 4,4 5,5 6,9 8,6 9,7 11,0 12,3 13,7
Butterfly valve 13,0 14,8 16,6 19,0 23,8 29,7 37,4 42,2 47,6 53,5 59,5
Diaphragm valve 23,1 26,3 29,4 33,6 42,0 52,6 66,2 74,7 84,1 94,7 105,2
Check valve 5,0 5,7 6,4 7,3 9,1 11,4 14,4 16,2 18,3 20,6 22,9

321
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

28.20 Minimum pipe diameters

28.20.1 Distribution pipes shall not be less than 32 mm nominal pipe diameter regardless of
whether or not it can be proven by calculation that a smaller pipe diameter could be used.

28.20.2 Range pipes, arm pipes, riser or droppers may not be less than 25 mm nominal diameter
regardless of whether or not it can be proven by calculation that a smaller pipe diameter could be
used.

28.20.3 In order to restrict Qmax and Pmax to manageable limits, the maximum allowable number of
sprinklers fed from any one side of a terminal main or ring or looped main system shall not
exceed six.

28.20.4 The effect of velocity head may be ignored.

28.20.5 The water velocity shall not exceed:

a) 6,0 m per second at any valve, multiple-jet-control or flow monitoring device, trunk, feed main or
main distribution pipe, and

b) 8,0 m per second at any other point in the system.

28.22 Orifice plates

28.22.1 The use of orifice plates within the sprinkler system pipework should be avoided and
where necessary, the system should be balanced using the feed and distribution pipes.

28.22.2 Where it is considered necessary to fit orifice plates in order to assist in hydraulically
balancing a system or to meet pump characteristic curves, the diameter of the orifice shall be not
less than 50 % of the diameter of the pipe into which the plate is to be fitted.

28.22.3 Orifice plates are allowed in pipes 50 mm diameter or larger. They shall be fabricated in
brass or stainless steel with plain central holes without burrs and of a thickness as stated in
table 113.

28.22.4 They shall be situated not less than two pipe diameters from any elbow or bend measured
in the direction of flow and full details of the orifice plate and positioning within a sprinkler installation
shall be prominently noted on the block plan which is located at the installation control valve
assembly.

28.22.5 Orifice plates shall have a projecting identification tag which is readily visible on which is
stamped the orifice diameter, the flow through the pipe used to calculate the orifice, the pressure
drop across the orifice and the K-factor for the orifice.

28.22.6 The relationship between the size of the orifice, the flow and the pressure loss is to be
calculated on the basis of the information given in this standard.

Table 113— Orifice plate thickness

1 2
Nominal size of pipe Orifice plate thickness
mm mm
50 3
65 3
80 3
100 6

322
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

150 6
200 9
28.22.7 The following equation can be used to calculate the appropriate diameter of an orifice to
achieve the desired hydraulic balance as given in this standard:

D
d=
2
 P  D 2  0,04024
4    1
 Q 
where

d is the orifice plate diameter, in millimetres (mm);

D is the mean diameter of the pipe, in millimetres (mm);

P is the pressure drop required across the orifice, in kilopascals (kPa);

Q is the flow through the orifice, in litres per minute (L/min).

28.22.8 The pressure drop across the calculated orifice, as indicated in figure 56 at a differing flow
can be determined by using the following formula:

P=
1,5625 10 8 2

Q  D  d
4 4

4 4
253009 d  D

where

d is the orifice plate diameter, in millimetres (mm);

D is the mean diameter of the pipe, in millimetres (mm);

P is the pressure drop required across the orifice, in kilopascals (kPa);

Q is the flow through the orifice, in litres per minute (L/min).

323
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 56 — Typical orifice plate pump proving test arrangement layout

324
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Figure 57 — Typical pump curve

325
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

29 Sprinkler installation maintenance

29.1 Inspection

Self-certification of a sprinkler system is not acceptable.

No person shall claim or declare that he or any other person complied with this standard unless
such a claim or declaration is true and accurate in all material respects and has been verified by an
independent third party inspection and signed off by a competent person.

Sprinkler systems cannot be certified as being in compliance with or conforming to this standard by
sprinkler contractors who carry out installation work or by any person who was commercially active
in the installation under consideration.

The competent person shall have no commercial or vested interests in sprinkler system
components. Inspections undertaken by insurers or insurance brokers for their commercial and
underwriting purposes cannot be assumed to fulfil the intent of this requirement.

Only a competent person shall approve any design.

A local authority may obtain assistance from other sources, (for example, it may purchase services
from the private sector), if it does not have within its organization persons who are competent to
carry out the tasks envisaged in this standard.

29.2 Information to be supplied Field Code Changed

The under noted information must be supplied in order for an independent third party inspection of
the installation to be carried out.

a) Name of premises.

b) Physical location of premises.

c) Name of client occupying premises or owner of premises.

d) Postal address of client occupying premises or owner of premises.

e) Contact person and contact details of responsible person.

29.3 Documents Field Code Changed

All documents submitted for checking shall be identified as follows:

a. Drawing or document number or reference.

b. Issue number.

c. Date of issue.

d. Name of project.

e. Drawing or document title.

f. Installation number or reference.

326
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

g. Reference for assumed maximum areas of operation under consideration.

h. Name of designer.

i. Name of the responsible person who shall not be the designer.

29.4 Water supply information

29.4.1 Town main Field Code Changed

Where a town main forms one or both of the supplies or provides in-fill to a suction tank:

a) Nominal diameter of the town main.

b) Details of town main reticulation, i.e. whether dead end or double end feed; if a dead end,
the nearest connecting double end feed main.

A graph showing:

a) The pressure/flow characteristic of the town main which shall be determined by test at a
period of peak demand and which shall be adjusted to allow for frictional losses and static
head difference between the test location and the installation alarm valve "C" pressure
gauge or the relevant suction tank in-fill valve.

b) A modified pressure flow characteristic indicating the usable pressure as defined in this
standard at any flow up to the maximum system demand.

c) The system demand pressure/flow characteristic for the hydraulically most unfavourable
assumed maximum area of operation with pressures taken as at the installation alarm valve
"C" pressure gauge.

d) The date and time of test on town main.

e) A diagram showing the town main test location relative to the installation control valve

29.4.2 Automatic pump sets Field Code Changed

Where automatic pump sets form one or more of the supplies: (See Figure 57)

a) Generated head graph.

b) Power absorption graph.

c) Required NPSH graph.

d) A statement of power output for each prime mover.

e) Installers data sheet showing:

f) The pump set installed performance pressure/flow characteristic for low water level "X".

g) The pump set installed performance pressure/flow characteristic for normal water line.

h) The system demand pressure/flow characteristic for the hydraulically most unfavourable
and favourable assumed maximum area of operation, calculated in accordance with this
standard.

327
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

i) Statement of available NPSH at maximum predicted flow.

29.5 Design submission

For each design assumed maximum area of operation:

a) Area identification.

b) Classification of system.

c) Required density of discharge, (mm/min).

d) Assumed maximum area of operation, (m2).

e) Number of sprinklers operating.

f) Sprinkler nominal orifice size, (mm).

g) Maximum area covered per sprinkler, (m2).

h) Pressure loss formula used. (Hazen-Williams full or simplified or Darcy-Weisbach if foam is

used).

29.6 Detailed calculations

The following must be provided on purpose designed work sheets or a computer printout.

For each operating sprinkler:

a) Node or reference number.

b) Sprinkler nominal K factor.

c) Flow through sprinkler, (litres per minute).

d) Pressure at entry to sprinkler or sprinkler assembly, (kPa).

For each hydraulically significant pipe:

a) Pipe nodes or reference.

b) Pipe nominal bore, (mm).

c) Hazen-Williams constant, ―C‖ or shortened K pipe ―K-Factor‖.

d) Flow through pipe, (litres per minute).

e) Length of pipe, (metres).

f) Numbers, types and equivalent lengths of fittings.

g) Static head change in pipe, (metres).

h) Pressures at inlet and outlet of pipe, (kPa).

328
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

i) Friction loss in pipe, (kPa).

j) Indication of flow direction.

29.7 Drawings and diagrams

29.7.1 Fully detailed and dimensioned working drawings shall be provided. All drawings shall
include:

a) A node or pipe reference scheme which provides unique identification of pipes, junctions,
sprinkler heads and any pipe fittings which require hydraulic consideration.

b) The position of the hydraulically most unfavourable assumed maximum area of operation.

c) The position of the hydraulically most favourable assumed maximum area of operation.

d) The four sprinklers upon which the average density of discharge is based.

e) The height of each identified pressure value above a datum.

A line diagram(s) shall be supplied and include the following information:

a) Node or pipe reference numbers.

b) Distribution pipes under consideration.

c) Range pipes under consideration.

d) Sprinkler heads under consideration.

e) Identification of the four hydraulically most unfavourable sprinkler heads.

f) Flow through and pressure at the end of each hydraulically relevant pipe.

29.7.2 A durable notice shall be affixed to the riser pipe immediately adjacent to the alarm valve set,
of any installation which has been hydraulically calculated. The notice shall include at least the
following information:

a) Installation number.

b) Installation hazard classification(s).

c) For each hazard class within the installations:

d) The system design requirements at the installation ―C‖ gauge for the most unfavourable and
favourable assumed areas of operation.

e) The system design requirement at the pump delivery pressure gauge for the most
unfavourable and favourable assumed areas of operation.

f) Height of highest sprinklers above the ―C‖ gauge in the most unfavourable and favourable
assumed maximum area of operation.

g) Height difference between ―C‖ gauge and pump delivery pressure gauge.

29.7.3The following information shall be displayed in the sprinkler pump house and supplied to the
third party independent inspectorate.

329
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

Installers' data sheets showing:

a) Pump manufacturers’ data sheets and copy of endurance test.

b) A schedule listing each installation technical data as required in this standard.

c) A copy of the installers’ Data sheet modified to show the ―as installed‖ performance.

30 Maintenance contracts

30.1 Sprinkler systems shall be appropriately maintained, as specified herein and a contract shall
be placed for the continuing maintenance of the sprinkler systems, with a sprinkler servicing
contractor.

30.1.2 To maintain the validity of any clearance certification, the system shall be inspected by a
competent person experienced in this field and serviced and maintained by a sprinkler servicing
contractor.

30.1.3 The review of hazard and the re-validation of any clearance certification shall be carried out
by a company experienced in this field.

30.1.4 An appointed sprinkler contractor shall not carry out inspections.

30.2 Sprinkler system user personnel

30.2.1 Appointment of fire safety officials by the sprinkler system user

The appointment of fire safety officials by the sprinkler system user shall be as follows:

a) the sprinkler system user shall appoint a fire safety official who shall be responsible for the
sprinkler systems care and maintenance; and

b) fire safety officials shall receive formal training and instructions, whether permanent or contract
staff.

30.2.2 Staff responsible for weekly testing and emergency actions

The following shall be adhered to:

a) only appropriately trained personnel shall be permitted to undertake weekly testing of sprinkler
systems or emergency actions;

b) it is important that the appropriate staff, including security staff, within a sprinkler protected
property are given suitable levels of instruction by the sprinkler servicing contractor on

1) the purpose of the sprinkler system,

2) how the system operates in the event of a fire,

3) what to do if the system operates either in a fire or accidentally,

4) keeping sprinkler heads clear of obstruction,

330
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

5) the avoidance of damage to sprinkler heads and pipework,

6) upkeep of records and documentation.

30.3 Documentation
30.3.1 General
The following documents are to be provided by the sprinkler installing company. The installing
company shall provide:

a) a maintenance and test schedule for the sprinkler system;

b) a log book or folder for the sprinkler system which shall contain at least the following at system
commissioning:

1) as-built drawings and hydraulic data or calculations;

2) proprietary equipment specifications, data sheets, and maintenance requirements, including

pump data provided by the pump set supplier;

3) maintenance, inspection and test schedules;

4) where appropriate, a weekly test card;

5) the installing contractor records and reports;

6) clearance certificates;

c) comprehensive sprinkler system maintenance test schedules for pumped water supplies.

30.3.2 Upkeep of records and documents

Records and documents shall be kept as follows:

a) appropriate records including the sprinkler system log book or folder shall be kept on the
sprinkler protected premises and updated by the fire safety official;

b) when requested by any authority having jurisdiction, these records shall be made available by the
fire safety official for inspection;

c) the records shall be kept up to date and shall include at least the following:

1) details of all modifications, changes and alterations;

2) details of all work and inspections carried out on the sprinkler system;

3) details of any hazard analysis relevant to the sprinkler protection;

4) full and up to date list of emergency contacts including: Insurers, Insurance Brokers, the
property owner or their agent, the inspection authority, the sprinkler servicing company, the
sprinkler installer, the pump supplier or pump maintenance company, the electrical
contractor, the central alarm station contact numbers; the suction tank supplier, and the
sprinkler monitoring equipment suppliers;

5) records detailing calls to and from the central alarm station, taking the station off watch,
restoring the station back on watch and notification of alarms or faults. The details recorded
shall include at least, the nature of event, date and time of the call, the name of the caller and
recipient, and the central alarm station reference;

331
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

6) details of staff training.

d) The master records shall be kept in the sprinkler log book or folder off site.
30.4 Equipment and components

30.4.1 Replacement sprinklers

Replacement sprinklers shall be maintained as follows:

a) a stock of spare sprinklers shall be kept on the premises as replacements for operated or
damaged sprinklers;

b) sprinkler spares shall be replaced within 7 d after use. The numbers specified in table 82 are a
minimum; and

c) where installations contain high-temperature sprinklers, sidewall or other variations of sprinkler

pattern or contain multiple-jet-controls, an adequate number of spares shall be maintained.

30.4.2 Components and replacement parts

Components shall be maintained in accordance with the supplier's instructions, and where
replacement parts may be required only proprietary parts provided by the original equipment
supplier, shall be used.

30.5 Planned shutdown procedure

30.5.1 Preparation for shutdown

30.5.1.1 Servicing and repairs shall be planned to ensure that work is carried out at an appropriate
time and with a minimum of down-time.

30.5.1.2 During routine inspection or testing (or both), a number of defects may be revealed which
require remedial attention.

29.5.1.3 Any repairs found necessary may require to be undertaken outside of normal working
hours due to the possible requirements relating to occupational health and safety or a local authority
requirement that systems may not be turned off during times of occupancy, for example; in an
enclosed shopping mall.

30.5.1.4 Liaison with all interested parties is essential prior to the commencement of any tests or
repair work.

30.5.1.5 Any servicing or repair work during weekends or public holidays shall, where possible,
only be undertaken after it has been ascertained that all necessary resources are available to
complete the task and re-commission the system.

30.5.1.6 It is important to plan in advance where possible, for work to be carried out, thus ensuring
that all procedures are carried out with the minimum of risk and disturbance.

30.5.2 Planning for maintenance

Where maintenance of a sprinkler system or building fabric is anticipated that will result in
impairment of the sprinkler protection, a written maintenance plan shall be prepared by the user and
agreed with the authorities prior to commencement of the maintenance work. The procedures
outlined in this subclause shall be included in the plan.

332
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

30.5.3 Before maintenance begins

The following shall be carried out:

a) notification of the authorities (including the insurers) and the central alarm station;

b) designation of named personnel to undertake specified tasks;

c) identification of resources required for the maintenance period;

d) consultation with key personnel;

f) inspection and review of passive and other active fire protection measures (including fire doors,
gaseous extinguishing systems and portable fire extinguishing appliances);

g) rectification of impaired passive and active fire protection measures;

h) reduction of stocking levels of hazardous goods (for example flammable liquids, aerosols with
flammable contents);

i) Notification to the fire engineering sprinkler contractor of the company procedures and
regulations with which they are required to comply (for example work permits, hot work
prohibitions);

j) considerations to minimizing the area of coverage isolated at any one time;

k) the provision and review of a written method statement prepared by the fire engineering sprinkler
contractor;

l) procedures ensuring all the necessary tools, equipment and trained personnel are available;

m) consultation with staff about the work plan, increasing awareness and precautionary measures;

n) procurement and placement of additional portable fire extinguishing appliances in the affected
areas, ensuring that personnel are trained in their use;

o) issue of permits to commence work, whilst maintenance work is in progress;

p) suspension of operations, in particular any hazardous processes machinery and plant;

q) smoking prohibition;

r) implementation of regular fire patrols, during and after re-commissioning the system;

s) hydrostatic pressure testing of modified pipework or pipework extensions;

t) water supply performance tests if changes have been made to the water supply or the water
supply connections;

u) notification to all key staff, authorities and the central alarm station of the reinstatement of the
sprinkler protection;

v) checks to establish that all valves, switches and other equipment have been restored to their
correct stand-by setting;

333
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

w) provision of a written statement or certificate by the sprinkler servicing contractor and counter
signed by the system user signifying that the work has been completed and that the system is
fully operational;

x) re-validation of the clearance certificate; and

z) statements and certificates shall be filed in the sprinkler system log book.

30.5.4 Permission for installation or zone shutdown

30.5.4.1 Only the user shall give permission for a sprinkler installation or zone to be shut down for
any reason other than an emergency.

30.5.4.2 Some of the authorities specified may ask to be informed whenever a sprinkler installation
is shutdown.

30.5.5 Pre-shutdown checks

Before a system is wholly or partly shutdown every part of the premises shall be checked to ensure
that there is no indication of fire.

30.6 Notification of shutdown

30.6.1 Advising insurers and the fire authority

30.6.1.1 Except where there are contingency plans previously agreed with the insurers and fire
authority, the fire safety official shall advise the insurers and all the relevant authorities in advance,
of any intention to shut down all or part of an installation.

30.6.1.2 When all or part of a life safety sprinkler installation is not operational the fire authority may
wish to restrict access to the premises until the sprinkler installation is fully operational.

30.6.2 Informing other users

30.6.2.1 Where premises are subdivided into separate occupancies constituting buildings in
communication or at risk protected by common sprinkler systems or installations, the fire safety
official shall consult the various occupiers about the shutdown plans.

30.6.2.2 Particular attention is to be given to situations where installation pipework passes through
walls or ceilings as these may feed sprinklers in areas needing special consideration, or notification
of further personnel may be needed if the water is turned off.

30.7 Unplanned shutdown procedure

When an installation is rendered inoperative as a matter of urgency or by accident, the precautions
in as far as they are applicable shall be observed with the least possible delay.

30.8 Notification of shutdown

30.8.1 Advising insurers and the fire authority

30.8.1.1 The insurers, and for life safety systems the fire authority, shall be advised by the fire
safety official immediately of any emergency shutdown, except where there are contingency plans
previously agreed with the insurers and fire authority covering compensating actions.

334
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

30.8.1.2 The plans shall be put into effect immediately following the shutdown.

29.8.1.3 When all or part of a life safety sprinkler installation is not operational the fire authority may
wish to restrict access to the premises until the sprinkler installation is fully operational.

30.8.2 Informing other users

Where premises are subdivided into separate occupancies constituting buildings in communication
or a risk protected by common sprinkler system or installations, the fire safety official shall advise
the various occupiers that the water is to be turned off.

30.9 Precautions and procedures when a system is not operational

30.9.1 Minimizing the effects
30.9.1.1 Maintenance, alterations and repair of systems not fully operational shall be carried out in
a way that will minimize the time and extent of non-operation.

30.9.1.2 When an installation is rendered inoperative the user shall implement compensatory
measures.

30.9.1.3 Alterations and repairs to an installation or its water supply (except possibly a life safety
installation) shall be carried out during normal working hours.

30.9.1.4 Supervisory staff in the areas affected is to be notified so that the best possible use may
be made of the hand extinguishing appliances in case of fire.

30.9.1.5 The area affected shall be patrolled continuously.

30.9.1.6 Any hot work shall be subject to a permit system.

30.9.1.7 Smoking and naked lights shall be prohibited in the vicinity.

30.9.1.8 When an installation remains inoperative outside working hours all fire doors and fire
shutters shall be closed for the period concerned.

30.9.1.9 Arrangements shall be made to have fire extinguishing appliances in special readiness
with sufficient trained personnel available to handle them.

30.9.2 Reinstatement of serviceable parts of an installation

29.9.2.1 As much as possible of the installation shall be retained in an operative condition by
blanking-off pipework feeding the inoperative part or parts where work is taking place.

30.9.2.2 Where possible, parts of installations shall be reinstated to provide some protection
overnight by using blinders and blanks within the pipework. The blinders and blanks shall be fitted
with visible indicator tags numbered and logged to aid timely removal.

30.9.3 Reducing the fire risk in manufacturing premises

In the case of manufacturing premises, where the alterations or repairs are extensive, or it is
necessary to disconnect a pipe exceeding 40 mm nominal diameter, or to overhaul or remove a
main stop valve, alarm valve or non-return valve, every effort shall be made to carry out the work
whilst the machinery is stopped.

30.9.4 Pump isolation

Any pump out of commission shall be isolated by means of the valves provided.

335
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

30.10 Additional precautions for zoned systems

30.10.1 Systems other than life safety sprinkler installations

Only the smallest part of the installation or zone in a multi-zone installation shall be isolated or
shutdown at a time for maintenance. An installation or complete shutdown of a zone shall be
avoided where necessary.

30.10.2 Life safety sprinkler systems

Only one zone of a multi-zone installation shall be shutdown at a time. An installation or zone shall
be shut down for the minimum time necessary for maintenance.

30.11 Installation control valves on life safety systems

30.11.1 Duplicate installation control valve sets and alarm valves with a bypass arrangement may
have the alarm valves separately serviced at any time, provided the water supply to the installation
is maintained.

30.11.2 The following procedure shall be used before servicing duplicate alarm valves:

a) check, and if necessary open, the stop valves to the standby alarm valve;

b) close one of the stop valves to the alarm valve to be serviced and immediately carry out an alarm
test on the other alarm valve; and

c) if water is not available open the stop valve immediately, and rectify the fault before proceeding.

30.12 Water availability

When a zone (or zones) is charged, or recharged with water after draining, the flushing valve(s)
shall be used to check that water is available in the zone (or zones).

30.13 Action following sprinkler operation

30.13.1 General

30.13.1.1 Following shutdown after operation of an installation, the operated sprinkler heads shall
be replaced by heads of the correct type and temperature rating by a sprinkler installer, and the
water supply restored.

30.13.1.2 Unopened sprinklers around the area in which operation took place shall be checked for
damage by heat or other cause and replaced as necessary.

30.13.1.3 Where incidents occur within a sprinkler protected property resulting in a release of water
from a sprinkler installation, consideration should be given to the completion and return of an
incident report form.

30.13.1.4 Development of sprinkler protection technology, in part, depends on having an insight

into the performance of sprinklers in buildings.

30.13.1.5 The water to an installation or zone of an installation that has operated shall not be shut
off until any fire has been extinguished.

336
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

30.13.1.6 The decision to shut down an installation or zone which has operated because of a fire
may only be taken by the fire authority.

30.13.1.7 Components removed from the system shall be retained by the user for possible
examination by an authority.

30.13.2 Dry-pipe installations protecting cold storage warehouses (air circulation

refrigeration)

The installation shall be dismantled for drying out after each operation.

30.14 Maintenance and repairs

30.14.1 Programmed work

30.14.1.1 The user shall ensure that a programme of inspections and checks is carried-out, and
arrange for testing, servicing and maintenance in accordance with a documented schedule.

30.14.1.2 Regular inspections and tests to be carried out under the instructions of the fire safety
official.

30.14.1.3 Inspections and tests shall be conducted at specified intervals. The tests shall be
recorded on the weekly test card or on a dedicated test record sheet.

30.14.1.4 The central alarm station shall be notified of any system tests which will result in the
transmission of an alarm. The central alarm station shall be requested to verify that an alarm signal
has been received. The central alarm station shall be informed immediately that the test procedures
have been completed.

30.14.1.5 The inspection authority or insurer may provide test cards for record keeping purposes by
the sprinkler system user.

31 Programme of inspection and checking

31.1 General
The installer shall provide the user with an inspection and checking programme for the system. The
programme shall include instruction on the action to be taken in respect of faults, operation of the
system in particular the procedure for emergency manual starting of any pumps.

31.2 Daily routine

31.2.1 General
The daily routine shall be carried out on each day that the premises are in normal use.

31.2.2 Fire authority and remote central station alarm connection

31.2.2.1 If the circuits are not continuously monitored, the equipment for automatic transmission of
alarm signals from a sprinkler installation to a fire authority or remote manned centre shall be
checked for

a) continuity of the connection, and

b) continuity of the connection between the alarm switch and the control unit.

31.2.2.2 The testing procedure is to be agreed upon with the fire authority or remote central station
centre to avoid false calls. The fire authority or remote central station may carry out the test and
may be prepared to give an undertaking to do so.

337
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

31.2.2.3 A local authority may obtain assistance from other sources, (for example, it may purchase
services from the private sector), if it does not have within its organization persons who are
competent to carry out the tasks envisaged in this standard.

31.3 Weekly routine

31.3.1 General

Each part of the weekly routine shall be carried out at intervals of not more than 7 d.

31.3.2 Checks

The following shall be checked and recorded:

a) any signs of leakage from the system;

b) all water and air pressure gauge readings on installations, trunk mains and pressure tanks;

c) all water levels in elevated private reservoirs, rivers, canals, lakes, water storage tanks (including
pump priming water tanks) and pressure tanks; and

d) the correct position of all main stop valves.

31.3.3 Pump suction tanks

The access ladder to all sprinkler water storage tanks shall be checked for correct housing and
security and any tank in-fill flow control or ball valve covers shall be secured and locked.

Checks on the suction tanks shall include:

Ensure all valves are in their correct operative positions specifically:

a. The incoming town main feed valves to the suction tank, and

b. The main suction line isolating valves feeding the pumps.

c. Ensure the tank is full and the level indicators are working correctly.

31.3.4 General check of pump house equipment

Check all main control and isolating valves are in their correct operative positions.

Check the electrical supply on the voltmeters.

Check the isolators on the pump house distribution board.

31.3.5 Automatic pump starting test

31.3.5.1 ests on automatic pumps shall include instructions to:

a. Reduce water pressure on the starting device, thus simulating the condition of automatic
starting.

b. When the pump starts record the starting (cut in) pressure, and check that this is correct.

338
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

c. On diesel pumps, check the oil pressure where gauges are fitted, and the flow of cooling
water through open circuit cooling systems.

31.3.5.2 The typical auto-start tier arrangement can be seen in Figure 58. Testing of each tier
arrangement shall proceed as follows:

a. Close test valve A;

b. Slowly open test valve B until a pressure drop is noted;

c. Monitor the pressure drop and note the pressure at which the pump being tested comes
into operation;

d. Close test valve B, and

e. Open Test valve A.

31.3.5.3 Test each tier level on the auto-start arrangement making note of:

a. The jockey pump cut in and cut out pressures, and

b. The main fire pumps cut in pressures manually shutting down each unit before testing the
next.

Direction of flow

Pressure
Gauge

Isolating
Gauge
Valve Pressure
Switch

Test Valve Test Valve

B A
Sludge
Trap

Drip Union To next

3 mm Pressure
Switch
Non-return valve
To Waste

Figure 58 — Typical tier level of an auto-start arrangment

339
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

31.3.6 Jockey pump restarting test

Immediately after the pump start test, jockey pumps shall be tested as follows:

a. Run the jockey pump under supervision for a minimum of 30 seconds, or for the time
recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is the longer.

b. The jockey pump can be tested by using the selector switch on the panel and turning this
from ―Auto‖ to ―Manual‖ and then back to ―Auto‖ after the prescribed 30 second period.

31.3.7 Diesel engine driven pump restarting test

Immediately after the pump start test, diesel engine driven pumps shall be tested as follows:

a. Check the fuel and engine lubricating oil levels in diesel engines.

b. Check the battery build in hydrometer colour against the colour chart on the battery.

c. Run the engine under supervision for a minimum of thirty minutes, or for the time
recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is the longer.

d. Check the water level in the primary circuit of closed circuit cooling systems.

e. Shutdown the engine and immediately use the manual start test button and check that the
engine restarts.

f. Ensure the diesel engine driven pump runs continuously for not less than 30 minutes.

Oil pressure (where gauges are fitted), engine temperatures and coolant flow must be monitored
throughout the test.

Oil hoses must be checked and a general check made for leakage of fuel, coolant or exhaust
fumes.

31.3.8 Electric motor driven pump restarting test

Immediately after the pump start test, electric motor driven pumps shall be tested as follows:

a. Run the motor under supervision for a minimum of ten minutes, or for the time
recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is the longer.

b. Check the sight glass in order to ensure water is discharging from the cooling water line
fitted to the pump.

c. Shutdown the motor and immediately use the manual start test button and check that the
engine restarts.

d. Ensure the electric motor driven pump runs continuously for not less than 5 minutes

31.3.9 Water motor alarm test

31.3.9.1 Each water motor alarm shall be sounded continuously for not less than 30 s, by opening
a test valve and flowing water to waste through an open nozzle, 15 mm or 25 mm test pipe as
appropriate.

340
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

31.3.9.2 Where fire pumps are installed, the water motor alarm test must be carried out only after
testing the units is complete. It must be ensured that when testing the main fire pump comes into
operation and that the water flow to the alarm bell is not maintained by the jockey pump.

31.3.9.3 This verifies that the alarm will not ring intermittently.
31.3.9 .4 The test may also automatically test any fire authority or remote central station
connection.

31.3.9.5 Automatic pump starting test

Tests on automatic pumps shall include instructions to

a) check the fuel and engine lubricating oil levels in diesel engines,

b) reduce water pressure on the starting device, thus simulating the condition of automatic starting,

c) when the pump starts record the starting (cut-in) pressure, and check that this is correct, and

d) on diesel pumps, check the oil pressure where gauges are fitted, and the flow of cooling water
through open circuit cooling systems.

31.3.9.6 Monitored systems including zoned and life safety systems

30.3.6.1 The mode (fully open or fully closed as the case may be) monitoring system for stop
valves (including zone valves) on monitored systems, including zoned and life safety installations,
shall be tested for satisfactory operation.

30.3.6.2 The weekly alarm test shall be carried out without alteration of the setting of stop valves to
duplicate installation control valve sets.

31.3.9.7 Fire authority and remote central station alarm connection

31.3.9.7.1 The equipment for automatic transmission of alarm signals from a sprinkler installation to
a fire authority or remote manned centre shall be checked for

a) continuity of the connection, and

b) continuity of the connection between the alarm switch and the control unit, if the circuits are
continuously monitored.

31.3.9.7.2 The testing procedure shall be agreed upon with the fire authority to avoid false calls.
The fire authority may carry out the test and may be prepared to give an undertaking to do so.

31.3.10 Trace heating and localized heating systems

Heating systems to prevent freezing in the sprinkler system shall be checked for correct function.

31.3.11 Water storage tanks security

The access ladder to all sprinkler water storage tanks shall be checked for correct housing and
security and any tank in-fill flow control or ball valve covers shall be secured and locked.

32 Service maintenance and review schedule

32.1 General procedures
In addition to the identified procedures, any valid procedures specified by component suppliers or
the inspection authority shall also be carried out.

341
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

32.2 Records
Sprinkler servicing contractors shall carry out the schedule requirements. The sprinkler inspecting
authority shall provide advice on any rectification that needs to be carried out or is needed and
advise on any external factors, for example, weather conditions, which may have affected the
results.

32.3 Quarterly routine

31.3.1.1 The quarterly routine shall be carried out, and shall include the daily and weekly
maintenance procedures.

32.3.1.2 Before sprinkler servicing contractors test any installation in any way that might release
water, they may wish to obtain an indemnity, signed by the person owning the work site or premises
at that time. This shall also indemnify them from a claim from the tenants of the owner.

32.4 Review of hazard

32.4.1 The effect of any changes of structure, occupancy, fire hazard, heating, lighting or
equipment of a building on hazard classification or installation design shall be considered.

32.4.2 Non-compliances shall be notified to the sprinkler protection user and corrective action
initiated immediately.

32.4.3 The sprinkler protection user shall notify any relevant party of the non-compliance.

32.4.4 Non-compliance may invalidate any certification that is in force.

32.4.5 Any assessment of a change in occupancy or fire hazard is to include changes to materials
and products used or manufactured method of storage and storage heights.

32.5 Sprinklers, multiple-jet-controls and sprayers

32.5.1 Sprinklers, multiple-jet-controls and sprayers shall be free from deposits, which may
influence their performance.

32.5.2 Dusty components shall be carefully cleaned.

32.5.3 Distorted or contaminated (for example paint) sprinkler heads, concealed sprinkler head
cover plates, multiple-jet-controls or sprayers shall be replaced.

32.5.4 Where corrosive conditions occur, petroleum jelly coatings shall be checked.

32.5.5 Where necessary the existing coatings shall be removed and the sprinklers, multiple-jet-
controls or sprayers shall be coated twice with good-quality petroleum jelly, (in the case of glass
bulb sprinklers to the sprinkler body and yoke only).

32.5.6 Particular attention shall be paid to sprinklers in spray booths, where more frequent
cleaning, replacement of paper or cellophane bags or protective measures may be necessary.

32.6 Pipework and hangers — Above ground

32.6.1 Pipework and hangers shall be checked tor corrosion and painted as necessary.

342
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

32.6.2 Bitumen-based paint on pipework, including the threaded ends of galvanized pipework, and
hangers in corrosive occupancies shall be renewed as necessary.

32.6.3 Bitumen-based paint may need renewal at intervals varying from one to five years
according to the severity of the conditions.

32.6.4 Tape wrapping on pipes shall be repaired as necessary.

32.7 Checks for electrical connections

32.7.1 The pipework shall he checked for electrical earthing connections.

32.7.2 The sprinkler-protection user shall be notified of any electrical equipment earthing
connections on sprinkler pipework.

32.7.3 Alternative electrical earthing arrangements shall be made.

32.8 Water supplies and their alarms

32.8.1 Each water supply shall be tested with each installation in the system.

32.8.2 The pump(s), if fitted, in the supply shall start automatically and the supply pressure at the
appropriate flow rate shall be not less than the appropriate value given. Corrective action shall be
taken if necessary.

32.8.3 Corrective action shall also be taken if the pressure is lower than the value recorded at
commissioning or in terms of this standard.

32.9 Electrical supplies

32.9.1 Open nickel-cadmium batteries

32.9.1.1 Where open nickel-cadmium batteries are installed, the electrolyte level and density of all
open nickel-cadmium cells (including those in diesel engine starter batteries and those for control
panel power supplies) shall be checked.

32.9.1.2 If the density is low the battery charger shall be checked and if necessary repaired or
replaced. If the charger is working correctly, the battery or batteries affected shall be replaced.

32.9.2 Secondary electrical supplies from diesel generators

32.9.2.1 The system shall be checked for satisfactory operation.

32.9.2.2 The sprinkler protection user shall be notified of any faults.

32.9.2.3 If faults are found, the sprinkler protection user is responsible for, and shall take corrective
action.

32.10 Stop valves

32.10.1 All stop valves controlling the flow of water to sprinklers shall be manipulated to ensure
that they are in working order, and securely re-fastened in the correct mode.

343
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

32.10.2 This includes the stop valves on all water supplies, at the alarm valve(s) and all zone or
other subsidiary stop valves.

32.11 Flow switches

Flow switches shall be operated and if necessary corrected.

32.12 Replacement parts

Replacement parts held as spares shall be checked for number and condition and supplemented as
required.

32.13 Half-yearly routine

The half-yearly routine shall be carried out, and shall include the quarterly, weekly and daily
maintenance procedures. The half-yearly checks and inspections shall be made at intervals of not
more than 6 months by an independent competent person experienced in this field.

Before sprinkler servicing contractors test any installation in any way that might release water, they
may wish to obtain an indemnity, signed by the person owning the work site or premises at that
time. This must also indemnify them from a claim from the tenants of the owner.

32.14 Dry alarm valves

32.14.1 Dry alarm valves, accelerators and exhausters, in dry pipe installations and tail-end
extensions shall be exercised.

32.14.2 In order to exercise the dry alarm valve, either remove the inspection cover plate, if fitted,
and manually operate the moving parts or comply with the supplier’s instructions. Alternatively, if a
subsidiary stop valve is fitted downstream of the alarm valve, close the subsidiary stop valve, prime
the space between the dry pipe valve clack and the underside of the subsidiary valve with water,
and open the installation drain valve.

32.14.3 Alternate systems need not be tested in this way since they are exercised twice a year as
a result of the change-over from wet to dry operation, and back.

32.15 Fire authority and remote central station alarms

32.15.1 The electrical installation shall be checked for satisfactory operation. The sprinkler
protection user shall be notified of any faults.

32.15.2 If faults are found, the sprinkler protection user is responsible for, and shall take corrective
action.

32.16 Yearly routine

32.16.1.1 The yearly routine shall be carried out, and shall include the half-yearly, quarterly, weekly
and daily maintenance procedures.

32.16.1.2 The checks and inspections shall be made at intervals of not more than twelve months.

32.17 Deluge, recycling and alternate wet and dry valves

344
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

All deluge, recycling and alternate wet and dry valves, alarm and non-return valves shall be
examined, tested and overhauled or replaced if necessary.

32.18 Diesel engine and electric motor driver and pump service

The diesel engine and pump must be serviced on an annual basis by a suitably qualified person
who is experienced in the requirements relating to sprinkler installation pumped water supplies.

The electric motor and pump must be serviced on an annual basis by a suitably qualified person
who is experienced in the requirements relating to sprinkler installation pumped water supplies.

An identifying name and date tag stating when last overhauled must be affixed to the engine.

32.19 Automatic pump flow test

32.19.1 Each water supply pump in the installation shall be tested at the full load condition by
means of the test line connection coupled to the pump delivery branch downstream of the pump
outlet non-return valve and shall deliver the system design requirements.

32.19.2 Allow for pressure losses in the supply pipe and valves between the source and the "C"
gauge of each installation and calculate these in accordance with the requirements.

32.20 Diesel engine fail-to-start test — Abortive start routine

The fail-to-start (pump failure) alarm shall operate after the sixth cycle of cranking, when the
following sequence is carried out:

a) the fuel supply is isolated;

b) the engine is cranked for not less than 15 s;

c) cranking is stopped for not less than 10 s and not more than 15 s; and

d) the above are repeated a further five times on alternating batteries.

32.21 Manual start test

The engine shall start immediately when, after the abortive test is carried out and the fuel supply
restored, the manual starting system is operated.

32.22 Float valves or automatic flow control valves on water storage

Float valves or automatic flow control valves on water storage tanks shall be checked for correct
function.

32.23 Three-yearly routine

32.23.1 The three-yearly routine shall be carried out, and shall include the yearly, half-yearly,
quarterly, weekly and daily maintenance procedures.

32.23.2 All checks and inspections previously noted shall be made at intervals of not more than
three (3) years.

32.23.3 All batteries within a pump house shall be replaced.

345
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

33.1 Suction and gravity tanks

33.1.1 All tanks shall be examined externally for corrosion.

33.1.2 Suction tanks shall be

a. Examined externally and internally for corrosion; and

b. Drained if required for cleaning and/or repainting and/or have the corrosion protection
refurbished as necessary with an approved specification in order to prevent the fabric of the
tank being attended to for at least a three year period.;

c. An identifying name and date tag stating when last inspected/refurbished must be affixed to
the valves.

33.2 All tanks shall be repainted or have the corrosion protection refurbished (or both), as
necessary.

33.3 Welded steel tanks shall be drained, cleaned as necessary, examined internally and
externally for corrosion and repainted in accordance with the specification detailed in this standard
which shall be adhered to.

An identifying name and date tag stating when last overhauled must be affixed to the tanks.

33.5 Water supply stop valves, alarm and non-return valves

All water supply stop valves, alarm and non-return valves shall be examined, tested and overhauled
or replaced if necessary.

An identifying name and date tag stating when last overhauled must be affixed to the valves.

33.6 Gauges

Pressure gauges shall be tested with a calibrated gauge and shall be replaced or recalibrated if
required.

33.7 Ten yearly routine

Dry barrel sprinklers shall either be replaced at ten year intervals or a representative sample shall
be tested every ten years and then at ten year intervals thereafter.

33.8 Fifteen-yearly routine

At not more than 15-year intervals, galvanized sectional steel tanks used as pump suction tanks
shall be

a) drained,

b) cleaned or polished as necessary, and

c) examined internally and the fabric attended to as necessary.

346
 SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

33.9 Twenty-five-yearly routine

33.9.1 Sprinkler heads

At not more than 25 year intervals a random selection of ten sprinklers shall be removed from each
sprinkler installation and tested for correct operation, operation temperature, variation of K-Factor,
spray obstacles and possible lodgement problems.

A smaller population sample, subject to a minimum of two sprinklers per valve set and not less than
ten in total, whichever is the greater, can be taken if there are multiple valves feeding systems with
the same year of installation within the same environment.

Should a single control valve feed multiple areas of different occupancy classifications then a
minimum of two sprinklers per each different occupancy classification, but not less than ten in total
number of samples, whichever is the greater, must be submitted.

Failure of the sprinklers to operate within the allowable temperature band or any other test that
suggests the sprinklers are suspect and may not operate as designed under a fire condition means
that replacement of all sprinklers of that installation or within the area they were removed from must
take place.

Should the sprinklers pass the required testing they shall be retested at ten year intervals.

33.9.2 Corrosive atmospheres

Where sprinklers are installed in harsh environmental or corrosive atmospheres or water supplies
they shall either be replaced at five year intervals or a representative sample shall be tested every
five years and then at five year intervals thereafter.

33.9.3 Pipework

The pipework shall be thoroughly flushed out and hydrostatically tested to a pressure equal to the
maximum static pressure or 1,800 kPa, whichever is the higher.

All installations of 25 years of age or older or where there are obvious signs of corrosion must have
sections of pipe removed for inspection and any defect that might adversely affect the performance
of the system must be eliminated.

Should pipes from a control valve be present within cold rooms, fridges, delivery bays, especially
near coastal regions, which may experience acceleration in the rate of development of corrosion, at
least one pipe sample must be submitted from these area/s to be inspected and tested.

For buildings that contain multiple control valves of the same year of installation and same
environment: At least one-third of the total number of control valves must be evaluated and can be
used as representation for the remaining untested control valves.

The pipes must be clearly marked to identify from which control valve the pipes were removed from.

A representative population of pipework of the following diameters shall be removed from each
installation in the area closest to and farthest from the control valve assembly and from the area
which is centrally located.

a) The removal of a section of small diameter pipe between 25 mm to 50 mm;

b) The removal of a medium diameter pipe between 65 mm and 80 mm;

347
SANS 10287:2018
Edition 2

c) The removal of a large diameter pipe between 100 mm to 200 mm;

Each pipe sample shall be at least 1,0 metre in length or a full section of pipe between fittings with
at least one untouched fitting attached to either end.

If external or internal corrosion is noted, the pipes are to be examined by a corrosion expert or
metallurgical engineer for opinion and any recommendations are to be adhered to.

Should the sprinklers pass the required testing they shall be retested at ten year intervals.

33.9.4 Corrosion

33.9.4.1 Anaerobic bacteria are not uncommon and are relatively easily identified.

33.9.431.2 Every opportunity shall be taken when examining suction tanks or sprinkler pipework to
determine if this is present.

33.9.431.3 Under normal circumstances and correct testing procedures being carried out,
anaerobic bacteria would not normally be present.

Informative references

Factory Mutual Data Sheet 1-10 (3.3) may be used to calculate the depth of draft curtains.

______________

348